WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DIVISION 00 – SUPPLEMENTARY
Section 007300 – Supplementary Conditions
007300-1 thru 007300-12
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – NOT USED
Section 011000 – Summary
Section 012210 – Measurement and Payment
Section 012900 – Application for Payment
Section 013100 – Project Management and Coordination
Section 013200 – Construction Progress Documentation
Section 013233 – Photographic Documentation
Section 013300 – Submittals
Section 014000 – Quality Requirements
Section 142000 – References
Section 015000 – Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 016000 – Product Requirements
Section 017300 – Execution
Section 017329 – Cutting and Patching
Section 017700 – Project Closeout
Section 017823 – Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 017839 – Project Record Documentation
Section 017900 – Demonstration and Training
011000-1 thru 011000-6
012210-1 thru 012210-4
012900-1 thru 012900-5
013100-1 thru 013100-9
013200-1 thru 013200-9
013233-1 thru 013233-4
013300-1 thru 013300-12
014000-1 thru 014000-22
014200-1 thru 014200-11
015000-1 thru 015000-9
016000-1 thru 016000-8
017300-1 thru 017300-6
017329-1 thru 017329-5
017700-1 thru 017700-6
017823-1 thru 017823-14
017839-1 thru 017839-7
017900-1 thru 017900-5
DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
Section 024119 – Selective Structure Demolition
024119-1 thru 024119-8
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE
Section 033053 – Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete
033053-1 thru 033053-10
DIVISION 04 – MASONRY
Section 042000 – Unit Masonry
042000-1 thru 042000-8
DIVISION 05 – METALS – NOT USED
DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES – NOT USED
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 078413 – Penetration Firestopping
078413-1 thru 078413-5
DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS
Section 081113 – Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
Section 087100 – Door Hardware
081113-1 thru 081113-6
087100-1 thru 087100-10
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES
Section 092900 – Gypsum Board
092900-1 thru 092900-3
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
Section 101400 – Signage
101400-1 thru 101400-4
______________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT – NOT USED
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS – NOT USED
DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION – NOT USED
DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT – NOT USED
DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION
Section 210517 – Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire Suppression
Piping
Section 211200 – Fire Suppression Standpipes
Section 211313 – Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System
Section 213113 – Electric-Drive, Centrifugal Fire Pumps
Section 213400 – Pressure-Maintenance Pumps
Section 213900 – Controllers for Fire-Pump Drivers
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
Section 220523 – General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
Section 220529 – Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment
Section 220700 – Plumbing Insulation
Section 221116 – Domestic Water Piping
Section 221119 – Domestic Water Piping Specialties
Section 221316 – Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
Section 221319 – Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties
210517-1 thru 210517-4
211200-1 thru 211200-18
211313-1 thru 211313-13
213113-1 thru 213113-8
213400-1 thru 213400-4
213900-1 thru 213900-10
220523-1 thru 220523-4
220529-1 thru 220529-6
220700-1 thru 220700-13
221116-1 thru 221116-10
221119-1 thru 221119-3
221316-1 thru 221316-7
221319-1 thru 221319-4
DIVISION 23 – HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Section 230500 – Common Work Results for HVAC
230500-1 thru 230500-2
Section 230523 – General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
230523-1 thru 230523-5
Section 230529 – Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping
and Equipment
230529-1 thru 230529-7
Section 230593 – Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
230593-1 thru 230593-6
Section 230713 – Duct Insulation
230713-1 thru 230713-10
Section 230719 – HVAC Piping Insulation
230719-1 thru 230719-13
Section 230900 – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
230900-1 thru 230900-7
Section 232113 – Hydronic Piping
232113-1 thru 232113-8
Section 233113 – Metal Ducts
233113-1 thru 233113-10
Section 233300 – Air Duct Accessories
233300-1 thru 233300-4
Section 233600 – Air Terminal Units
233600-1 thru 233600-6
Section 233713 – Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles
233713-1 thru 233713-3
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
Section 260500 – Common Work Results for Electrical
Section 260519 – Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables
Section 260526 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
Section 260529 – Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
260500-1 thru 260500-3
260519-1 thru 260519-5
260526-1 thru 260526-3
260529-1 thru 260529-5
______________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Section 260533 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems
Section 260553 – Identification for Electrical Systems
Section 262726 – Wiring Devices
Section 265100 – Interior Lighting
260533-1 thru 260533-4
260553-1 thru 260553-4
262726-1 thru 262726-5
265100-1 thru 265100-4
DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS – NOT USED
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
Section 283111 – Digital, Addressable Fire Alarm System
283111-1 thru 283111-9
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK – NOT USED
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS – NOT USED
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES – NOT USED
______________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 007300 — SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, and other Division 01 Specification
Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
The articles and paragraphs of this Section represent supplements or additions to the Contract
Provisions or the Special Provisions.
WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A.
During the period of this Project, the Authority anticipates that other construction contracts may
be underway at or near the site of work of this Contract. A list of adjacent construction activities
follows:
1.
1.4
Contractor coordinate with COTR for adjacent construction activities list.
PERMITTING
A.
1.5
Comply with all requirements set forth in the Authority's “Building Codes Manual”. This
manual describes Building Codes organization, Building Code inspection process, Certificate of
Occupancy requirements, and information regarding elevators, escalators, and moving walks.
The Authority will file for and provide the construction permit.
MAINTENANCE OF PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR TRAFFIC
A.
B.
Maintain adequate pedestrian and vehicular traffic flow and safety along the service roads,
sidewalks, parking lots and other roadways on Airport property. In addition, this requirement
applies to crossroads, approaches, and entrances affected by or made necessary by the Work.
Coordinate activities throughout the project in a manner that allows emergency access, without
delays to emergency response vehicles, to all areas of the Project that are occupied by
employees.
Prior to starting construction operations affecting pedestrian, vehicular, or aircraft traffic
movement, submit and obtain the COTR's written approval of a Traffic Maintenance Plan.
Develop plan in accordance with the safety requirements of the FAA, Airport Operations, and
the Commonwealth of Virginia Department of Transportation’s “Manual of Uniform Traffic
Control Devices”. Utilize the form indicated in the latest edition of the Virginia Department of
Transportation’s “Virginia Work Area Protection Manual – Standards and Guidelines”.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Provide and maintain temporary signage, "Jersey barriers," and such other traffic control
devices or personnel as required complying with approved Traffic Maintenance Plan.
D.
Maintain the construction operations affecting pedestrian, vehicular, or aircraft traffic
movement from the beginning of construction operations until final acceptance of the project.
The maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day with
adequate equipment and forces to the end of project to ensure that roadways and structures are
maintained in satisfactory condition at all times, including barricades and warning signs as
necessary for performance of the work.
E.
Keep the portions of the project being used by public, pedestrian, aircraft, [mobile lounges] and
vehicular traffic, whether it is through or local traffic, in such condition that traffic will be
adequately accommodated. Remove snow and control all ice within the project boundaries.
Removal of snow and ice for the benefit of the traveling public will be performed by the
Authority. Bear all cost of maintenance work during construction and before the project
receives a Certificate of Occupancy for constructing and maintaining approaches, crossings,
intersections and other features as may be necessary.
F.
Keep the portions of the road and aircraft pavement surfaces being used by the public free from
irregularities, obstructions, mud, dirt, snow, ice, and any characteristic that might present a
hazard or annoyance to traffic in such condition that traffic will be adequately accommodated.
Maintain a vacuum/sweeper and flusher truck at the site at all times to clean roadway and
aircraft surfaces affected by construction traffic at the request of Airport Operations or the
COTR. `
1.6
AIRFIELD AND TERMINAL BUILDING OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
B.
The Work, or a portion thereof, will be performed in proximity to the Air Operations Area
(AOA), including, active runways, taxiways, and aprons. Normal airport operations will
continue adjacent to the Work during all phases of the Project. These activities include:
1.
Aircraft movement on runways, taxiways, aprons; aircraft landing and takeoff operations.
2.
Aircraft parking, refueling and other aircraft servicing.
3.
Baggage handling.
4.
Routine aircraft maintenance.
5.
Apron maintenance, snow removal and ice control.
6.
Mobile lounge and Plane mate operations.
The Work, or a portion thereof, will be performed nearby the public Terminal or Concourse
buildings. Normal airport operations and public activities will continue adjacent to the Work
during all phases of the Project. These include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Passenger enplaning and deplaning.
Passenger baggage deposit/retrieval.
Passenger ticketing operations.
Food/Concession services.
Ground transportation arrivals/departures.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
1.7
6.
Maintenance, custodial and support activities.
Phase construction activities as necessary to accommodate all airport operations without
disruption. Adhere to all current Airport Orders and Instructions (O & Is), Airport Bulletins,
and Airport Advisories. The Authority will provide relevant Orders and Instructions to Offerors
in the Solicitation Package. Bulletins and Advisories will be provided to the offeror by the
Authority as they are issued.
TENANT OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.8
The Work of this Project will be performed in close proximity to tenant-occupied areas.
Coordinate and conduct work activities in such fashion that public circulation, tenant
operations, and access to the tenant spaces will not be impaired in any manner except as
detailed on Contractor's Work Plans. COTR will review and approve in writing all Work Plans.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
A.
Comply with all Federal, state and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the
environment. Take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, rivers, lakes, ponds,
and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent
pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter.
B.
Notify COTR immediately in the event that abnormalities, discolorations, odors, oil, or other
signs of potential contamination by hazardous materials are encountered during excavation or
other construction activities. Follow with written notice within 24 hours, indicating date, time,
and location of potential contaminants encountered. The COTR will provide further direction to
Contractor regarding disposition of materials encountered.
C.
All painted surfaces are assumed to contain lead-based paint. The Contractor shall maintain the
necessary health and safety requirements for all personnel in accordance with OSHA
regulations to work in these conditions. The removal and disposal of lead-based paint is part of
this contract.
D.
Aircraft deicing fluids will be encountered in the water (including utility manholes) and in the
soils. Concentrations of aircraft deicing fluids in water and soils will range from non-detect to
saturation. Aircraft deicing fluids are propylene based Type I and Type IV fluids. The fluids
emit an unpleasant odor when the breakdown (biodegradation) is occurring. Follow OSHA
requirements while working in aircraft deicing impacted areas. Coordinate with the COTR for
obtaining Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for aircraft deicing fluids.
E.
Petroleum contaminated soils and water may be encountered during the construction of this
project. Petroleum impacted soils range from saturated to 1.0 ppm. Petroleum impacted water
ranges from free product to “non - detect.” Maintain the necessary health and safety
requirements for all personnel in accordance with OSHA regulations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
1.9
Do not use petroleum-contaminated soils as backfill around new piping or utilities.
Transport petroleum contaminated soils to a location identified by the COTR. Place the
contaminated soils on two layers of reinforced 6 mil plastic sheeting, install and maintain
sediment and erosion controls, and adequately cover the stockpile to prevent water
infiltration.
DAMAGES AND PRE-EXISTING CONDITIONS
A.
Be responsible for all damages caused by Contractor’s construction activities. Provide all labor,
materials, etc. to return any damaged areas, systems or equipment to their original condition at
no additional cost to the Authority.
B.
Perform a survey of pre-existing conditions in the vicinity of Contractor’s construction
activities, utilizing photographs and other means as necessary to document existing damage or
conditions. Submit two copies of this survey to the Contracting Officer within 21 calendar days
after Notice-to-Proceed. This survey will assist in resolving any damage claims against the
Contractor during and after construction.
C.
Preserve all roadways, pedestrian and directional signage. Deliver all signs removed and not
required for reinstallation to the Authority as directed by the COTR.
D.
Replace or repair lost or damaged signs at no cost to the Authority.
1.10
SECURITY DURING CONSTRUCTION
A.
Maintain the integrity of the Airport Security fence. Maintain the integrity of doors and walls
between public areas and Air Operations Area (AOA) at all times. Comply with Title 49 Code
of Federal Regulations, Parts 1500, 1540, 1542 and 1544.
B.
Possession of and display of a proper and current Airport Identification Badge, issued by
Airport Operations is required for all Contractor personnel passing into the AOA. Refer to
"Airport Orders and Instructions" attached as part of the Contract for specific requirements.
Security requirements have increased significantly at Washington Dulles International Airport
and Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport. Contractor can expect up to two hours
waiting time to clear construction vehicles into the AOA. Offerors shall become intimately
familiar with all TSA and Authority security requirements. No increase in contract price will be
provided to the Contractor should the contractor not be aware of any security procedure in place
at time of submitting their offer that leads to increased time and inconvenience to accomplish
the work.
C.
Pay all fines levied by the Transportation Security Administration for penalties resulting from
security infractions perpetrated by or caused by Contractor’s personnel or work forces of
Contractor’s subcontractors or suppliers.
D.
Establish and maintain the security of Contractor’s staging areas, equipment and materials.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E.
Provide escort for delivery vehicles transporting materials and supplies to or from the
Contractor's staging or work areas into the AOA, in accordance with requirements stated in
"Airport Orders and Instructions" attached as part of the Contract.
F.
Do not park within 300 feet of a terminal building unless specifically authorized by Airport
Operations.
G.
All workers in the sterile areas, which are defined as areas accessible to ticketed passengers
only, may utilize tools in their work provided that:
H.
1.
Tools are essential and necessary to the Work.
2.
Keep tools controlled at all times.
3.
Do not leave tools unattended.
4.
Store tools in locked boxes.
No knives will be permitted in the sterile areas.
I.
No firearms or weapons of any type are allowed on the airport.
J.
No cartridge style nail guns, nor any tools that use a cartridge or any explosive charge, are
allowed without prior written notification of COTR. Obtain written approval from the COTR
before bringing such tools on the project.
K.
Conform to all Orders and Instructions pertaining to vehicle inspection.
1.11
MATERIAL HAULING
A.
Restrict deliveries and removal of bulk materials, supplies, waste soils and equipment to and
from the Project site to the Authority-designated roads and haul routes indicated on the
Drawings.
B.
Access and egress to and from the Airport for hauling operations shall be through the entrances
indicated. Conduct hauling operations per COTR’s requirements.
C.
The designated haul routes for hauling operations will not require vehicles crossing and/or
utilizing existing taxi lanes or taxiways. Under no conditions shall the Contractor plan use of
taxiways and taxi lanes for hauling equipment. Haul routes for this project are as indicated.
D.
Notify the COTR at least 72 hours in advance of his requirement for scheduled taxiway, taxi
lane or roadway closures. Obtain the written approval of the Authority prior to closing or
crossing a taxiway, taxi lane or roadway.
E.
Bear all costs associated with establishing, maintaining, signing, lighting and marking haul
routes and taxiway crossings. These costs are considered incidental to the pay items of this
Contract.
F.
Use load covers on all dump trucks. Load dump trucks so that no spillage occurs during transit
on the State, municipal, or Airport roadways, taxiways, and aprons. Clean wheels of trucks
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
leaving the Project construction site of all soil and rocks. Provide a truck washing rack on the
Project site to minimize the tracking of soil onto paved surfaces.
G.
Be responsible for the cost of the immediate cleaning of earth tracking and spills on paved
surfaces resulting from the Contractor's operations. Because of the potential for extreme
damage to aircraft engines due to the ingestion of foreign objects, maintain on the project
mechanical sweeper/vacuum (wet/dry) equipment with nylon brushes complete with operators.
Maintain a water truck on site at all times in order to effectively control dust rising from
construction activities.
H.
Provide sweeper/vacuum equipment with a usable hopper capacity of 6 cubic yards and with a
regenerative air capacity of 15,000 CFM. Provide equipment with gutter brooms of poly brush
material so as not to damage airfield pavement markings; a dust control system that includes an
external spray system with front mounted spray bar, nozzles located at each gutter broom; and
an internal spray system with nozzles in the internal air stream. Maintain the equipment in good
working order throughout the project and replace the brooms and or spray systems, as
necessary, to ensure proper sweeping and vacuuming of paved surfaces.
1.12
A.
1.13
PORTABLE LIGHTING
Portable lighting: If used for Contractor operations, aim and shield portable lighting at all times
to eliminate glare that could impair runway, taxiway, apron, ground operations, and Airport
Traffic Control Tower operations. Equip portable lighting with reflectors and glare shields to
prevent spillover of light into operational areas.
RADIO COMMUNICATIONS
A.
Provide two-way radio communication between certain of the Contractor’s personnel on the job
site. Provide radios with a minimum of 5 watts transmitting power. Select the frequency
utilized for these transmissions. Submit proposed frequencies to COTR for approval in writing
by the COTR. Frequencies shall not conflict with or overlay any of the Airports radio
frequencies.
B.
Provide, at a minimum, the following with radio equipment: The Project Superintendent,
Foreman of all work groups physically separated from the general vicinity of the Project
Superintendent, gate guards, and others who may be working in a separate and remote area.
Provide two additional radios with the same frequencies to PMC for use by the COTR and the
Lead Inspector.
C.
Provide two-way radios capable of operating on both the "Ground" and "Ramp" frequencies for
work adjacent to or affecting taxiways, Mobile Lounge roads, or Mobile Lounge docking areas.
Such radios shall be either a handheld programmable type capable of operating off of vehicle
power and antenna or a vehicle-mounted type, which operates solely off of the vehicle’s power,
and antenna. Provide radios that provide a minimum of 3 watts transmitting power. Provide
radios of sufficient power to communicate with the appropriate controller.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.14
A.
SPECIAL AUTHORITY CONSULTANT
The Contractor is hereby advised of the involvement of Parsons Management Consultants
(PMC) as Program Management Support Services Consultant to the Authority for the capital
construction programs at Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport and Washington Dulles
International Airport. PMC will have a continuing role in this project by assisting the Authority
in specialized areas.
1.
2.
B.
1.15
PMC will provide administrative support during design, solicitation, and construction.
PMC will coordinate Contractor requests for technical information and receive, review
and manage all Contractor submittals.
3.
PMC has reviewed technical submittals during design, including drawings, specifications,
cost estimates, construction phasing plans, and technical reports.
4.
PMC will be responsible for review of technical submittals during construction, including
selected shop drawings, certifications, test reports, calculations and samples.
5.
PMC will conduct field inspections of the Work in progress and inspect for Substantial
Completion and Final Acceptance. PMC inspection does not relieve Contractor of
responsibilities of performing Contract required inspections as required by contract
documents.
All other contract management is the sole responsibility of the Authority.
SAFETY
A.
Comply with all requirements set forth in the most current edition of the Authority Construction
Safety Manual”. Offerors are provided with the most recent addition when obtaining contract
documents prior to proposal. Requirements included in this Section are in addition to the
Authority’s Construction Safety Manual.
Comply with all local, State and Federal
requirements. Where conflicts or discrepancies exist between requirements, the more stringent
requirement shall govern. For additional information see Division 01 Section “Quality
Requirements”.
B.
Contractor Safety Organization:
1.
Safety Engineer.
a.
b.
C.
Duties: Outlined in The Authority Construction Safety Manual.
Qualifications: Outlined in The Authority Construction Safety Manual.
Submit the résumés of individuals proposed to serve in the role of Contractor’s Safety Engineer
to the COTR for approval in writing. In addition to indicating the qualifications in the
Authority Construction Safety Manual résumés shall include but not be limited to such items as:
work experience, education, safety and health training completed, memberships in professional
associations, professional certifications, professional registrations and professional references
confirming the qualifications and personal references of contacts for verification shall also be
required.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Provide safe and healthful working conditions on each operation at all times during execution
the work of this Contract. Conduct the various operations connected with the Work so that they
will not be injurious to safety or health. Comply with all provisions, regulations and
recommendations issued pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and the
Construction Safety Act of 1969, as well as amendments to these laws. Comply with laws,
rules and regulations of other authorities having jurisdiction, with regard to all matters relating
to the safety and health of workers and the general public. Compliance with government
requirements is mandated by law and considered only a minimum level of safety performance.
Perform all work in accordance with best safe work practices recognized by the construction
industry. Stop work whenever a work procedure or a condition at a work site is deemed unsafe
by the either of the following individuals: COTR, Program Safety Manager (PSM), the
Contractor’s Project Manager, the Contractor’s Foreman, or the Contractor’s Safety
Engineer(s).
E.
The Safety Engineer shall be responsible for all safety and health requirements as included
herein and as required by the Authority’s Construction Safety Manual.
F.
The contractor shall submit the resumes of all proposed safety and health professionals who
shall serve in the role of contractor’s Safety Engineer(s) to the COTR for approval. The resumes
shall include, but not be limited to such items as: work experience, education, safety and health
training completed, memberships in professional associations, professional certifications,
professional registrations, and professional references confirming the qualifications shall also be
required. Documentation confirming the qualifications and personal references of contacts for
verification shall also be required.
G.
Comply with all requirements set forth in the Authority's "Construction Safety Manual."
Provide during the Work the services of Safety Engineer(s) as outlined in the Authority’s
“Construction Safety Manual” and in Division 01 Section “Quality Requirements”. The Safety
Engineer shall undertake the duties and responsibilities as stated in the Authority's
"Construction Safety Manual".
H.
Prior to start of construction activities in the Air Operations Area (AOA), the Contractor's
Safety Engineer(s) shall tour the AOA with the Authority Safety Program Manager.
I.
Flagmen Training: The Authority will sponsor Flagman training sessions. Contractor's
personnel who will be assigned flagmen duties on the Airport for this project shall attend
training sessions.
J.
Fire Safety: Conform to the following requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Obtain a permit to perform any welding, cutting, or hot work from the Office of the
Authority Fire Marshal.
Ensure adequate access to all construction areas for emergency response.
Obtain a permit from the Office of the Authority Fire Marshal to store, handle, or use any
hazardous material, including but not limited to fuels for equipment. Complete an
application prior to issuance.
Remove combustible debris from the site daily.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.
K.
Provide at least seven (7) days notice for any request for inspections, tests, permits, etc.,
required of personnel from the Office of the Authority Fire Marshal.
6.
Provide to the Office of the Authority Fire Marshal a list of emergency contact numbers
for the COTR and the Contractor prior to the commencement of Work.
Submit Site-Specific Safety and Health Plans to COTR within 15 calendar days of Notice to
Proceed and prior to the start of any construction activities. Prepare this plan using the
Authority’s Guidelines as defined in the Authority’s “Construction Safety Manual” and as
supplemented by these specifications for each and every work zone as shown on the drawings
or as anticipated by the Contractor. COTR must approve the Site-Specific Safety Plan prior to
the start of any work.
L.
Be responsible for the safe operation of all job site motor vehicles. Provide a “spotter” or
flagman for all backing operations of construction vehicles with restricted rear vision.
M.
All motorized equipment and vehicles working on or entering MWAA construction project
work areas shall be equipped with functional audible backup alarms.
N.
Crane Operators. On Airports Authority projects, Crane Operators shall be certified to operate
the equipment by an approved independent certifying agency.
O.
For all airside projects attach a Safety Plan to the Safety Program. Include in the Safety Plan, to
the extent applicable, provisions for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Scope of work performed by Contractor, including proposed duration of work.
Possible safety problems (job hazard analysis program).
Work control measures.
Limitations on equipment height.
Location of airport operational areas.
Location of and access to stockpiled construction materials and equipment.
Inspection requirements.
Trenches and excavations, and cover requirements.
Threshold marking and lighting.
Closed runway marking.
Vehicle operation and pedestrian access in airport movement areas.
Construction site access and haul roads, includes maintenance of and keeping open ARFF
access routes.
Limitations on construction.
Radio communications.
Foreign object debris (FOD) control provisions.
Hazardous materials (HAZMAT) management.
Wildlife abatement.
NOTAM issuance.
Vehicle identification.
Vehicle parking.
Use of temporary visual aids.
Obstacle-free zones (OFZ).
Approach clearance to runways.
Runway and taxiway safety areas.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
1.16
Procedures and equipment, such as barricades (identify type) for closing portions of the
movement area.
Required compliance of contractor personnel.
Procedures for notification of aircraft rescue firefighting (ARFF) if deactivating water
lines or fire hydrants, or if emergency access routes are rerouted or blocked.
Emergency notification for fire, medical, and police response.
Coordination of plan with an FAA airport certification safety inspector.
HEIGHT LIMITATION
A.
For all demolition and construction within the Airport, limit the height of Contractor's
equipment to a maximum of 40 feet.
B.
Prior to beginning any work coordinate with the COTR the height of all cranes, boom trucks,
scaffolds or similar vehicles of construction. Properly mark all construction equipment with
safety flags and warning lights in accordance with current FAA and Airport Operations
requirements. Submit FAA Form 7460, provided by COTR, for all variations on approved
crane heights.
1.17
NOISE CONTROL
A.
The Authority recognizes and can tolerate a normal level of noise created by a majority of
construction activity. However, in the interest of the Authority's neighbors, the maximum
acceptable noise level between the hours of 5:00 pm and 7:00 am the following morning is
limited to 55 decibels. During daytime hours of 7:00 am through 5:00 pm, the maximum
acceptable noise level for sustained or repetitive noises is 72 decibels. Measure the noise level
using an "A" scale at a point 4'-0" above ground at property line nearest noise source.
B.
Secure advance written approval from the COTR prior to scheduling any activity that is
anticipated to produce a sustained or repetitive noise level higher than the decibel limits
indicated above.
C.
In and around terminal facilities and buildings whose normal occupancy is from 7 a.m. to 7
p.m., perform work that causes noise that is disruptive to the airport’s tenants or the traveling
public between the hours of 11:00 pm and 5:00 am. Measure noise for this situation using an
“A” scale at a point 4’-0” above ground at the closest point to airport tenants or the traveling
public.
1.18
A.
EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND SITE OF WORK
The offeror is expected to examine carefully the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans,
specifications, solicitation provisions, contract provisions, special provisions and contract forms
before submitting a proposal. The submission of a proposal will be considered conclusive
evidence that the offeror has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be
encountered in performing the work as to the requirements of the Contract.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.19
A.
AIRPORT SECURITY/VEHICLE INSPECTION PROCEDURE
The number of vehicular access points into secure areas at IAD has been reduced to an
operational minimum. Those gates that remain open are divided into two categories:
1.
B.
Vehicular gates for approved vehicles and individuals who hold appropriate and valid
airport access media and do not require escorts.
2.
Vehicular gates for those vehicles that have invalid or no airport access authorization
and/or the vehicle operator and passenger(s) do not have valid access authorization media
and require escorts.
The access points for vehicle operator and passenger(s) who have appropriate and valid airport
access media are Gates 127 and 141. Vehicles that require escorts of any type are prohibited at
those gates.
C.
All vehicles and personnel that will require an escort shall enter the AOA via Gates 313, Gate
317, Gate 141, or Gate 118. The vehicle gates at Gate 118 and Gate 141 are designated as AOA
entry points for vehicles and persons that require an escort and their primary work site is located
on the north side of the airport.
Gate 313 is designated as large equipment
contractor/construction access point, and Gate 317 is to be used by contractors and employees
whose primary work site is located on the south side of the airport. These access gates are as
indicated.
D.
Other access gates through which the contractor may gain access to a specific project site are as
indicated and must be approved by Airport Operations and the Transportation Security Agency.
E.
The following procedures will be utilized for all escorted vehicles and AOA approved vehicles
with non-badged passengers seeking entry to the AOA:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
F.
All vehicles are searched.
Coordinate all vehicle deliveries with the COTR in advance. Provide the vehicle license
plate number and expected delivery time for all vehicle deliveries. Contractor may
compile the expected daily delivery schedule on one sheet for submission to the COTR.
The vehicle operator shall have in his or her possession a commercial manifest, which
identifies the contents of the vehicle and/or trailer.
An escort from the company for whom the shipment is intended shall respond to the
vehicle access gate and remain with the vehicle until the vehicle exits the secured area.
A vehicle search will be conducted and once cleared, vehicles will be permitted escorted
access to their delivery point.
Contractors should expect delays up to 2 hours at Gate 313 as a result of these security
provisions.
Priority consideration may be offered to concrete trucks with resulting delays estimated to
be 20 minutes. To receive priority consideration, schedule concrete deliveries with
Airport Operations and COTR at time of batching.
Prior approval from the Manager of Airport Operations or his/her designated representative is
required for any exceptions to the above procedures.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 007300
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
007300 - 12
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
1.3
Work covered by the Contract Documents.
Type of the Contract.
Work under other contracts.
Use of premises.
The Authority's occupancy requirements.
Work restrictions.
Specification formats and conventions.
Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures
governing temporary use of the Authority's facilities.
WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A.
Project Identification: Project consists of making life safety improvements for the existing
historic air traffic control tower.
1.
B.
Project Location: Washington Dulles International Airport.
Architect/Engineer Identification: The Contract Documents, dated October 16, 2009, were
prepared for Project by Peck, Peck and Associates, Inc.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY
011000 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Construction Manager: Parsons Management Consultants has been engaged as Construction
Manager for this Project to serve as an advisor to the Authority and to provide assistance in
administering the Contract for Construction between the Authority and Contractor, according to
a separate contract between the Authority and Construction Manager.
1.
D.
The Work consists of making life safety improvements for the existing historic air traffic
control tower.
1.
2.
1.4
For additional functions of Parsons Management Consultants, see "Supplementary
Conditions."
The Work includes providing a new fire pump and new 4-inch automatic wet standpipe
system to service the tower, replacing stair egress signage and exit lights, sealing any
observed penetrations to the existing fire-rated shaft, and replacing existing battery pack
emergency lights in the tower exit stair.
For additional requirements for the examination of plans, specifications, and Project site
see Section "Supplementary Conditions."
TYPE OF CONTRACT
A.
1.5
Project will be constructed under a general construction contract.
WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A.
General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried
out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. Coordinate the
Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts.
B.
Preceding Work: Authority has awarded a separate contract for the following construction
operations at Project site. Those operations are scheduled to be substantially complete before
work under this Contract begins.
1.
1.6
Package 6: A separate contract has been awarded to General Contractor for contractor
specified by COTR for work in Package 6.
USE OF PREMISES
A.
Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site
beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY
011000 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
Limits: Confine constructions operations to the area around/near or in the existing
historic air traffic control tower from the ground up.
Authority Occupancy: Allow for Authority occupancy of site and day-to-day use by
tenants, air carriers, and the public.
Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations within the Contract
Limit Lines indicated during construction period, during the hours indicated, and as
directed by COTR. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by the Authority's right
to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and
available to the Authority, the Authority's employees, tenants, air carriers, and emergency
vehicles at all times. Do not use driveways and entrances for parking or storage of
materials.
a.
b.
Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.
Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on-site.
B.
Utilize areas designated for Contractor staging, storage, and parking, as indicated. For
additional requirements, see Section "Supplementary Conditions."
C.
Use of Existing Buildings: Maintain existing buildings in a weather tight condition throughout
construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect buildings and
their occupants during construction period.
1.
1.7
For additional requirements for airfield and terminal buildings, see Section
"Supplementary Conditions."
OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Full Authority Occupancy: The Authority and/or its tenants will occupy site and existing
building during entire construction period. Cooperate with COTR during construction
operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Authority usage, and perform the Work so as not
to interfere with day-to-day Airport operations.
B.
For additional requirements for tenant operational requirements, see Section "Supplementary
Conditions."
1.8
CONTRACTOR HOURS OF OPERATION
A.
Contractor Working Hours: The Authority anticipates that the Contractor may be required to
work multiple shifts to accomplish the work of this Contract within the established schedule.
Contractor will be allowed and may be required by the nature of the Project to work 24 hours a
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY
011000 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
day, seven days a week in the performance of the Work. Work is subject to restrictions of the
Airport operational requirements. Notify the COTR 24-hours in advance of any change to the
work schedule.
1.9
SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A.
Specification Format: With the exception of Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) standard
specifications and Virginia Department of Transportation standard specifications the
Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 33-Division format using the
CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat 2004" numbering system.
1.
B.
Section Identification: The Specifications use Section titles to help with crossreferencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric
sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete as all available Sections and Section
numbers are not used and the CSI numbering system is not sequentially complete.
Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine
numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents.
Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and
the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.
These conventions are as follows:
1.
2.
Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Interpret words and meanings as appropriate. Infer words
implied, but not stated, as the sense requires. Interpret singular words as plural, and
plural words as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents
indicates.
Imperative mood and streamlined language are used in these Specifications. This
imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor.
Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for
clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by
others when so noted.
a.
1.10
A.
The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context,
are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
MARKING UTILITY SERVICES
Employ underground utilities location subcontractor to locate and mark the horizontal location
of all utility lines that might be impacted by construction activities, including, but not limited to,
the following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY
011000 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Electric power lines.
Natural gas lines.
Sanitary Sewers.
Storm Sewers.
FAA communications, signal, and security lines.
Runway lighting lines
Water supply piping.
Fuel Lines.
Telephone lines.
Data lines.
Underground Storage Tanks.
High Temperature Hot Water (HTHW) and chilled water lines.
Dedicated Fire System (DFS) lines.
B.
Contact the Airport Communications System (ACS) Help Desk at (703) 417-8300 a minimum
of 72 hours prior to starting activities that include but are not limited to location and marking of
horizontal locations of telephone and telecommunications lines belonging to the Authority as
part of the Airport Communication System. Contact the Airport Communications System
(ACS) Help Desk a minimum of 72 hours prior to beginning operations, that include but are not
limited to excavating, boring, pile-driving, digging or planting. Note the ACS does not locate
utilities. Location is the responsibility of the Contractor’s underground utilities location
subcontractor. The Airport Communications System (ACS) is merely notified as indicated
previously.
C.
The information in the Contract Documents concerning the type and location of underground
utilities is neither guaranteed nor inclusive. The Contractor is responsible for determining the
type and location of underground utilities, regardless of whether such utilities are indicated or
not, so as to avoid damage thereto.
D.
Check and verify the horizontal and vertical location (coordinates and elevation) of all utility
lines that may exist within the limits of new work, regardless of whether such utilities are
indicated or not, by use of a Subsurface Utility Engineering company. Reconfirm such locations
and verification of utilities discovered, regardless of whether such utilities are indicated or not,
and submit to the COTR a dimensional survey with such notations.
E.
Dig test pits by hand shovel in the vicinity of the discovered utilities. Excavate test holes
utilizing a vacuum excavator.
F.
Repair any damage to discovered utility lines due to construction operations at no expense to
the Authority. The Authority will assist the Contractor by making available any known
information.
G.
Submit to the COTR, for written approval, the name of the independent subsurface utility
engineering company to be used.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY
011000 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
H.
The individual who performs the utility detection and location work shall have as a minimum
five (5) years of similar experience in the area of subsurface utility detection and location
engineering.
I.
Submit to COTR the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.11
List of utility detection equipment along with product information and data sheets that
will be used specifically for this contract.
List of employee qualifications and résumés of those individuals who will be assigned
specifically to this contract.
Within 60 calendar days of Notice to Proceed, a survey of all subsurface utility
engineering results indicating the horizontal and vertical location, coordinates and
elevation of all utilities.
UTILITY OUTAGES
A.
Prior to any utility outage/interruption, prepare a schedule of such outage. Include in outage
schedule duration, identification of the service affected, temporary utility service to be
provided, identification of available service alternative, and the action to be taken in any
emergency. Apply for all outages of utility systems in writing. Fully coordinate outage
requests with COTR. Obtain approval in writing by COTR. Schedule all outages at least three
(3) weeks in advance with a 96-hour notification provided by the Contractor confirming date,
time, and duration. Outages will normally be scheduled to occur between the hours of 11:00 pm
and 5:30 am, Tuesday through Thursday.
B.
Provide a suction/pump truck during all sanitary sewer line outages to support the disabled lift
stations. Transport sewage to alternate lift stations located on the Airport and dispose of in
accordance with Airport procedures. Provide a suction/pump truck with a capacity of 3,000
gallons or greater.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 011000
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY
011000 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 012210 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing methods of
measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished
and unit amount of Work performed under the Contract in order for Contractor to receive
payment according to pre-established unit prices.
B.
At the discretion of the COTR, payment may be reduced for any Work which is not in full
compliance with the Contract Documents or which has been damaged or repaired by Contractor.
Such action may be used when the end product may have a reduced service life or less than
desirable aesthetic characteristics.
1.3
MEASUREMENT OF QUANITITES
A.
All volumes or quantities used to determine unit-price payment will be measured by COTR, or
by COTR’s authorized representatives, using methods generally recognized as conforming to
good engineering practice. Unless otherwise indicated, measurement shall be in U.S.
Customary Units of Measurement.
B.
Unless otherwise indicated, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made
horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave-outs) having an
area of 9 sq. ft. or less. Unless otherwise indicated, transverse measurements for area
computations will be the neat dimensions shown on Drawings.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit
field conditions.
Measure all Contract items measured by the linear foot, such as electrical ducts, conduits,
pipe culverts, under drains, and similar items, parallel to the base of foundation on which
such items are placed, unless otherwise indicated.
In computing volumes of excavation, use the average end area method or other
acceptable method.
The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe,
metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in
decimal fraction of inches.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
012210 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Haul materials, to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle, in approved vehicles and
measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type
acceptable to and approved in advance by COTR, provided that the body is of such shape that
the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. Load all vehicles to at least their
water-level capacity. Level loads when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery.
1.
2.
When requested by Contractor and approved by COTR in writing, material specified to
be measured by the cubic yard may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to
cubic yards for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to
volume measurement will be determined by COTR and agreed to by Contractor before
such method of measurement of pay quantities is used.
The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2000-lb avoirdupois. Weigh all
materials, which are measured or proportioned by weights, on accurate, approved scales
by competent, qualified personnel at locations designated by COTR.
a.
b.
E.
If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted, provided that only
the actual weight of material will be paid for. However, car weights will not be
acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants.
Weigh trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight empty daily at such
times as COTR directs. Each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark.
Measure bituminous materials by the gallon or ton. When measured by volume, measure such
volumes at 60 deg F or measure corrected to the volume at 60 deg F, using ASTM D 1250 for
asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars.
1.
2.
Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail
shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous
material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not
incorporated into the Work.
When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by
volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities.
F.
Concrete will be measured by the cubic yard in place, unless otherwise indicated.
G.
The term "each" when used as an item of payment shall mean complete payment for the work
described in the Contract.
1.
When a complete structure or structural unit is to be provided, and "each" is specified, as
the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fitting,
accessories, and work incidental to the work item.
H.
Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary
traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the Work. Special equipment ordered by
COTR in connection with "force account work" will be measured as agreed in Contract
Modification authorizing such force account work as provided in the Contract Documents.
I.
When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe
conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such
identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
012210 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
controlled by tolerances in cited Specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the
industries involved will be accepted.
J.
When estimated quantities for a specific portion of the Work are designated as the pay
quantities in the Contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific
portion of the Work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the Work shown on
Drawings are revised by Contract Modification signed by the Contracting Officer.
1.
1.4
If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in quantities of such Work, final
quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized
changes in the dimensions.
SCALES
A.
Scales for weighing materials, which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for
by weight, shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by Contractor or be certified permanently
installed commercial scales.
B.
Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent of the current weight throughout the range of
use. Contractor shall have scales checked under the observation of the inspector before
beginning Work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing
throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of
1 percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 lb. The use of spring
balances will not be permitted.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator
and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them.
Scale installations shall have available 10 standard 50-lb weights for testing the weighing
equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment.
Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales
shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end.
Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to
operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighingaccuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1
percent.
In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "under-weighing" (indicating less
than correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to Contractor will
be allowed for materials previously weighted and recorded.
All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales;
for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this Section for
the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment shall be included in the unit Contract
prices for the various items of Project.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
012210 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND
A.
Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated
into the Work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the Contract, Drawings,
and Specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the Airport property or at other sites
in the vicinity that are acceptable to COTR. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled
materials may be included in the next partial payment application after the following conditions
are met:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
COTR accepts the manner in which the material has been stored at or on an approved
site.
Contractor provides COTR with acceptable evidence of quantity and quality of the
materials.
Contractor provides COTR with acceptable evidence that the material and transportation
costs have been paid.
Contractor provides the Authority legal title, free of liens or encumbrances of any kind, to
the material so stored and stockpiled.
Contractor provides the Authority evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is
insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at anytime before
use in the Work.
Contractor provides the Authority with manufacturer’s installation and maintenance
information.
B.
It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Authority's payment for such stored
or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve Contractor of responsibilities for furnishing and
placing such materials according to the requirements of the Contract Documents.
C.
In no case will the amount of partial payments of materials on hand exceed the Contract price
for the materials or the Contract price for the Contract item in which the material is intended to
be used.
D.
No partial payment will be made for living or perishable plant materials.
E.
Contractor bears all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials
according to the provisions of this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012210
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
012210 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 012900 – APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
1.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.3
Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with Contract CPM
Schedule, List of Subcontracts, and Submittal Log.
Division 01 Section "Measurement and Payment" for administrative requirements
governing methods of measurement and determination of quantities of materials for use
with unit prices.
Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative
requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule
and Submittals Schedule.
Division 01 Section “Project Closeout” for submittal of items required before final
payment.
Division 01 Section “Project Record Documents” for procedural requirements governing
the submission of Project Record Documents.
Division 01 Section “Operation and Maintenance Data” for submittal of items required
before final payment.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract
Price to various portions of the Work and once accepted, to be used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A.
Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
012900 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms
and schedules, including the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
Submit the Schedule of Values to Contracting Officer at earliest possible date, but no later
than 21 calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed.
a.
B.
Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.
Submittals Schedule.
Contract CPM Schedule.
List of products.
List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
On projects requiring cost-loaded CPM Schedules, the accepted cost loading will
satisfy the requirements for the Schedule of Values.
Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items
for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
1.
Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
Project name and location.
Name of COTR.
Name of Architect/Engineer.
The Authority’s Project number.
Contractor's name and address.
Date of submittal.
Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Related Specification Section or Division.
Description of the Work.
Name of subcontractor.
Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
Name of supplier.
Contract Modifications (numbers) that affect value.
Dollar value.
1)
3.
Percentage of the Contract Price to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted
to total 100 percent.
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Price in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts,
where appropriate. Include separate line items under required principal subcontracts for
the following items. The value assigned to the total of these line items shall be 5 percent
of the Contract Price:
a.
Testing and commissioning activities.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
012900 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
4.
5.
Round amounts to nearest whole dollar. Total shall equal the Contract Price.
Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Application for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and
stored, but not yet installed.
a.
6.
7.
1.5
Differentiate between potential items stored on-site and items stored off-site.
Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required.
Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
Each item in the Schedule of Values and Application for Payment shall be complete.
Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
a.
8.
Operation and Maintenance manuals.
Punch list activities.
Project Record Documents.
Bonds and warranties.
Demonstration and training.
At COTR’s option, temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not
direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in
the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense.
Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values with the next
Applications for Payment when Contract Modifications result in a change in the Contract
Price.
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A.
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
certified by Contracting Officer and paid for by the Authority.
1.
Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B.
Payment Application Times: Application for Payment shall coincide with CPM schedule
monthly update, or as otherwise indicated in the Agreement between the Authority and
Contractor. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following
the end of the preceding period and shall not exceed one calendar month, unless otherwise
approved by COTR.
C.
Payment Application Forms: Use forms provided by the Contracting Officer, but supplied by
COTR, for Application for Payment.
D.
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. The Authority will return
incomplete applications without action.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
012900 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
E.
Transmittal: Submit one original and four copies of Application for Payment to the address
indicated in the Section VII - Contract Provision, paragraph 04.B, each one signed and
notarized. Include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.
1.
F.
2.
The Authority reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must
submit waivers.
Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to the
Authority.
Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that shall precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
H.
Transmit Applications for Payment with a transmittal form listing attachments and
recording appropriate information about application in a manner acceptable to Contracting
Officer.
Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With Final Application for Payment, submit waivers of
mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers.
1.
G.
Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
Include amounts of Contract Modifications issued before last day of construction period
covered by application.
List of subcontractors.
Schedule of Values.
Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
List of Contractor's staff assignments.
List of Contractor's principal consultants.
Copies of building permits.
Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance
of the Work.
Initial progress report.
Report of pre-construction conference.
Performance and payment bonds.
Initial settlement survey and damage report if required.
Submittal and approval of Contractor Safety Plan.
Subcontractor Payment Form: (Form J, "Contract Conditions," Section IX, "LDBE").
Monthly Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that shall accompany
the submittal of Contractor's monthly Application for Payment include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Subcontractor Payment Form.
Monthly Progress Report, prepared according to requirements specified in Division 01
Section "Construction Progress Documentation."
Evidence of payment for material on-site if reimbursement for such material is being
requested.
Update of Contract Record Documents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
012900 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuance of the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion
for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1.
2.
3.
J.
Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Price.
This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Authority occupancy of designated portions of the Work, if applicable.
Advise COTR of change-over in security provisions.
Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Price.
Evidence that claims have been settled.
Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of
date of Substantial Completion or when the Authority took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.
Return of all Airport identification badges and keys.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012900
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
012900 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
General project coordination procedures.
Conservation.
Coordination drawings.
Administrative and supervisory personnel.
Project meetings.
a.
b.
c.
d.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
1.3
Pre-award conference.
Pre-construction conference.
Pre-installation conference.
Progress meetings.
Division 01 Section: "Execution" for the coordination of general installation and fieldengineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.
Division 01 Section "Project Closeout" for coordinating Contract closeout.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
1.
2.
Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
4.
B.
Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees
at meetings.
1.
C.
1.4
Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
Delivery and processing of submittals.
Progress meetings.
Pre-installation conferences.
Start-up, check-out, and final acceptance of systems.
Project closeout activities.
Protection of existing and new work.
Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
1.
E.
Prepare similar memoranda for COTR and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts
and to ensure orderly progress of the Work and completion within the specified Contract
duration. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
D.
Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to
ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and
repair of all components, mechanical, electrical, and otherwise. Contractor is cautioned
that, where specific dimensions are not indicated or where Drawings are schematic in
nature, as with most Electrical and Mechanical Drawings, Contractor shall have sole
responsibility to coordinate the work to meet this requirement. Prepare and submit
Coordination Drawings to COTR for review and approval as provided in "Coordination
Drawings" Paragraph in "Submittals" Article of this Section.
Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other sections for disposition of salvaged materials
that are designated as the Authority's property.
Temporary Utility Outages: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Summary."
SUBMITTALS
A.
Coordination Drawings: Before start of the Work, prepare Coordination Drawings for areas
with limited space availability that necessitate maximum utilization of space for efficient
installation of different components, and areas requiring coordination for installation of
products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Key Personnel Names: At the pre-construction meeting, submit a list of Contractor's key
personnel assignments. Key personnel shall include but not necessarily be limited to Project
Manager, Project Superintendent, Safety Manager, Safety Engineer, Quality Control Manager,
Project Scheduler, Soil Excavation Engineers, and other personnel in attendance at Project site
along with alternates. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses
and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names,
addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of
individuals assigned to Project.
1.
1.5
Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.
Indicate all dimensions provided on Contract Drawings and make specific note of
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment, minimum clearance
requirements, amounts of equipment and material to be installed, or other requirements.
Provide alternate sketches for resolution of such conflicts to COTR for review. Minor
dimension changes and difficult installations shall not be considered changes to the
Contract.
Indicate required installation sequences.
Comply with requirements contained in Division 01 Section "Submittals."
Prepare coordination drawings of involved trades in a scale of not less than 1/4 inch = 1
foot or larger for integration of different construction elements. Show sequences and
relationships of separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space. Any Work
installed prior to review of coordination drawings will be at the Contractor’s risk and
subsequent relocation require to avoid interference shall be made at no additional cost to
the Authority.
Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
temporary telephone. Keep the list current at all times.
REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)
A.
Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents,
prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1.
RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor
will be returned with no response.
2.
Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's
work or work of subcontractors.
B.
Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and
the following:
1.
Contract Name
2.
Contract Number
3.
Date.
4.
Name of Contractor.
5.
Name of Resident Engineer
6.
Name of Task Manager
7.
RFI number, numbered sequentially.
8.
Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.
11.
12.
13.
Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time
or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
Contractor's signature.
Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, color photos, Product Data,
Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing
interpretation.
a.
Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions,
thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials,
assemblies, and attachments.
C.
Software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as
indicated above.
1.
Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
2.
RFI must be signed and scanned for electronic transmission.
3.
Hard-Copy RFI shall follow Software-Generated RFI for the record.
D.
COTR’s Action: COTR will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow
seven calendar days for COTR's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be
considered as received the following working day.
1.
The following RFIs will be returned without action:
a.
Requests for approval of submittals.
b.
Requests for approval of substitutions.
c.
Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
d.
Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
e.
Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
f.
Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.
2.
COTR's action may include a request for additional information, in which case COTR's
time for response will start again.
3.
COTR's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract
Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal.
a.
If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or
the Contract Sum, notify COTR in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI
response.
E.
On receipt of COTR’s action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to
affected parties. Review response and notify COTR within seven days if Contractor disagrees
with response.
F.
RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log weekly prior to progress meeting for inclusion in progress meeting minutes.
Software log with not less than the following:
1.
Project name.
2.
Name and address of Contractor.
3.
Name of COTR.
4.
RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5.
RFI description.
6.
Date the RFI was submitted.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.
8.
1.6
Date COTR’s response was received.
Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and
Proposal Request, as appropriate.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
A.
1.7
General: In addition to Project Superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory
personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.
PROJECT MEETINGS
A.
Pre-award Conference:
1.
General: At the request of the Contracting Officer, a pre-award conference with
Contractor may be held before actual award of the Contract. The meeting will review
Contractor's understanding of the Contract Documents, cost and pricing data, contractual
requirements, and Contractor's capabilities, financial standing, and past experience prior
to award.
a.
2.
3.
Attendees: Contracting Officer, COTR, Authority Design Project Manager,
Architect/Engineer, Contractor and its key personnel nominated for assignment to the
Contract, and major subcontractors if so requested by the Contracting Officer.
Concerned parties shall each be represented by persons thoroughly familiar with and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the work described in the Contract Documents.
The Contracting Officer will chair the pre-award meeting.
Agenda: Significant discussion items that could affect award include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
4.
Minutes: COTR will record and distribute meeting minutes to all attendees and all
relevant parties.
Provision and acceptability of payment and performance bonds.
LDBE/MBE/WBE/DBE participation.
Qualifications of key individuals.
Quality-control experience.
Percentage of work performed by own forces.
Contractor's experience with similar work, including previous Authority contracts.
Scheduling capabilities of Contractor.
Financial standing of Contractor.
Mobilization plan.
Understanding of work described in the Contract Documents and the physical
constraints associated with work at the Airport.
Equipment and manpower availability.
Cost and pricing data.
Representations and commitments made by Contractor or its subcontractors shall be
construed as binding to the Contract.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Pre-construction Conference:
1.
General: COTR will schedule pre-construction conference and organizational meeting
with Contractor after the Contracting Officer issues a notice of intent to award, or
actually awards the Contract. The meeting will review the parties' responsibilities and
personnel assignments.
a.
2.
3.
Attendees: Contracting Officer, COTR, Architect/Engineer, and their sub-consultants;
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and
other concerned parties. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project
and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
4.
C.
Minutes: COTR will record and distribute meeting minutes to all attendees and
relevant parties.
Airport security.
LBDE/MBE/WBE/DBE participation and certifications.
Authority-controlled wrap-up insurance program.
Airport Operations coordination.
Preliminary construction schedule.
Critical work sequencing.
Designation of key personnel.
Procedures for processing field decisions and Contract Modifications.
Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
Distribution of the Contract Documents.
Authority Construction guidelines.
Submittal procedures.
Preparation of Record Documents.
Use of the premises.
Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
Parking availability.
Office, work, and storage areas.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
Safety procedures.
Quality-control requirements.
First aid.
Progress cleaning.
Working hours.
Authority Building Code requirements/permits.
Refer to Contract Provision "Pre-construction Requirements" for required submittals due
at the pre-construction conference.
Pre-installation Conferences:
1.
General: COTR will conduct a pre-installation conference at Project site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
2.
3.
Attendees: Contractor, Installer, and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators
involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other
materials and installations that have proceeded, or will follow.
Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
4.
D.
Minutes: COTR will record and distribute meeting minutes.
Contract Documents.
Options.
Related Contract Modifications.
Purchases.
Deliveries.
Submittals.
Possible conflicts.
Compatibility problems.
Time schedules.
Weather limitations.
Manufacturer's written recommendations.
Warranty requirements.
Compatibility of materials.
Acceptability of substrates.
Temporary facilities and controls.
Space and access limitations.
Governing regulations and permits.
Safety.
Testing and inspecting requirements.
Required performance results.
Recording requirements.
Protection of construction and personnel.
Review material selection.
Fabrication and installation procedures.
Coordination of involved trades.
Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
Weekly Progress Meetings:
1.
General: COTR will conduct progress meetings weekly at regularly scheduled times
convenient for all parties involved. Progress meetings are in addition to specific
meetings held for other purposes, such as coordination and special pre-installation
meetings. Additionally, discussions will address administrative and technical issues of
concern, determining resolutions, and development of deadlines for resolution within
allowable time frames.
a.
Minutes: COTR will record and distribute meeting minutes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
Attendees: As may be required by COTR, in addition to representatives of the Authority
and Contractor, each subcontractor, supplier, Contractor’s Project Scheduler, and other
entities concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or
performance of future activities. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with
Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
a.
b.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,
in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
4.
Safety and Security.
Interface requirements.
Time.
Sequence of operations.
Status of submittals.
Deliveries.
Off-site fabrication.
Storage Areas
Access.
Site utilization.
Requests for information.
Submittals.
Noncompliance notices.
Temporary facilities and controls.
Work hours.
Resource allocation.
Hazards and risks.
Progress cleaning.
Quality and work standards.
Contract Modifications.
Documentation of information for payment requests.
Preparation of Record Documents.
Submit at the weekly progress meeting, a two-week look-ahead schedule. This schedule
shall include a three-week period, one week showing actual progress from the previous
week and two weeks showing planned work for the two weeks after the meeting date.
Include in the schedule all activities in sufficient detail as approved by COTR. A twoweek look-ahead schedule form will be distributed at the pre-construction conference.
Submit a list of subcontractors identifying dates of when subcontractors will be on-site or
off-site. A form for this information will be provided by COTR.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.
E.
Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised
schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
Schedule Update Meetings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Conduct schedule update meetings before submittal of Contractor's Application for
Payment. Determine where each activity is, in relation to Contractor's CPM Schedule.
Ensure the incorporation of all changes made to the sequence of work and all change
notices issued by the Contracting Officer. Submit the narrative and information specified
in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" if applicable.
Attendees: COTR, Contractor's Project manager or superintendent, the Contractor’s
Project Scheduler, and the Authority's representative.
Submit the updated schedule, as bilaterally agreed on, along with the Application for
Payment.
Present delay claims for discussion and, when possible, resolution.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 013100
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013100 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 013200A - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for various CPM schedules
and reports required for proper performance of the Work.
B.
All costs incurred by Contractor to correctly implement and update the schedule shall be borne
by Contractor and are part of this Contract.
C.
Schedules required include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Reports required include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
E.
Contract Construction Progress Schedule in CPM format and related narrative and cash
flow projection curves.
Submittals Schedule.
Schedule of Tests and Inspections.
Record, As-Built CPM Schedule.
Daily Construction Reports.
Material Location Reports.
Field Correction Reports.
Special Reports.
Monthly Progress Reports.
Contractor Quality Control Reports.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Division 01 Section "Application for Payment" for Schedule of Values.
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for Project meeting
minutes.
Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for test and inspection reports.
Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for Product List.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
Activity: The fundamental unit of work in a Project plan and schedule. Each activity has
defined geographical boundaries and a detailed estimate of resources required to construct the
task. Each activity is assigned a unique description, activity number, activity codes, and dollar
value.
B.
CPM Network: The structure of the schedule. The network is the representation that defines
the construction logic in terms of all the activities with their logical dependencies.
C.
Contract CPM Schedule: A cost-loaded CPM schedule covering the entire Contract Duration
from the Notice to Proceed through Final Acceptance of the Work.
D.
Contract Duration/Time: The total time, in calendar days identified in Section III, "Schedule,"
representing the duration necessary for completion of all physical and administrative
requirements under this Contract and any authorized extension thereof.
E.
Critical Path: The critical path is the longest connected chain of interdependent activities in a
CPM network that impacts the completion of the Project.
F.
Excusable Delay: An unforeseeable delay, beyond the control of Contractor, experienced due
to no fault or negligence by Contractor, its subcontractors, or suppliers.
G.
Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
H.
Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as
scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities shall equal the total Contract Price, unless
otherwise approved by COTR.
I.
Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
J.
Total Float: The amount of time an activity can be delayed from its earliest start date without
delaying the end of Project.
1.
2.
1.4
Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Authority or Contractor, but
is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet
schedule milestones and Contract completion date.
Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the
early start of the successor activity.
PLANNING
A.
The total Contract Duration and intermediate milestones if applicable, as indicated in
Section III, "Schedule," are the Contract requirements.
B.
Contractor shall prepare a practical work plan to complete the Work within the Contract
Duration, and complete those portions of work relating to each intermediate milestone date and
other Contract requirements. Contractor shall generate a computerized cost-loaded CPM
schedule in Precedence Diagram Method (PDM) format for the Work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse
Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of COTR
approval of the Schedule.
D.
Failure of Contractor to comply with requirements of this Section may be considered cause for
withholding progress payments or termination for default.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Contractor shall provide all schedule submittals on computer disk media as well as
tabular printouts, resource curves and histograms, and 24-by-36-inch time-scaled logic
diagrams. The latest version of Primavera P3 or SureTrak scheduling software shall be used.
All costs incurred by Contractor to correctly implement, computerize and update the CPM
Schedule shall be borne by Contractor and are included in the Contract Price. The number of
copies of each submittal shall be as described in this Section or as may be requested by COTR.
B.
Contract CPM Schedule: The Contract CPM Schedule and its related narrative as described in
this Section shall be submitted along with the projected cash-flow curve as early as practicable
after the Notice to Proceed, but in no event later than 30 calendar days after the Notice to
Proceed. Within 15 calendar days, COTR will respond with approval or direction to change and
Contractor shall resubmit within 10 calendar days, if required.
C.
Daily Progress Report: Submit duplicate copies to COTR by noon on the day following the
date of actual progress.
D.
Monthly Progress Report: All components of the Monthly Progress Report described in this
Section shall be submitted as attachments to Contractor's monthly Application for Payment.
E.
Record As-Built CPM Schedule: A Record CPM Schedule accurately reflecting actual progress
of Work shall be submitted, as part of this Contract's Record Documents. All activities shall
have actual dates that are true and accurate.
F.
Qualification Data: For Project Scheduler.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Project Scheduler Qualifications: Minimum of two years experience and not less than one
project of similar size and scope, with capability to produce CPM reports and diagrams within
24 hours of COTR's request. Project Scheduler is classified as one of Contractor's key
personnel.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PROJECT SCHEDULER
A.
Engage a project scheduler, either as Contractor's employee or as Contractor's consultant, to
provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM scheduling, and to prepare required
schedules.
1.
3.2
Project Scheduler shall be an active participant at all meetings related to Project progress,
alleged delays, and time impact.
CONTRACT CPM SCHEDULE
A.
Scheduling Requirements: The Contract CPM Schedule shall be a computerized cost-loaded,
time-scaled CPM Schedule in PDM format that includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
The order, sequence, and interdependence of all significant work items including
mobilization, demobilization, testing and commissioning, construction, procurement,
fabrication, and delivery of critical or special materials and equipment; utility interruption
coordination; submittals and approvals of critical Samples, Shop Drawings, procedures,
or other reasonable requirements that may be requested by COTR.
Work by the Authority, or utility agencies, and other third parties that may affect or be
affected by Contractor's activities.
Adequate referencing of all work items to identify subcontractors or other performing
parties.
Activity Coding may be provided by the COTR to establish minimum requirements for
structure and values for the first 5 code fields.
Activity durations not in excess of 14 calendar days, except nonconstruction activities
such as procurement and fabrication. Activities shall be broken down in the level of
detail prescribed by COTR.
Activities that are cost loaded to show the direct costs required to perform the Work,
including work by subcontractors.
A narrative that explains the basis for Contractor's determination of construction logic,
estimated durations, cost allocations, estimated quantities and production rates, hours per
shift, workdays per week, and types, numbers, and capacities of major construction
equipment to be used. A listing of nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the
schedule shall be provided.
Critical Path Activities: The Contract CPM Schedule shall be prepared to include the data for
the total Contract and the critical path activities shall be identified, including critical paths for
interim completion dates. Scheduled start or completion dates imposed on the schedule by
Contractor shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. Milestone dates shall be the
scheduled dates specified in Section III, "Schedule," if applicable, and shall be prominently
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
identified. The Contract CPM Schedule shall accurately show all as-built activities completed
from the issuance of the Notice to Proceed up to the submittal of this schedule.
C.
Assignment of Costs to Activities for Progress Payments:
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Contractor shall assign cost to construction activities on the Contract CPM Schedule.
Costs shall not be assigned to submittal activities unless specified otherwise but may,
with COTR's approval, be assigned to fabrication and delivery activities. Costs shall be
assigned to testing and commissioning activities, O&M manuals, punchlist activities, and
Project Record Documents.
Each activity cost shall reflect an accurate value subject to approval by COTR.
The total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Price.
Activities shall be cost coded as directed by COTR.
Required Submittals: On a monthly basis, Contractor shall submit five copies of each of the
following components of the Contract CPM Schedule:
1.
2.
A time-scaled plot of the schedule network in PDM format showing logic ties for all
activities including submittals and procurement activities.
Computer-generated CPM Schedule Reports that contain the following data for each
work item: activity identification number, description, resource loading, duration, early
start and early finish calendar dates, late start and late finish calendar dates, and total float
in calendar days. The reports shall also show the logic ties of successor and predecessor
work items. The reports shall be sorted as follows, or other sorts as required by COTR:
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
3.3
By activity identification.
By total float x early start.
By early start x early finish x total float.
The narrative described in Subparagraph 3.2-A-6 above.
A cash-flow report showing monthly expenditures projected over the life of the Contract.
A cumulative cash-flow curve based on early and late schedule events shall also be
submitted. These reports shall be derived from the Contract CPM Schedule.
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A.
Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information concerning events at
the site, coordinate with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements," and
submit duplicate copies to COTR by noon of the day following day of actual progress:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
List of subcontractors (by trade group) at the site.
List of separate contractors at the site.
Approximate count of personnel (by trade group) at the site.
Equipment (by trade group) at the site.
High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.
Accidents (refer to accident reports).
Meetings and significant decisions.
Unusual events (refer to special reports).
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
3.4
Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses.
Meter readings and similar recordings.
Emergency procedures.
Orders and requests of governing authorities.
Change Notices/Directives and Contract Modifications received, implemented.
Services connected, disconnected.
Equipment or system tests and startups.
Partial Completions, occupancies.
Substantial Completions authorized.
Material deliveries.
MATERIAL LOCATION REPORTS
A.
3.5
At weekly intervals, prepare a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at the site.
List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered.
Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for all materials or items of
equipment being fabricated or stored away from the building site. Submit copies of list to
COTR at weekly intervals.
FIELD CORRECTION REPORT
A.
3.6
When the need to take corrective action that requires a departure from the Contract Documents
arises, prepare a detailed report including a statement describing the problem and recommended
changes. Indicate reasons the Contract Documents cannot be followed. Submit a copy to
COTR immediately.
SPECIAL REPORTS
A.
When an event of unusual or significant nature occurs at the site, prepare and submit a special
report. List the chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, an
evaluation of the results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise COTR in advance
when such events are known or predictable.
1.
B.
3.7
Include tabular CPM reports, time-scaled logic diagrams, resource curves and
histograms, and narratives as requested by COTR.
Submit special reports directly to COTR within seven calendar days of an occurrence. Submit a
copy to other parties affected by the occurrence.
MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORTING
A.
General: Approval of Contractor's monthly Application for Payment shall be contingent,
among other factors, on the submittal of a satisfactory monthly schedule update.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Monthly Schedule Update Meetings: Monthly schedule updates shall be the product of joint
review meetings between Contractor, COTR, and major active subcontractors. The joint review
shall focus on actual progress for the preceding month, planned progress for the upcoming
month supported by a Contractor-prepared Four-Week Look-Ahead Schedule, impact to
schedule if any due to change notices issued, adverse weather, and any effected changes to the
Construction CPM Schedule. The agreed on progress, and changes, if any, shall be
incorporated into the schedule update to be submitted. The update shall always represent the
actual history of accomplishment of all activities, and will form the basis for Contractor's
Application for Payment. Contractor's delay claims shall be presented for discussion and, when
possible, resolution.
C.
Required Submittals: On a monthly basis, Contractor shall submit two copies in electronic
format of the updated CPM schedule and five copies of each of the following components of the
Monthly Progress Report:
1.
2.
3.
4.
A monthly progress narrative, the content of which shall be prescribed by COTR, but
shall include as a minimum a description of overall progress for the preceding month, a
critical path analysis, a discussion of problems encountered and proposed solution
thereof, delays experienced and proposed recovery measures, a monthly reconciliation of
weather impact, the status and impact of contract modifications, documentation of any
logic changes, and any other changes made to the schedule since the previous monthly
update.
CPM schedule reports listing completed activities, activities in progress, and remaining
activities in the format requested by COTR. For each activity, Contractor shall provide
those details identified in Subparagraph 3.2-D-2.
Monthly and cumulative cash-flow curves that show actual vs. planned cash-flow status.
Documentation of delivered material in the form of paid invoices or other evidence that
Contractor has clear title for the material delivered.
D.
If critical activities of the schedule are delayed and such delay is not excusable as defined in this
Section, the remaining sequence of activities and/or duration thereof shall be adjusted by
Contractor through such measures as additional manpower, additional shifts, or the
implementation of concurrent operations until the schedule produced indicates Work will be
completed on schedule. Except as provided elsewhere in the Contract, all costs incurred by
Contractor to recover from inexcusable delays shall be borne by Contractor.
E.
The monthly schedule update shall form the basis for Contractor's Application for Payment. The
progress payment for an activity shall be based on its agreed on percentage of completion. On
unit-priced contracts, the approval of Contractor's monthly requisition is contingent on the
submittal of a satisfactory monthly schedule update; however, the basis of payment will be the
actual measurement of COTR-accepted, in-place units of work.
3.8
DELAYS AND REQUESTS FOR EXTENSION OF TIME
A.
The determination for an extension of the Contract Time will be made by the Contracting
Officer according to the Contract Provision "Default."
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Contractor acknowledges and agrees that delays in activities, irrespective of the party causing
the delay, which according to the computer mathematical analysis do not affect any critical
activity or milestone dates on the CPM network at the time of the delay, shall not become the
basis for an extension of the Contract Time. The only basis for any extension of time will be
the demonstrated impact of an excusable delay on the critical path. In demonstrating such
impact, Contractor shall provide adequate detail as required by the Contract, and Contractor
shall prove that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
An event occurred.
Contractor was not responsible for the event in that the event was beyond the control of
Contractor, and was without fault or negligence of Contractor, subcontractor, or supplier,
and the event was unforeseeable.
The event was the type for which an excuse is granted according to the "Default"
provision of this Contract.
Activities on the critical path of the Work were delayed.
The event in fact caused the delay of the Work.
The requested additional time is an appropriate and reasonable extension of the Contract
Time, given the actual delay encountered.
Time Extensions for Unusually Severe Weather:
1.
2.
If unusually severe weather conditions are the basis for a request for an extension of the
Contract Time, such request shall be documented by data substantiating that weather
conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably
anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the critical activities of
the scheduled construction.
The schedule of anticipated adverse weather below will constitute the base line for
monthly (or a prorated portion thereof) weather/time evaluation by the Contracting
Officer. On issuance of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the Contract on
a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days will be recorded by Contractor on a
calendar day basis (include weekends and holidays) and compared to the monthly
anticipated adverse weather days set forth below.
a.
b.
For purposes of this clause, the term "actual adverse weather days" shall include
days that can be demonstrated to have been impacted by adverse weather.
Monthly Anticipated Adverse Weather Calendar Days:
1)
January - 7.
2)
February - 5.
3)
March - 6.
4)
April - 6.
5)
May - 8.
6)
June - 6.
7)
July - 6.
8)
August - 7.
9)
September - 5.
10) October - 5.
11) November - 5.
12) December - 6.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c.
3.
4.
D.
On days where adverse weather is encountered, Contractor shall list all critical activities
under progress and shall indicate the impact adverse weather had, if any, on the progress
of such activities. This information shall be presented at the end of the adverse weather
day to COTR or its authorized representative for its review and approval.
If Contractor is found eligible for an extension of the Contract Time, the Contracting
Officer will issue a modification extending the time for Contract completion. The
extension of time will be made on a calendar day basis.
Required Submittals:
1.
2.
3.
Provide time-impact analysis that illustrates impact during update period in which event
occurred, that event has been mitigated to greatest possible extent, and that event still
impacts overall completion of Project.
Include with request, two copies of submittal of impacted schedule, in electronic format,
and photocopies of all relevant documents that support the claim.
Submit all required items within the following time periods:
a.
b.
c.
4.
3.9
The number of actual adverse weather days shall be calculated chronologically
from the first to the last day in each month. Contractor shall not be entitled to any
claim for time extension based on adverse weather unless the number of actual
adverse weather days exceeds the number of anticipated adverse weather days, and
unless such adverse weather days prevent work for 50 percent or more of
Contractor's workday. In preparing the Contract Schedule, Contractor shall reflect
the above anticipated adverse weather days on all weather-dependent activities.
Weather-caused delays shall not result in any additional compensation to
Contractor.
10 calendar days of event occurrence.
10 calendar days of Contractor's knowledge of impact.
14 calendar days of written request by COTR.
Expiration of time periods without submittal shall constitute forfeiture of rights for these
specific impacts.
RECORD SCHEDULE
A.
After all Contract work items are complete, and as a condition of final payment, Contractor
shall submit three copies of a Record, As-Built CPM Schedule showing actual start and finish
dates for all work activities and milestones, based on the accepted monthly updates. These
schedule submittals shall be in tabular and in time-scaled PDM plot formats.
END OF SECTION 013200
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013200 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 013233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.3
Preconstruction photographs.
Periodic construction photographs.
Final Completion construction photographs.
Division 01 Section "Submittals" for submitting construction photographs.
Division 01 Section "Project Closeout" for submitting photographic negatives as Project
Record Documents at Project closeout.
Division 01 Section “Demonstration and Training” for submitting videotapes of
demonstration of equipment and training of Authority’s personnel.
Division 02 Section “Selective Structure Demolition” for photographic documentation
before selective demolition operations commence.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project
names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information
specified.
B.
Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building including a detailed description of each
project area with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each
photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include the same label information as
the corresponding set of photographs.
C.
Construction Photographs: Submit four prints of each photographic view within five days of
taking photographs.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
013233 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
Format: 8-by-10-inch smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight commercial-grade
photographic paper mounted on card stock to allow a 1-inch-wide margin and enclosed
back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard 3-ring binder.
Identification: On back of each print, provide a computer generated applied label with
the following information:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
3.
1.4
Name of Project.
Name and address of photographer.
Name of COTR.
Name of Architect/Engineer.
Name of Contractor.
Date photograph was taken.
Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and
elevation or story of construction.
Negatives: Submit a complete set of photographic negatives in protective envelopes with
each submittal of prints. Identify date photographs were taken.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Photographer Qualifications:
1.
B.
1.5
Photographer: Individual of established reputation who has been regularly engaged as a
professional construction photographer for not less than three years.
Costs: Include photographer's services in the Contract Price.
COORDINATION
A.
1.6
Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer. Provide auxiliary services requested,
including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities including temporary lighting
required to produce clear, well-lighted photographs without obscuring shadows.
USAGE RIGHTS
A.
1.7
Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to the Authority for unlimited
reproduction of photographic documentation.
EXTRA PRINTS
A.
Extra Prints: If requested by COTR, photographer shall prepare extra prints of photographs.
Contractor will not be responsible for the cost of such additional prints.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
013233 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA
A.
Photographic Film: Manual Single Lens Reflex camera using 35 mm 100, 200 or 400 ISO color
film. Do not use point and shoot cameras. Use lenses with focal length of either 50 mm or 55
mm.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PHOTOGRAPHS, GENERAL
A.
Photographer: Engage a qualified commercial photographer to take construction photographs.
B.
Date Stamp: Unless otherwise indicated, date and time stamp each photograph as it is being
taken so stamp is integral to photograph.
C.
Field Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of progress photographs in the field office at
Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify photographs the same as for those
submitted to COTR.
3.2
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A.
Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take color photographs of Project
site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, as directed by COTR.
1.
2.
Take four photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to the project before starting
the Work.
Take four photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining the project to
accurately record the physical conditions at the start of construction.
B.
Periodic Construction Photographs: Take a minimum of 10 color photographs monthly,
coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. The COTR will
select vantage points to best show status of construction and progress since the last photographs
were taken.
C.
Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take eight color photographs after date of
Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. COTR will direct
photographer for desired vantage points.
1.
D.
Do not include date stamp.
Additional Photographs: COTR may issue requests for additional photographs, in addition to
periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Contract
Modification and are not included in the Contract Price.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
013233 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
Photographer will be given three days notice, where feasible.
In emergency situations, photographer shall take additional photographs within 24 hours
of request.
Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Special events planned at Project site.
Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses.
Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These
photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances.
Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work.
Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance.
COTR's request for special publicity photographs.
END OF SECTION 013233
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
013233 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 01 Section "Project Closeout" for submitting warranties.
2.
Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings,
Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.
3.
Divisions 02 through 28 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those
Sections.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires COTR's responsive action.
B.
Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require COTR's approval.
Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.4
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
General: COTR will provide electronic copies of CADD electronic files of the drawings for
Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
B.
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1.
2.
Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that requires sequential activity.
Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
Without change to the Contract Duration, COTR reserves the right to withhold
action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related
submittals are received.
C.
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of
related construction activities.
D.
Contractor's Responsibilities: Contractor is responsible for the scheduling and submission of all
submittals. Submit to COTR all required Submittals. The COTR will forward submittals to the
appropriate parties for review.
E.
Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re-submittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on COTR’s receipt of submittal. No extension of the
Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of
the Work to permit processing, including re-submittals.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
F.
Initial Review: Allow 15 calendar days for initial review of each submittal. Allow
additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. COTR will advise
Contractor when a submittal processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow an
additional 45 calendar days for submittals related to fire-protection systems.
Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner
as initial submittal.
Re-submittal Review: Allow 15 calendar days for review of each re-submittal.
No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals to COTR enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. Processing of
incomplete or unacceptable submissions by COTR shall not reduce the number of
calendar days specified above for COTR's review. Resubmissions shall be treated the
same as initial submissions relative to review time.
Notations on submittals that increase the Contract cost or time of completion shall be
brought to COTR's attention before proceeding with the Work.
Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1.
2.
3.
Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by COTR and Architect.
Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Contract name and number.
Date.
Name and address of Architect/Engineer.
Name and address of Contractor.
Name and address of subcontractor, if applicable.
Name and address of supplier, if applicable.
Name of manufacturer, if applicable.
Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1)
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
G.
Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a
dash and then a sequential number (e.g., 06 10 00-001). Re-submittals shall
include an alphabetic suffix after another dash (e.g., 06 10 00-001-A).
Alphanumeric project Identifier. Identifier is shown on the Project Drawings cover
sheet.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
Transmittal number.
Allow 15 calendar days for processing each re-submittal.
Resubmissions: Re-submittal procedure shall follow the same procedures and same number as
the initial submittal with the following exceptions:
1.
2.
3.
Transmittal shall contain the same information as the first transmittal and the submission
number shall indicate second, third, etc., submission. The drawing number/description
shall be identical to the initial submission and the date shall be the revised date for that
submission.
No new material shall be included on the same transmittal for a resubmission.
COTR rejection shall not warrant a claim by Contractor for additional time or cost.
H.
Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract
Documents on submittals. Where significant deviations from the Contract requirements exist,
follow the guidelines set forth in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for substitutions.
I.
Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless COTR
observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve
as final submittal.
1.
J.
Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to COTR using the approved transmittal
form provided by COTR. COTR will return submittals, without review, received from sources
other than Contractor.
1.
K.
Additional copies submitted for Operations and Maintenance manuals will be marked
with action taken and will be returned.
Transmittal Form: Use transmittal forms and follow other submittal procedures
according to information provided to Contractor at the preconstruction meeting.
Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, and authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for
performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
1.
Bear all costs incurred for such reproduction and distribution. Prints of all reviewed
Shop Drawings may be made from transparencies that carry the appropriate review
stamps.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
L.
1.5
Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating “approved” by COTR in
connection with construction.
SUBMITTAL LOG
A.
Prepare a log that contains a complete listing of all submittals required by Contract. Submit the
log at the preconstruction meeting along with Contractor's construction schedule specified in
Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." Organize the submittal log by
Section number. Assign each submittal a sequential number for identification and tracking
purposes.
1.
Coordinate the submittal log with Division 01 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation." The submittal log shall be submitted for COTR's review. Include the
following information:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Title of submittal/description.
Submittal number (sequential).
Scheduled date for the first submittal.
Drawing number, if applicable.
Applicable Section number.
Name of subcontractor/vendor.
Scheduled date of COTR's final release or approval.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections
B.
Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment.
1.
2.
3.
If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
Include the following information, as applicable:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Manufacturer's written recommendations.
Manufacturer's product specifications.
Manufacturer's installation instructions.
Standard color charts.
Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
Printed performance curves.
Operational range diagrams.
Mill reports.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
Number of Copies: Submit six copies, in addition to the number of copies to be returned
to Contractor. Provide one additional copy for submittals related to fire-protection
system.
Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract
Documents has been confirmed.
Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1.
Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
2.
3.
Dimensions.
Identification of products.
Fabrication and installation drawings.
Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wiring.
Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
Templates and patterns.
Schedules.
Design calculations.
Compliance with specified standards.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.
Number of Copies: Submit one reproducible transparency and two black-line prints of
each submittal. Provide one additional black-line print for items related to fire-protection
systems. COTR will return the marked up reproducible transparency for Contractor’s
distribution.
a.
D.
Standard product operating and maintenance manuals.
Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
Application of testing agency labels and seals.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Both the reproducible transparency and the prints shall bear Contractor's approval
stamp on each sheet.
Coordination Drawings:
1.
Coordination Drawings are Shop Drawings prepared by Contractor that detail the
relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
E.
coordination during fabrication or installation. Preparation of Coordination Drawings is
specified in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
Submit Coordination Drawings for integration of different construction elements. Show
sequences and relationships of separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space.
Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1.
2.
Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together
in one submittal package.
Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.
Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for qualitycontrol comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be
used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a.
b.
4.
Generic description of Sample.
Product name and name of manufacturer.
Sample source.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time
of use.
Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the
Authority’s property, are the property of Contractor.
Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and
physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of
color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the
following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or
containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing
color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing
and inspection.
a.
Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. COTR will retain two Sample
sets; remainder will be returned.
1)
2)
Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to
be demonstrated.
If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in
material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of
paired units that show approximate limits of variations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
F.
Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written
summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
Include the following information in tabular form:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product.
Number and name of room or space.
Location within room or space.
Number of Copies: Submit three copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise
indicated. COTR will return two copies.
a.
Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
G.
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation."
H.
Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Application for
Payment."
I.
Schedule of Values:
Payment."
J.
Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each
portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a
special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1.
2.
3.
Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Application for
Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying
products.
Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
K.
Contractor Warranty Letter: Comply with requirements in Contract Provision "Warranty of
Construction." Provide the dates of warranty coverage and provide point of contact information
for warranty service.
L.
Special Warranty Letters: Provide dates of warranty coverage and provide point of contact
information for warranty service for special warranties required in Division 02 through 33
Sections.
2.2
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
1.
2.
Number of Copies: Submit four copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
COTR will not return copies.
Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of
entity responsible for preparing certification. An officer shall sign certificates and
certifications or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality
Requirements."
B.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
C.
Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience
of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of Architects and Owners, and other information specified.
D.
Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
product complies with requirements.
E.
Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and
Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel
certified.
F.
Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project.
G.
Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience
where required.
H.
Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
material complies with requirements.
I.
Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requirements.
J.
Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation
of product, for compliance with performance requirements.
K.
Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
L.
Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during
installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements.
M.
Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed
by a qualified testing agency.
N.
Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence from a model code organization
acceptable to the Authority that product complies with USBC. Include the following
information:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Name of evaluation organization.
Date of evaluation.
Time period when report is in effect.
Product and manufacturers' names.
Description of product.
Test procedures and results.
Limitations of use.
O.
Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 01
Section "Operation and Maintenance Data."
P.
Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but are not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.
Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for
calculations. Include page numbers.
Q.
Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of
manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
R.
Preparation of substrates.
Required substrate tolerances.
Sequence of installation or erection.
Required installation tolerances.
Required adjustments.
Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized
service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative
making report.
Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements.
Statement on whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.
Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
S.
Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of bonding coverage. Include
name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of the coverage, amounts of deductibles, if
any and term of coverage.
T.
Manufacturers' warranties.
U.
Construction Photographs: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Photographic
Documentation."
V.
Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit information directly to COTR.
2.3
DELEGATED DESIGN
A.
Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide
products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1.
B.
If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit
a written request for additional information to COTR.
Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required
submittals, submit three copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design
professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or
certified by a design professional.
1.
Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the
Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing
these services.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A.
Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to COTR.
1.
B.
In checking Shop Drawings and Product Data, verify all dimensions and field conditions
and check and coordinate Shop Drawings and Product Data of any Section or trade with
the requirements of other sections or trades as related thereto, as required for proper and
complete installation of the Work.
Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name
and location, submittal number, Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's
approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for
compliance with the Contract Documents, which shall include dimensions, clearances,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
compatibility, and coordination with Shop Drawings and Product Data submitted for other
work.
C.
3.2
If Contractor has not checked the submittals carefully, even though stamped as checked and
approved, submittals shall be returned to Contractor for proper checking before further
processing or review by COTR regardless of any urgency claimed by Contractor. In such a
situation, Contractor will be responsible for any resulting delays to the scheduled Contract
completion. Furthermore, Contracting Officer may hold Contractor responsible for increased
Authority costs resulting from Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements set forth
herein.
COTR’S ACTION
A.
General: COTR will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and
will return them without action.
B.
COTR Responsibilities: The review of Shop Drawings and other submittals by COTR will be
for general conformance with the Contract only, and the review shall not be interpreted as a
checking of detailed dimensions, quantities, or approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents. COTR review shall not relieve Contractor of its responsibility for accuracy of
Shop Drawings nor for the furnishing and installation of materials or equipment according to
the Contract requirements.
1.
C.
Action Submittals: COTR will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or
modifications required, and return it. COTR will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and
will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows. Do not permit submittals
marked "Revise and Resubmit" or "Rejected" to be used at Project site, or elsewhere where
Work is in progress.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Approval of Shop Drawings or other submittals is not to be interpreted as approval of a
substitute material. Approval of substitutions will be accomplished according to
requirements set forth in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements."
Approved: Means fabrication/installation may be undertaken. Approval does not
authorize changes to the Contract Price or the Contract Time.
Approved as Corrected: Same as "Approved," providing Contractor complies with
corrections noted on submittal. Resubmission required only if Contractor is unable to
comply with noted corrections.
Revise and Resubmit: Fabrication and/or installation may not be undertaken. Make
appropriate revisions and resubmit, limiting corrections to items marked.
Rejected: Submittal does not comply with requirements. Fabrication and/or installation
may not be undertaken. Prepare a new submittal according to requirements and submit
without delay.
Informational Submittals: COTR will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject
and return it, if it does not comply with requirements. COTR will forward each submittal to
appropriate party.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E.
Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non-responsive, and will be returned
without review.
F.
Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION 013300
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTALS
013300 - 12
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.2
Division 01 Section “Submittals” for process required to submit the Contractor’s Quality
Control Plan.
Division 01 Section “Construction Progress Documentation” for developing a schedule of
required tests and inspections.
Division 01 “Project Management and Coordination”
Division 01 Section “Operation And Maintenance Data”
Division 01 Section “Project Closeout”
Division 01 Section “Cutting and Patching” for repair and restoration of construction
disturbed by testing and inspecting activities.
Divisions 02 through 28 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
Administrative and procedural requirements for Contractor to provide and maintain an
effective Quality-Control Program that complies with this Section and with requirements
of the "Contract Provisions," Section VII, "Inspection of Construction and Final Inspection
and Acceptance."
2.
Establish a QC Program that consists of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
QC Organization
QC Plan
QC Plan Meeting
Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting
QC meetings
Phases of Control\
Submittal review and approval
Operation & Maintenance data and Warranty receipt verification prior to product
delivery
i.
Material verification at delivery
j.
Testing, completion inspections, and QC certifications and documentation
necessary to provide materials, equipment, workmanship, fabrication, construction
and operations that comply with the requirements of this Contract.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Contractor is not responsible for Special Inspections according to requirements of the
current Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code (USBC). The Authority’s agent shall
provide these Special Inspection services. Special Inspections coordination should be
discussed at weekly progress meetings and scheduled dates for Special Inspections carried
on the two-week look ahead. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of and
notification to the Authority for the following Special Inspections.
a.
Special inspections are required for, but are not necessarily limited to, the
following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
1.3
Steel construction.
Concrete construction.
Masonry construction.
Foundation systems including concrete footings of buildings three stories or
less in height which are fully supported on earth or rock.
Prepared fill requirements.
4.
Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in
the Sections that require those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover
production of standard products.
5.
Schedule of Values: Contractor shall include all test and inspection activities in its CPM
and establish a Schedule of Values for all quality test and inspection activities; and all
required reports, and procedures required in the Contract on a Section-by-Section basis.
Additionally, Contractor shall include a pay line item specifically for CQC activities and
QCM position(s) required by the General Conditions. CQC activities shall be reported per
Division 01 Section "Applications for Payment."
6.
Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of its responsibilities for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
7.
Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control
procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
8.
The provisions of this Section shall not limit requirements for Contractor to provide
quality-control services required by the Authority or other agencies having jurisdiction.
REFERENCES
A.
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The
publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
1.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
a.
ASTM C 1077 Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use
in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation latest edition.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
METROPOLITAN WASHINGTON AIRPORT AUTHORITY
a.
1.4
ASTM D 3666 Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting
Road and Paving Materials latest edition.
ASTM D 3740 Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing
and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and
Construction latest edition.
ASTM E 329
Agencies engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials
Used in Construction latest edition. ASTM E 543 Agencies Performing
Nondestructive Testing latest edition.
ASTM E 543 Agencies performing Nondestructive Testing latest edition.
Construction Safety Manual, most current edition
DEFINITIONS
A.
Quality: Conformance to the requirements established by the contract specifications and
drawings.
B.
Control: To guide and have influence over.
C.
Contractor Quality Control (CQC): The construction contractor’s system to manage, control,
and document their own, their supplier’s, and their subcontractor’s activities to comply with the
contract requirements.
D.
Contracting Officers Technical Representative (COTR). Primary on-site representative of the
Contracting Officer for technical matters. Duties and responsibilities of the COTR will be
transmitted to the contractor via letter from the Contracting Officer.
E.
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed by the Authority
before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and
substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirement. Additionally, the
Authority fulfills its responsibility to be certain that the CQC is functioning and the specified
end product is achieved.
F.
Definable Feature of Work: A definable feature of work (DFOW) is a task, which is separate
and distinct from other tasks, has the same control requirements and work crews.
G.
Experienced: When used with an entity, “experienced” means having successfully completed a
minimum of 10 projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special
requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction. Specific experience requirements enumerated in these specifications supersede this
requirement.
1.5
CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A.
General: If compliance with two standards is specified and the standards establish different or
conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently
equal, to the COTR for a decision before proceeding. This paragraph refers to industry and
government standards. In case of a difference between drawings and the specifications, the
specifications shall govern.
1.6
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following in accordance with Division 01 Section, "Submittals."
1.
Action Submittals.
a.
Quality Control (QC) Plan.
B.
NOTE: Coordinate the submittal requirement dates with the submittal dates in Division 01
Section “Construction Progress Documentation”.
C.
Submit a QC plan within 20 calendar days after receipt of Notice to Proceed. The QC Plan
shall include a preliminary submittal of the list of definable features of work that shall cover the
first 90 calendar days of construction.
1.
D.
1.7
Submit at this time résumés of key personnel to be assigned to this contract and the limits
of their authority. Show how this project management structure fits into the Contractor’s
corporate management structure.
Any approval by the COTR of the QC Plan shall be treated as “accepted, predicated upon
successful implementation.” Stop work if the QC Plan becomes disapproved. The exception is
the work authorized in the paragraph entitled "Preliminary Work Authorized Prior to Approval,"
shall stop.
INFORMATION FOR THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
A.
B.
Provide a sample copy set of report forms to the Contracting Officer during the PreConstruction Conference. The report forms shall consist of the Quality Control Daily Report,
Preparatory Phase Report, Initial Phase Report, and Project Quality Control Monthly Summary.
These forms may be edited to support the project. Other reports referenced below may be in
formats customarily used by the Contractor, Testing Laboratories, etc. and shall contain the
information required by this specification.
Deliver the following listed items to the COTR at the times specified:
1.
2.
3.
Quality Control Daily Report: Original and 6 copies, by 12:00 noon the next working day
after each day that work is performed.
Superintendent’s Daily Report: Original and 6, by 12:00 noon the next working day after
each day that work is performed, attached to the Quality Control Daily Report.
Material Receiving Inspection Report: Original and 6 copies, by 12:00 noon the next
working day after each day that work is performed, attached to the Quality Control Daily
Report.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
1.8
Preparatory Phase Report: Original attached to the original Quality Control Daily Report
and 1 copy attached to each copy of the Quality Control Daily Report.
Initial Phase Report: Original attached to the original Quality Control Daily Report and 1
copy attached to each copy of the Quality Control Daily Report.
Field Test Reports: 2 copies, within 2 working days after the test is performed, do not
attach to the Quality Control Daily Report.
Monthly Summary Report of Tests: 2 copies, do not attach to a Quality Control Daily
Report.
Project Quality Control Monthly Summary Report: 2 copies, do not attach to a Quality
Control Daily Report.
Inspection Log and Signoff Sheets: one copy, submitted daily within 1 day of the
inspection.
Testing Plan and Log: 2 copies, submitted within 2 working days of the end of the month.
Deficiency List: 2 copies, submitted to the COTR weekly.
Monthly Deficiency Report: 2 copies within two working days of the end of the month.
QC Meeting Minutes: 2 copies, within 2 working days after the meeting.
QC Certifications: As required by paragraph entitled "QC Certifications."
QC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
A.
Establish and maintain a QC Program as described in this Section. The QC Program consists of
but is not limited to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
QC Organization.
QC Plan.
QC Plan Meeting.
Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting
QC meetings.
Phases of Control.
Submittal review and approval.
Operations and Maintenance data.
Warranty receipt verification prior to product delivery.
Material verification at delivery.
Testing.
Completion inspections.
QC certifications and documentation necessary to provide materials, equipment,
workmanship, fabrication, construction and operations that comply with the requirements
of this Contract.
The QC Program shall cover on-site and off-site work and shall be keyed to the work
sequence.
No work or testing may be performed unless the QCM or a pre-approved alternate is on the
work site.
The QCM shall report to an officer of the firm and shall not be subordinate to the Project
Superintendent or the Project Manager.
Quality Control Manager is the primary individual responsible for quality control. The
QCM, Project Superintendent and Project Manager shall be responsible for the quality of
work on the job. Project Superintendent shall be held responsible for the quality of
production.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Preliminary Work Authorized Prior to Approval
1.
C.
Approval
1.
D.
Approval of the QC Plan is required prior to the start of any construction. The Contracting
Officer reserves the right to require changes in the QC Plan and operations as necessary,
including but not limited to removal of personnel, to ensure the specified quality of work.
The Contracting Officer reserves the right to interview any member of the QC organization
at any time in order to verify the submitted qualifications. All QC organization personnel
shall be subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer may
require the removal of any individual for non-compliance with quality requirements
specified in the contract.
Notification of Changes
1.
1.9
The only work that is authorized to proceed prior to the approval of the QC Plan is
mobilization of storage and office trailers, temporary utilities, and surveying.
Notify the COTR, in writing, of any proposed change, including changes in the QC
organization personnel, a minimum of seven calendar days prior to a proposed change.
Proposed changes shall be subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer.
QC ORGANIZATION
A.
Staffing Levels: Provide sufficient qualified quality-control personnel to monitor each work
activity at all times. Scheduling and coordinating of all inspections and testing shall match the
type and pace of work activity.
1.
2.
B.
In cases where multiple trades, disciplines, or subcontractors are on site at same time, each
activity shall be tested and inspected by personnel skilled in that portion of the work.
In cases where multiple shifts are employed, the quality-control staff shall be increased as
required to monitor the work on each shift.
The following positions are key personnel as defined by the Authority in this and other Division
01 Specification Sections.
1.
Project Manager
a.
2.
To enhance the effectiveness of the Quality Control Organization Project Manager
shall be intimately involved in Quality Control. To this end, the Project manager
shall have successfully completed the Army Corps of Engineers/NAVFAC
Contractor Quality Control Course (details in Paragraph “Construction Quality
Management Training” below).
Quality Control Manager (QCM)
a.
Duties
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1)
b.
Qualifications
1)
c.
In addition to the above experience and education requirements, the QCM
shall have completed the course entitled "Construction Quality Management
for Contractors." If the QCM does not have a current certification, they
shall obtain the CQM course certification within 60 - calendar days of
award. This short course is periodically offered in alternate months by: (1)
the Maryland Chapter, Associated General Contractors (AGC), 410-3217870; agcmd@aol.com and by (2) the Virginia Chapter, Associated Builders
and
Contractors
(ABC),
703-968-6205,
joanna@abdva.org;
mervin@abc.org. The training uses Army Corps of Engineers course
content. The course is facilitated by instructors from Army Corps of
Engineers, North Atlantic Division, Baltimore District, and by instructors
from the Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Engineering Field Activity
Chesapeake.
Alternate QCM Duties and Qualifications
a.
4.
An individual with a minimum of 5 years experience as a superintendent,
inspector, An individual with a minimum of 5 years experience as a
superintendent, inspector, QCM, project manager, project engineer or
construction manager on similar size and type construction contracts which
included the major trades that are part of this Contract. The individual shall
be familiar with the requirements of the Construction Safety Manual, and
have experience in the areas of hazard identification and safety compliance.
The QCM shall be interviewed and approved by COTR.
Construction Quality Management Training
1)
3.
Provide a QCM at the work site to implement and manage the QC Program.
In addition to implementing and managing the QC Program, the QCM may
perform the duties of project superintendent. The QCM is required to attend
the QC Plan Meeting, attend the Coordination and Mutual Understanding
Meeting, conduct the QC meetings, perform the Phases Control, perform
submittal review and approval, ensure testing is performed and provide QC
certifications and documentation required in this contract. The QCM is
responsible for managing and coordinating the Phases Control and
documentation performed by Testing Laboratory personnel and any other
inspection and testing personnel required by this Contract.
Designate an alternate for the QCM at the work site to serve in the event of the
designated QCM's absence. The period of absence may not exceed two weeks at
one time, and not more than 30 workdays during a calendar year. The qualification
requirements for the Alternate QCM shall be the same as for the QCM.
Registered Fire Protection Engineer
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
5.
6.
Submittal Reviewer (s) Duties and Qualifications
a.
Provide One Submittal Reviewer, other than the QCM, qualified in the
discipline(s) being reviewed, to review and certify that the submittals meet the
requirements of this Contract prior to certification or approval by the QCM.
b.
A registered architect or professional engineer shall review each submittal.
Project Engineer/Scheduler
a.
1.10
A.
1.11
Registered Fire Protection Engineer (FPE) shall be an independent third party
hired directly by the Contractor as an integral part of the prime construction
Contractor's Quality Control Organization. The Registered FPE shall have no
business relationships (owner, partner, operating officer, distributor, salesman, or
technical representative) with any subcontractors involved with this project; or
with any fire protection equipment device manufacturers, suppliers or installers for
any such equipment provided as part of this project. The Registered FPE shall be
responsible for review, approval, and coordination of all fire protection system
material submittals, calculations, shop drawings, etc. The Fire Protection Engineer
shall be a registered Professional Engineer in the Commonwealth of Virginia who
has had a minimum of 10 years experience as a fire protection engineer.
Qualifications:
Documentation”.
Refer to Division
01 Section “Construction Progress
QC PLAN MEETING
Within 10 calendar days of notice of award and prior to submission of the QC plan, meet with
the COTR to discuss the QC plan requirements of this Contract. The purpose of this meeting is
to communicate expectations and facilitate understanding of the QC plan requirements prior to
plan development and submission.
QUALITY CONTROL (QC) PLAN
A.
Provide, for approval by the COTR, a QC plan submitted in a 3-ring binder with pages
numbered sequentially that covers both on-site and off-site work and includes but may not
necessarily be limited to the following:
B.
A table of contents listing the major sections identified with tabs in the following order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
QC ORGANIZATION
PERSONNEL MATRIX
NAMES AND QUALIFICATIONS
DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY OF QC PERSONNEL
APPOINTMENT LETTERS
OUTSIDE ORGANIZATIONS INCLUDING BOCA INSPECTION COMPANIES
TESTING LABORATORY INFORMATION AND CERTIFICATIONS
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
TESTING PLAN AND LOG
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND INITIAL SUBMITTAL REGISTER
LIST OF DEFINABLE FEATURES
PROCEDURES FOR PERFORMING THE PHASES OF CONTROL
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES TO COMPLETE REWORK ITEMS
PROCEDURES FOR COMPLETION INSPECTION
FORMS
ATTACHMENTS
C.
A chart showing the QC organizational structure.
D.
A personnel matrix showing for each Section of the specification who shall review and approve
submittals, who shall perform and document the Phases Control, and who shall perform and
document the testing.
E.
Names and qualifications, in résumé format, for each person in the QC organization. Include
the CQM course certifications for the QCM and Alternate QCM as required by the paragraphs
entitled "Construction Quality Management Training" and "Alternate QCM Duties and
Qualifications".
F.
Duties, responsibilities and authority of each person in the QC organization.
G.
Letters signed by an officer of the firm appointing the QCM and Alternate QCM and stating that
they are responsible for implementing and managing the QC Program as described in this
contract. Include in this letter the responsibility of the QCM and Alternate QCM to implement
and manage the three phases of quality control, and their authority to stop work that is not in
compliance with the contract. The QCM shall issue letters of direction to all other QC
specialists outlining their duties, authorities, and responsibilities. Copies of the letters shall be
included in the QC plan.
H.
A listing of outside organizations such as, architectural and consulting engineering firms that
will be employed by the Contractor and a description of the services these firms will provide.
I.
Testing laboratory information required by the paragraphs entitled "Accreditation
Requirements" or "Construction Materials Testing Laboratory Requirements", as applicable.
J.
A Testing Plan and Log that includes the tests required, referenced by the specification
paragraph number requiring the test, the frequency, the desired results and the person
responsible for each test and shall be identified as a scheduled (CPM) activity.
K.
Procedures for reviewing, approving and managing submittals. Provide the name(s) of the
person(s) in the QC organization authorized to review and certify submittals prior to approval.
Provide the initial submittal of the Submittal Register as specified in Section entitled
"Submittals."
L.
List of definable features of work. The list shall be cross-referenced to the contractor's
Construction Schedule and the specification sections. For projects requiring a Progress Chart,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
the list of definable features of work shall include but not be limited to all items of work on the
schedule. For projects requiring a Network Analysis Schedule, the list of definable features of
work shall include but not be limited to all critical path activities. Include a chart of common
deficiencies for the Definable Feature of work. Detail the control procedures that shall be
employed to eliminate this common deficiency.
M.
Procedures for Performing the Phases of Control. The contractor shall develop a plan for
incorporating each of the control phases into the work. The plan shall detail who shall be
responsible for scheduling the phases, conducting the phase as well as documenting the phase.
The use of project specific forms may be helpful. However, the entire plans and specifications
establish the quality and not just the checklists. The Preparatory and Initial Phases and meetings
shall be conducted with a view towards obtaining quality construction by planning ahead and
identifying potential problems for each definable feature of work.
N.
Include all activities for which this specification requires QC specialists or Specialty Inspection
Personnel, and for any specific definable features of work as identified in the QC Plan.
O.
Documentation procedures, including proposed report formats.
P.
Procedures to identify, record, track and complete rework items.
Q.
Procedures for Identifying and Documenting the Completion Inspection process. Include in
these procedures the responsible party for punch out inspection, pre-final inspection, and final
acceptance inspection.
R.
A complete set of report forms to be utilized on this project.
S.
All applicable subcontractors and suppliers Quality Control Plans complete with Contactor’s
CQC planned involvement.
1.12
A.
COORDINATION AND MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING MEETING
After submission of the QC Plan, and prior to the start of any physical construction, meet with
the COTR to present the QC Program required by this Contract. The purpose of this meeting is
to develop a mutual understanding of the QC details, including documentation, administration
for on-site and off-site work, and the coordination of the Contractor's management, production
and QC personnel. At the meeting, the Contractor shall be required to explain in detail how
Phases Control shall be implemented for each definable feature of work. As a minimum, the
Contractor's personnel required to attend shall include an officer of the firm, the project
manager, project superintendent, QCM, Alternate QCM and subcontractor representatives.
Each subcontractor who shall be assigned QC responsibilities shall have a principal of the firm
at the meeting. Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared by the QCM and signed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the signed minutes to all attendees.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.13
A.
QC MEETINGS
After the start of construction, the QCM shall conduct QC meetings once every two weeks at
the work site with the project superintendent. The QCM shall prepare the minutes of the
meeting and provide a copy to the COTR within 2 working days after the meeting. The COTR
may attend these meetings. The QCM shall notify the COTR at least 48 hours in advance of
each meeting. These meetings shall be scheduled to precede or follow the regular weekly
progress meeting. As a minimum, the following shall be accomplished at each meeting:
1.
Review the minutes of the previous meeting
2.
Review the schedule and the status of work:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Review the status of submittals, O & M data and Warranty Manuals:
a.
b.
4.
c.
d.
e.
f.
1.14
A.
Establish completion dates for rework items
Update the schedule showing planned and actual dates of the preparatory, initial
and follow-up phases, including testing and any other inspection required by this
contract
Discuss construction methods and the approach that shall be used to provide
quality construction by planning ahead and identifying potential problems for each
definable feature of work
Discuss status of off-site work or testing
Documentation required;
Discuss upcoming Activity Hazard Analyses.
Resolve QC and production problems, assist in resolving Request for Information issues;
Address items that may require revising the QC plan:
a.
b.
7.
Submittals, O & M data and Warranties reviewed and approved since last meeting
Submittals, O & M data and Warranties required in the near future;
Review the work to be accomplished in the next 2 week(s) and documentation required:
a.
b.
5.
6.
Work or testing accomplished since last meeting
Rework items identified since last meeting
Rework items completed since last meeting;
Changes in QC organization personnel
Changes in procedures.
Review health and safety plan
PHASES OF CONTROL
The Phases of Control shall adequately cover both on-site and off-site work and shall include
the following for each definable feature of work.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Material Receiving Inspection: Contractor shall establish a formal material receiving inspection
program to verify material compliance to approved Shop Drawings, approved submittals, and
the contract plans and specifications.
C.
Preparatory Phase: Notify the COTR at least 2 workdays in advance of each preparatory phase.
This phase shall include a meeting conducted by the QCM and attended by the superintendent,
and the foreman responsible for the definable feature. Document the results of the preparatory
phase actions in the daily Quality Control Daily Report and in the Preparatory Phase Report.
As a minimum the following should be covered prior to beginning work on each definable
feature of work:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
D.
Review each paragraph of the applicable specification sections.
Review the project drawings.
Verify that appropriate shop drawings, O & M data, Warranties, and submittals for
materials and equipment have been submitted and approved. Verify receipt of approved
factory test results, when required.
Establish control to be utilized to assure work complies with the contract plans and
specifications.
Review the testing plan and ensure that provisions have been made to provide the required
QC testing.
Examine the work area to ensure that the required preliminary work has been completed.
Examine the required materials, equipment and sample work to ensure that they are on
hand and conform to the approved shop drawings and submitted data.
Discuss construction methods, construction tolerances, workmanship standards, and the
approach that shall be used to provide quality construction by planning ahead and
identifying potential problems for each definable feature of work.
Review the safety plan and appropriate activity hazard analysis to ensure that applicable
safety requirements are met, and that required Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are
submitted.
Initial Phase: Notify the COTR at least 2 workdays in advance of each initial phase. When
construction crews are ready to start work on a definable feature of work, conduct the initial
phase with the superintendent, and the foreman responsible for that definable feature of work.
Observe the initial segment of the definable feature of work to ensure that the work complies
with Contract requirements. Document the results of the initial phase in the daily Quality
Control Daily Report and in the Initial Phase Report. Repeat the initial phase for each new crew
to work on-site, or when acceptable levels of specified quality are not being met. As a
minimum the following should be covered for each definable feature of work:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ensure controls established during Preparatory Phase are adequate to allow work to
proceed in compliance with the plans and specifications.
Establish the quality of workmanship required.
Resolve conflicts.
Ensure that testing is performed.
Check work procedures for compliance with the Safety Plan and the appropriate activity
hazard analysis to ensure that applicable safety requirements are met.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 12
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E.
Follow-Up Phase: Perform the following for on-going work daily, or more frequently as
necessary until the completion of each definable feature of work and document in the daily
Quality Control Daily Report:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
F.
Code-Required Inspections:
1.
2.
G.
A.
Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases shall be conducted on the same definable features
of work if the quality of on-going work is unacceptable, if there are changes in the
applicable QC organization, if there are changes in the on-site production supervision or
work crew, if work on a definable feature is resumed after substantial period of inactivity,
or if other problems develop as directed by the COTR in writing.
Notification of Phases of Control for Off-Site Work
1.
1.15
Comply with current edition approved by the Commonwealth of Virginia of the USBC,
"Special Inspections” or other agencies having jurisdiction. Special Inspections are to be
performed by the Authority’s agent. Perform and document all tests, inspections,
notifications to the Authority, coordination with the Authority’s agent and other activities
listed in the USBC or other agencies having jurisdiction.
Notice to COTR: Notify COTR, in writing, at least 48 hours in advance of all coderequired inspections. COTR should be apprised in advance of every preparatory and initial
inspection. All preparatory, initial, and follow-up inspections shall be made a matter of
record in Contractor's quality-control documentation. Use the “Request for Inspection”
form. This form is submitted to PMC no later than one (1) day prior to the requested
inspection.
Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases
1.
H.
Ensure the work is in compliance with Contract requirements.
Maintain the quality of workmanship required.
Ensure that testing is performed.
Ensure that rework items are being corrected.
Perform safety inspections.
On determination by COTR that an item shall require surveillance by the Authority at the
point of production, manufacture, or shipment, Contractor shall be notified, in writing, of
such determination. Contractor shall furnish to COTR three copies of all purchase orders
or subcontracts, for all tiers of subcontractors or suppliers for each item. In addition,
copies of documented quality-control operations, tests, and inspections shall be made
available to the Authority's representative at the point of production, manufacture, or
shipment. The CQC shall notify the COTR at least two weeks prior to the start of the
preparatory and initial phases.
SUBMITTAL REVIEW AND APPROVAL
Procedures for submission, review and approval of submittals are described in Division 01
Section “Submittals”.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 13
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.16
TESTING
A.
Except as stated otherwise in the technical specification sections, perform sampling and testing
required under this Contract.
B.
Independent Testing Laboratory: When tests are required by civil, electrical, USBC and other
codes in effect, a corporately and financially independent testing organization that can function
as an unbiased testing authority, professionally independent of manufacturers, suppliers, and
installers of equipment, or systems evaluated by the testing organization shall be contracted by
the Contractor to perform the contractually required tests. The various types of independent
laboratories and their requirements are listed below:
C.
Accreditation Requirements: Construction materials testing laboratories performing work for
Authority construction contracts shall be accredited by one of the laboratory accreditation
authorities. The laboratory's scope of accreditation shall include the ASTM standards listed in
the paragraph titled "Construction Materials Testing Laboratory Requirements" as appropriate
to the testing field. The policy applies to the specific laboratory performing the actual testing,
not just the "Corporate Office".
D.
Electrical testing of components, equipment and systems: The testing firm shall be regularly
engaged in the testing of electrical equipment, devices, installations, and systems. The testing
firm shall have at least five years experience in the testing of electrical equipment of the type,
rating, and voltage used on this Project. The testing laboratories shall be a current full-member
company of the International Electrical Testing Association (http://www.neta.org/). This
independent testing firm shall perform duties as required under the terms of this Contract.
E.
Structural and Pipe Welding: An independent testing firm shall perform all structural and pipe
welding examinations as required by this Contract. The inspectors employed by the firm shall
hold current certification as an AWS Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) for visual weld
examinations and ASNT-TC-1A Certification for nondestructive examination of welds. ASNTTC-1A certifications shall be by an ASNT-TC-1A ACCP Level III.
F.
Construction Materials Testing Laboratory Requirements: Provide an independent construction
material testing laboratory accredited by an acceptable laboratory accreditation authority to
perform sampling and tests required by this Contract. Testing laboratories that have obtained
accreditation by an acceptable laboratory accreditation authority listed in the paragraph entitled
"Laboratory Accreditation Authorities" submit with the Quality Control Plan, a copy of the
Certificate of Accreditation and Scope of Accreditation. The scope of the laboratory's
accreditation shall include the test methods required by the Contract. On-site testing facilities
shall submit a certified statement by the Supervising Professional Engineer, licensed in the
Commonwealth of Virginia, as meeting the requirements of the following minimum ASTM
standards listed below as appropriate to the testing field.
1.
2.
3.
Laboratories engaged in testing of construction materials shall meet the requirements of
ASTM E 329.
Laboratories engaged in nondestructive testing (NDT) shall meet the requirements of
ASTM E 543.
Laboratories engaged in Hazardous Materials Testing shall meet the requirements of
OSHA and EPA.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 14
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
G.
Laboratory Accreditation Authorities: Laboratory Accreditation Authorities are the National
Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) administered by the National Institute
of Standards and Technology, the American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials (AASHTO) program, ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (ICBO ES), and the American
Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) program and the Washington Area Council of
Engineering Laboratories (WACEL). Furnish to the COTR, a copy of the current Certificate of
Accreditation and Scope of Accreditation. The scope of the laboratory's accreditation shall
include the test methods required by the Contract.
H.
Capability Check: The COTR retains the right to check laboratory equipment in the proposed
laboratory and the laboratory technician's testing procedures, techniques, and other items
pertinent to testing, for compliance with the standards set forth in this Contract.
I.
Capability Recheck: If non-conformities are discovered during the capability check or any
succeeding recheck, Contractor shall be assessed a charge of $750.00 to reimburse the
Authority for each recheck of the laboratory or the checking of a subsequently selected
laboratory. These charges shall be deducted from the total amount due Contractor.
J.
Test Results: Cite applicable Contract requirements, tests or analytical procedures used.
Provide actual results and include a statement that the item tested or analyzed conforms or fails
to conform to specified requirements. If the item fails to conform, notify COTR immediately.
Conspicuously stamp the cover sheet for each report in large red letters "CONFORMS" or
"DOES NOT CONFORM" to the specification requirements, whichever is applicable. A testing
laboratory representative authorized to sign certified test reports shall sign test results. Furnish
the signed reports, certifications, and other documentation to the COTR via the QCM. Furnish
a summary report of field tests at the end of each month
K.
Test Reports and Monthly Summary Report of Tests:
1.
L.
Control and Verification Tests: Control tests are those tests made for Contractor under the
Quality Control Plan to assist Contractor in maintaining control of his operations. As described
above, Contractor shall procure the services of an independent commercial laboratory to
perform the required control tests. The Specifications contain the minimum of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
M.
The QCM shall furnish the signed reports, certifications, and a summary report of field
tests at the end of each month to the COTR.
Testing criteria
Frequency of testing
Procedures
Methods of construction
Number of control tests to be made for each phase of the Work.
Notify COTR a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the time samples shall be taken by
Contractor for quality control testing. COTR shall then notify its own testing laboratory
contractor so that verification test samples may be taken.
Check Tests: Contractor shall furnish to COTR the quantities of materials to be used for check
testing as required in the Specifications. Check testing shall be performed by the Authority at
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 15
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
an independent laboratory at no cost to Contractor. No direct payment shall be made to
Contractor for the furnishing of materials used for check testing.
N.
1.17
A.
Staffing: All laboratory personnel shall work under the supervision of a Professional Engineer
licensed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
QC CERTIFICATIONS
Quality Control Daily Report Certification
1.
Each Quality Control Daily Report shall contain the following statement:
a.
B.
Application for Payment Certification
1.
C.
Refer to Division 01 Section "Application for Payment" for address to which the
Applications shall be sent.
Completion Certification:
1.
1.18
“On behalf of (Name of Contractor), I certify that this report and the Inspector's
Daily Reports are complete and correct, and that all materials and equipment used,
as well as work performed during this reporting period are in compliance with
Drawings, Specifications, and Contract provisions, except as noted in this report or
attached reports.”
Upon completion of work under this Contract, the QCM shall furnish a certificate to the
Contracting Officer attesting that "the work has been completed, inspected, tested and is in
compliance with the Contract."
COMPLETION INSPECTIONS
A.
Punch-Out Inspection: Near the completion of all work or any increment thereof established by
a completion time stated in the Contract Clause entitled "Commencement, Prosecution, and
Completion of Work," or stated elsewhere in the specifications, the QCM shall conduct an
inspection of the work and develop a "punch list" of items which do not conform to the
approved drawings and specifications. Include in the punch list any remaining items on the
"Rework Items List" which were not corrected prior to the Punch-Out Inspection. The punch
list shall include the estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. A copy of the
punch list shall be provided to the COTR. The QCM or staff shall make follow-on inspections
to ascertain that all deficiencies have been corrected. Once this is accomplished the Contractor
shall notify the COTR that the facility is ready for the Authority "Pre-Final Inspection."
B.
Pre-Final Inspection: The Authority will perform this inspection to verify that the facility is
complete and ready to be occupied. An Authority "Pre-Final Punch List" may be developed as
a result of this inspection. The QCM shall ensure that all items on this list are corrected prior to
notifying the Authority that a "Final" inspection with the customer can be scheduled. Any items
noted on the "Pre-Final" inspection shall be corrected in timely manner and shall be
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 16
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
accomplished before the contract completion date for the work or any particular increment
thereof if the project is divided into increments by separate completion dates.
C.
1.19
Final Acceptance Inspection: The QCM, the QC specialists, the superintendent or other
primary contractor management personnel shall be in attendance at this inspection. The COTR
will be in attendance at this inspection. Additional Authority personnel may be in attendance.
The Contracting Officer based upon results of the “Pre-Final” inspection will formally schedule
the final acceptance inspection. Notice shall be given to the COTR at least 14 calendar days
prior to the final inspection stating that all specific items previously identified to the Contractor,
as being unacceptable, along with all the remaining work performed under the contract, shall be
complete and acceptable by the date scheduled for the final acceptance inspection. Failure of
the Contractor to have all contract work acceptably complete for this inspection shall be cause
for the Contracting Officer to bill the Contractor for the Authority's additional inspection cost in
accordance with the clause in the Contract Provisions entitled "Inspection of Construction."
When the Contracting Officer takes possession of partially completed work, it shall be in
accordance with clause in the Contract Provisions entitled "Use and Possession Prior to
Completion".
DOCUMENTATION
A.
Contractor shall maintain current quality control records, on approved forms, of all control
activities, production, tests and inspections performed. These records shall include factual
evidence that required tests or inspections have been performed, including type and number of
tests or inspections involved; results of tests or inspections; nature of defects, causes for
rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective actions taken. These records shall
cover both conforming and defective or deficient features (non-conforming) and shall include a
statement that all supplies and materials incorporated into the Work are in full compliance with
terms of the Contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to COTR daily. The
records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be
verified by Contractor's QCM. Contractor shall document tests and inspections as specified in
the technical provisions of the Specifications, and these records shall be available for review by
COTR throughout the life of the Contract.
B.
Maintain current and complete records of on-site and off-site QC Program operations and
activities. Establish and maintain the following in a series of 3 ring binders. Binders shall be
divided and tabbed as shown below. These binders shall be readily available to the Authority's
Quality Assurance Team during normal business hours.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
All completed Preparatory and Initial Phase Reports, arranged by specification Section.
All milestone inspections, arranged by Activity/Event Number.
A current up-to-date copy of the Testing Plan and Log with supporting field test reports,
arranged by specification section.
Copies of all contract modifications, arranged in numerical order. Also include
documentation that modified work was accomplished.
A current, up-to-date copy, of the Deficiency List.
Report Forms - The contractor shall design all forms to be used in the Quality Control Program.
A copy of all forms shall be included with the Quality Control Plan. The forms shall be
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 17
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
designed to assist in the control of the quality. The following minimum requirements are listed
for specific reports:
1.
Quality Control Daily Report: Reports are required for each day that work is performed
and for every seven consecutive calendar days of no work and on the last day of a no-work
period. Account for each calendar day throughout the life of the Contract. The reporting
of work shall be identified by terminology consistent with the construction schedule.
Quality Control Daily Reports are to be prepared, signed and dated by the QCM and shall
contain the following information:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
Date of report, report number, Contract Number, and Contract Title.
Identify Schedule Activity No., Submittal # and list equipment/material received
each day that is incorporated into the job.
Indicate if Preparatory Phase work was performed today (Yes/No checkboxes).
If Preparatory Phase work was performed today (including on-site and off-site
work), identify its Schedule Activity Number and Definable Feature of Work. The
Index number is a cross reference to the Preparatory Phase Checklist. An example
of the Index number is: 0025-P01, where "0025" is the Quality Control Daily
Report Number, "P" indicates Preparatory Phase, and "01" is the Preparatory Phase
Checklist number(s) for this date. Each entry in this Section shall be accompanied
with a corresponding Preparatory Phase Checklist.
Indicate if Initial Phase work was performed today (Yes/No checkboxes).
If Initial Phase work was performed today (including on-site and off-site work),
identify its Schedule Activity Number and Definable Feature of Work. The Index
Number is a cross reference to the Initial Phase Checklist. An example of the
Index Number is: 0025-I01, where "0025" is the Quality Control Daily Report
Number, "I" indicates Initial Phase, and "01" is the Initial Phase Checklist
number(s) for this date. Each entry in this Section shall be accompanied with a
corresponding Initial Phase Checklist.
Results of the Follow-up Phase inspections held today (including on-site and offsite work), including Schedule Activity Number, location of definable feature of
work, Specification Sections, etc. Indicate in the report for this definable feature
of work that the work complies with the Contract as approved in the Initial Phase,
work complies with safety requirements, and that required testing has been
performed. Include a list of who performed the tests.
List the rework items identified, but not corrected by close of business, along with
its associated Schedule Activity Number.
List the rework items corrected from the rework items list along with the corrective
action taken and its associated Schedule Activity Number.
Include a "remarks" section in this report that shall contain pertinent information
including but not limited to:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Directions received.
Quality control problem areas.
Deviations from the QC plan.
Construction deficiencies encountered.
QC meetings held,.
Acknowledgement that record drawings, specifications, O & M data, and
Warranty Manuals, have been updated.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 18
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7)
8)
k.
2.
Corrective direction given by the QC Organization and corrective action
taken by the Contractor.
For each remark given, identify the Schedule Activity Number that is
associated with the remark.
Quality Control Daily Report certification, signature and date.
Preparatory Phase Report: Each Definable Feature of Work that is in the Preparatory
Phase shall have this report filled out for it. The report shall be identified by terminology
consistent with the construction schedule. Attach this report to the Quality Control Daily
Report of the same date.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
Specification Section, date of report, and Contract number shall be filled out.
Duplicate this information in the header of the second page of the report.
Definable Feature of Work, Schedule Activity Number and Index Number entry
and format shall match entry in the Preparatory Phase section of the Quality
Control Daily Report. Duplicate this information in the header of the second page
of the report.
Personnel Present: Indicate the number of hours of advance notice that was given
to the COTR and indicate (Yes/No checkboxes) whether or not the COTR was
notified. Indicate the Names of Preparatory Phase Meeting attendees, their
position and their company affiliation.
Submittals: Indicate if submittals have been approved (Yes/No checkboxes), if no
indicate what has not been submitted. Are materials on hand (Yes/No checkboxes)
and if not, what items are missing. Check delivered material/equipment against
approved submittals and comment as required.
Material Storage: Indicate if materials/equipment is stored properly (Yes/No
checkboxes) and if not, what action is/was taken.
Specifications: Review and comment on Specification Paragraphs that describe the
material/equipment, procedure for accomplishing the work and clarify any
differences.
Preliminary Work & Permits: Ensure preliminary work is in accordance with the
contract documents and necessary permits are on file, if not, describe the action
taken.
Testing: Identify who performs tests, the frequency, and where tests are to occur.
Review the testing plan, report abnormalities, and if the test facilities have been
approved.
Discuss Control Procedures that shall be employed to consistently obtain the
required specified quality.
Safety: Indicate if the activity hazard analysis has been approved (Yes/No
checkboxes) and comment on the review of the applicable portions of the
Construction Safety Manual.
Meeting Comments: Note comments and remarks during the Preparatory Phase
Meeting that was not addressed in previous sections of this checklist.
Other Items or Remarks: Note any other remarks or items that were a result of the
Preparatory Phase.
QCM shall sign and date the report.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 19
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Initial Phase Report: Complete this report for each Definable Feature of Work that is in
the Initial Phase. The report shall be identified by terminology consistent with the
construction schedule. Attach this report to the Quality Control Daily Report of the same
date.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
Specification Section, date of report, and Contract number shall be entered.
Definable Feature of Work, Schedule Activity Number and Index Number entry
and format shall match entry in the Initial Phase section of the Quality Control
Daily Report.
Personnel Present: Indicate the number of hours of advance notice that was given
to the COTR and indicate (Yes/No checkboxes) whether or not the COTR was
notified. Indicate the Names of Initial Phase Meeting attendees, their position and
company/Authority they are with.
Control Procedures: Comment on control procedures identified at Preparatory
Phase of Control and assurance that work is in accordance with plans,
specifications and submittals. Control procedures not producing the required
compliance shall be adjusted until the procedures consistently obtain the required
quality.
Preliminary Work: Ensure preliminary work being placed is in compliance and if
not, what action is/was taken.
Workmanship: Identify where initial work is located; if a sample panel is required
(Yes/No checkboxes); is the initial work the sample (Yes/No checkboxes); and if
Yes, describe the panel location and precautions taken to preserve the sample.
Resolution: Comment on any differences and the resolutions reached.
Check Safety: Comment on the safety review of the job conditions.
Other: Note any other remarks or items that were a result of the Initial Phase.
QCM shall sign and date the report.
D.
Testing Log: As tests are performed, the QCM shall record on the "Testing Log" the date the
test was conducted, the date the test results were forwarded to the COTR, remarks and
acknowledgement that an accredited or Contracting Officer approved testing laboratory was
used. Forward a copy of the updated "Testing Plan and Log" on the last day of each month. Do
not attach to the Quality Control Daily Report.
E.
Deficiency Log: The QCM shall maintain a list of work that does not comply with the Contract,
identifying what items need to be reworked, the date the item was originally discovered, the
date the item shall be corrected by, and the date the item was corrected. There is no
requirement to report a rework item that is corrected the same day it is discovered. Provide a
copy of the deficiency log to the COTR at the weekly progress meeting. The Contractor shall
be responsible for including on this list items needing rework including those identified by the
COTR.
F.
Special Inspection Control Log: Contractor shall maintain a Special Inspection Control Log
chronologically recording each Special test and inspection performed under the USBC, or other
agencies having jurisdiction on-site, including the nature of the test or inspection, the date
performed, the results, causes for rejection, corrective action taken, and dates of subsequent
tests and final acceptance.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 20
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
G.
Test Reports: Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system that shall record all tests
results. Information on test designation, location, date of test, specification requirements,
results and retest results, causes for rejection and recommended remedial actions shall be
documented. A copy of the test results shall be sent directly from the Agency performing the
testing services to COTR. A copy of any failing report shall be sent immediately. All test
reports shall be reviewed and signed by a professional engineer, licensed in the Commonwealth
of Virginia.
H.
Signoff Sheets: Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system of signoff sheets
certifying that all work required before the construction or startup of critical work elements has
been constructed and installed according to the plans and specifications.
I.
Monthly Deficiency Report: Contractor shall submit a monthly deficiency report to COTR
identifying all substandard tests and inspections taken during the month including the nature of
the test or inspection, location and nature of defects, causes for rejection, and remedial actions
taken or proposed for any open items on prior deficiency reports including the date scheduled
for resolution of the item.
Record Drawings: The QCM is required to ensure the record drawings, required by Division 01
Section "Project Record Documents," are kept current on a daily basis and marked to show
deviations which have been made from the construction drawings. Ensure each deviation has
been identified with the appropriate modifying documentation (e.g. CN No., Modification No.,
Request for Information No., etc.). The QCM shall initial each deviation and each revision.
Upon completion of work, the QCM shall furnish a certificate attesting to the accuracy of the
record drawings prior to submission to the COTR.
J.
K.
Operation, Maintenance, and Warranty Manuals: The QCM shall ensure that the Operation and
Maintenance data required by Division 01 Section “Operation and Maintenance Data” and the
Warranties specified in Division 01 Section “Project Closeout” are inserted on a daily basis in
the appropriate sections of the approved formatted manuals after they have been approved by
the COTR.
L.
Materials Receiving Inspection Report: Contractor shall establish a formal materials receiving
inspection program to verity material compliance to approved Shop Drawings, approved
submittals, and the contract plans and specifications.
1.20
A.
NOTIFICATION ON NON-COMPLIANCE
The COTR will notify the Contractor of any detected non-compliance with the foregoing
requirements. The Contractor shall take immediate corrective action after receipt of such
notice. Such notice, when delivered to the Contractor at the work site, shall be deemed
sufficient for the purpose of notification. If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly,
the Contracting Officer may:
1.
Issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been
taken. The Contractor shall make no part of the time lost due to such stop orders the
subject of a claim for extension of time for excess costs or damages.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 21
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
4.
B.
In cases where implementation of the Quality Control Program does not comply with the
Contractor’s Quality Control Plan or the contract provisions. Or Contractor fails to properly
operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program, the Contracting Officer may:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Repair, replace or otherwise remedy the defective work at the Contractor’s expense. Cost
incurred by the Authority to correct defective work shall be deducted from the total amount
due the Contractor.
Withhold an amount from the payment due the Contractor as may be deemed necessary at
the discretion of the Contracting Officer.
Terminate the Contractor’s right to proceed for Default after providing required notice.
Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified Quality Control Personnel or
subcontractors.
Issue an order stopping all or part of the work until acceptable personnel are on site and a
new Quality Control Plan is approved by the COTR. The Contractor shall make no part of
the time lost due to such stop orders the subject of claim for extension of time for excess
costs or damages.
Take a credit from the contract for Quality Control Activities not performed.
Terminate the Contractors right to proceed for Default after providing required notice.
The Contractor shall maintain a detailed record of every non-compliance and corrective action
taken.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 014000
_____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000 - 22
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section defines many of the terms used elsewhere in the Construction Documents and lists
complete names and telephone numbers for many of the associations and agencies identified
elsewhere in the Construction Documents by their acronym.
B.
Abbreviations, where not defined in the Contract Documents, will be interpreted by the
Contracting Officer to mean the normal construction industry terminology.
C.
Plural words will be interpreted as singular and singular words will be interpreted as plural
where applicable for context of the Contract Documents.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
General: Basic Contract definitions are included in Sections I and II of the Authority
Solicitation Offer and Award. Certain terms used in the Contract Documents are defined
generally in this Article. Definitions and explanations contained in this Section are not
necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for the Work to the extent that they
may not be stated more explicitly in another element of the Contract Documents.
B.
Approve: The term "approved," where used in regard to COTR's action on Contractor's
submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to COTR's duties and responsibilities as
delegated by the Contracting Officer in the Contract and Special Provisions.
C.
Architect/Engineer: For the purpose of this Project, the "Design Professional of Record." To
distinguish from the Contracting Officer and Contracting Officer's Technical Representative
(COTR).
D.
Authority: Metropolitan Washington Airports Authority
E.
Award: The acceptance, by the Authority, of the successful offeror's proposal.
F.
Award Date: The date on which the Authority gives notice of acceptance to the successful
offeror.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
G.
AOA (or A.O.A.): Air Operations Area. The area of the Airport used or intended to be used for
landing, taking off, surface maneuvering, loading, unloading, or servicing aircraft. This security
area requires security badging. Workers in this area are required to obtain and display an AOA
photo I.D. credential. Drivers in this area are required to obtain an Airport Vehicle Operator's
Permit for the Air Operations Area.
H.
Beneficial Use: Use by the Authority prior to 100 percent completion and final acceptance.
I.
Contract Documents: Documents containing requirements of the Work. These include all
Contract provisions and attachments made thereto or referenced therein.
J.
Contract Provisions: The administrative and procedural requirements starting at Award Date
and ending at Final Acceptance, as provided for in Section VII, "Contract Provisions."
K.
Contract Time or Duration (Time Limit): The number of calendar days established in
Section III, "Schedule," indicating the time allowed for the completion of all physical and
administrative work contemplated in the Contract, including any authorized extensions thereto.
L.
Contracting Officer's Technical Representative (COTR): The Contracting Officer's designated
representative, as defined in Section VII, "Contract Provisions."
M.
Contractor: Individual, partnership, corporation or joint venture under Contract to the Authority
for performance of prescribed Work.
N.
Drawings: Erection/installation/construction plans, or any other supplementary plans or similar
graphic data, illustrating work to be performed that are provided to Contractor as part of the
Contract Documents.
O.
Directed: A command or instruction by the Authority. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
P.
Final Acceptance: Refer to Division 01 Section "Project Closeout."
Q.
"Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
R.
"Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control
performance of the Work.
S.
"Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
T.
"Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
U.
"Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
V.
"Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor,
or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,
erection, application, and similar operations.
1.
Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must
be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,
such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively
to trades people of the corresponding generic name.
W.
"Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed
a minimum of ten previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with
special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
X.
"Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site
is indicated.
Y.
Punch list Work: Minor corrective actions required to achieve "Final Acceptance." Occurs
after "Substantial Completion" of the Work in strict compliance with quality-control
requirements.
Z.
Roadway: General term denoting a public way for purposes of vehicular travel, including the
entire area within the right-of-way.
AA. Special Provisions: For the purpose of this Contract, the directions and requirements provided
for in Section VI of the Contract Documents.
BB.
Shop Drawings: Refer to Division 01 Section "Submittals."
CC.
Specifications: General term comprising all directions, provisions and requirements contained
herein, together with any other contractual requirements such as may be added or adopted as the
Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, or Supplementary Conditions, all of which are
necessary for the proper performance of the Contract.
DD. Substantial Completion: Refer to Division 01 Section "Project Closeout."
EE.
1.4
Factory-Authorized Service Representative: An authorized representative of a manufacturer
who is trained and approved by the manufacturer to inspect and approve the installation of
manufacturer’s products and that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated
for this Project and who is authorized by the manufacturer to confirm the issuance of
appropriate warranties.
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A.
Applicability of Standards:
Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Conflicting Requirements: Refer to Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for additional
information regarding conflicting requirements.
1.
D.
Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project shall be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
1.
E.
Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly
with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within
reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer
uncertainties to COTR for a decision before proceeding.
Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.
Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone
numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and upto-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
ADAAG
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Available from Access Board
www.access-board.gov
(800) 872-2253
(202) 272-0080
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
Available from Government Printing Office
www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr
(888) 293-6498
(202) 512-1530
FTMS
Federal Test Method Standard
(See FS)
ICC-ES
ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.
www.icc-es.org
(800) 423-6587
UFAS
Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
(800) 872-2253
1.5
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A.
Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
AA
Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)
www.aluminum.org
(202) 862-5100
AABC
Associated Air Balance Council
www.aabchq.com
(202) 737-0202
AGC
Associated General Contractors of America (The)
www.agc.org
(703) 548-3118
AIA
American Institute of Architects (The)
www.aia.org
(800) 242-3837
(202) 626-7300
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction
www.aisc.org
(800) 644-2400
(312) 670-2400
AMCA
Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
www.amca.org
(847) 394-0150
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
www.ansi.org
(202) 293-8020
ASHRAE
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning Engineers
www.ashrae.org
(800) 527-4723
ASME
ASME International
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International)
www.asme.org
(800) 843-2763
(212) 591-7722
ASSE
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
http://www.asphaltroofing.org
(440) 835-3040
ASTM
ASTM International
(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
www.astm.org
(610) 832-9585
ATCT
Air Traffic Control Tower
AWCI
AWCI International
(Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International)
www.awci.org
(703) 534-8300
AWS
American Welding Society
www.aws.org
(800) 443-9353
(305) 443-9353
AWWA
American Water Works Association
(800) 926-7337
(404) 636-8400
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
www.awwa.org
(303) 794-7711
CISCA
Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
www.cisca.org
(630) 584-1919
CISPI
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
www.cispi.org
(423) 892-0137
COTR
Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative
CSI
Construction Specifications Institute (The)
www.csinet.org
(800) 689-2900
(703) 684-0300
DHI
Door and Hardware Institute
www.dhi.org
(703) 222-2010
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
www.eia.org
(703) 907-7500
FCI
Fluid Controls Institute
http://www.asphaltroofing.org
(216) 241-7333
FMG
FM Global
(Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)
www.fmglobal.com
(401) 275-3000
GA
Gypsum Association
www.gypsum.org
(202) 289-5440
HMMA
Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association
(See NAAMM)
ICEA
Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
www.icea.net
(770) 830-0369
ICRI
International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.
www.icri.org
(847) 827-0830
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
www.iec.ch
41 22 919 02 11
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)
www.ieee.org
(212) 419-7900
IESNA
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
www.iesna.org
(212) 248-5000
ITU
International Telecommunication Union
www.itu.int/home
41 22 730 51 11
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
LPI
Lightning Protection Institute
www.lightning.org
(800) 488-6864
(847) 577-7200
MFMA
Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
www.metalframingmfg.org
(312) 644-6610
MH
Material Handling Industry of America
(See MHIA)
MHIA
Material Handling Industry of America
www.mhia.org
(800) 345-1815
(704) 676-1190
MPI
Master Painters Institute
www.paintinfo.com
(888) 674-8937
MSS
Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and
Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com
(703) 281-6613
NAAMM
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
www.naamm.org
(312) 332-0405
NAIMA
North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The)
www.naima.org
(703) 684-0084
NCMA
National Concrete Masonry Association
www.ncma.org
(703) 713-1900
NCTA
National Cable & Telecommunications Association
www.ncta.com
(202) 775-3550
NEBB
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
www.nebb.org
(301) 977-3698
NECA
National Electrical Contractors Association
http://www.necanet.org/
(301) 657-3110
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
www.nema.org
(703) 841-3200
NETA
InterNational Electrical Testing Association
www.netaworld.org
(303) 697-8441
NFPA
NFPA
www.nfpa.org
(800) 344-3555
(617) 770-3000
NRMCA
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
www.nrmca.org
(888) 846-7622
(301) 587-1400
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
NSF
NSF International
(National Sanitation Foundation International)
www.nsf.org
(800) 673-6275
(734) 769-8010
PDCA
Painting & Decorating Contractors of America
www.pdca.com
(800) 332-7322
(314) 514-7322
PDI
Plumbing & Drainage Institute
www.pdionline.org
(800) 589-8956
(978) 557-0720
SAE
SAE International
www.sae.org
(724) 776-4841
SDI
Steel Deck Institute
www.sdi.org
(847) 462-1930
SDI
Steel Door Institute
www.steeldoor.org
(440) 899-0010
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'
National Association
www.smacentral.org
(703) 803-2980
SSPC
SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
www.sspc.org
(877) 281-7772
(412) 281-2331
TIA/EIA
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic
Industries Alliance
www.tiaonline.org
(703) 907-7700
TMS
The Masonry Society
www.masonrysociety.org
(303) 939-9700
UL
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
www.ul.com
(800) 285-4476
(847) 272-8800
UNI
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
www.uni-bell.org
(972) 243-3902
WASTEC
Waste Equipment Technology Association
www.wastec.org
(800) 424-2869
(202) 244-4700
B.
Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,
telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
IAPMO
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
www.iapmo.org
ICBO
International Conference of Building Officials
(See ICC)
(909) 472-4100
ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc.
(See ICC-ES)
ICC
International Code Council
(Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building Officials)
www.iccsafe.org
(703) 931-4533
ICC-ES
ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.
www.icc-es.org
(800) 423-6587
(562) 699-0543
C.
Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CPSC
Consumer Product Safety Commission
www.cpsc.gov
(800) 638-2772
(301) 504-0990
DOC
Department of Commerce
www.doc.gov
(202) 482-2000
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency
www.epa.gov
(202) 260-2090
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration
www.faa.gov
(202) 366-4000
FCC
Federal Communications Commission
www.fcc.gov
(202) 225-5322
FHA
Federal Highway Administration
www.fhwa.dot.gov
(410) 962-0093
NIST
National Institute of Standards and Technology
www.nist.gov
(301) 975-6478
OSHA
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
www.osha.gov
(800) 321-6742
(202) 693-1999
TRB
Transportation Research Board
www.nas.edu/trb
(202) 334-2934
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
TSA
D.
Transportation Security Administration
www.tsa.gov/public/index.jsp
1(866)-289-9673
State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed
to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
DCR
Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation
http://www.dcr.state.va.us
(804) 786-1712
VDH
Virginia Department of Health
Culpepper District
www.vdh.state.va.us
(540) 829-7340
USBC
The Virginia Statewide Building Code (USBC)
The Commonwealth of Virginia – Uniform Statewide
Building Code
(804) 371- 7160
VDHCD
Virginia Department of Housing and Community
Development
Division of Building and Fire Regulation
501 North 2nd Street
Richmond, VA 23219-1321
VDOT
Virginia Department of Transportation
www.virginiadot.org
(703) 383-8368
VDEQ
Virginia Department of Environmental Quality
www.deq.state.va.us
1-800-592-5482
1.6
GOVERNING REGULATIONS/AUTHORITIES
A.
Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information and decisions having a bearing
on the work. Names and addresses are subject to change; they are believed to be but are not
assured to be accurate and up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
B.
Codes: The contractor shall adhere to all applicable portions of code standards and
specifications in the construction of the work. Unless otherwise noted (reference Division 01
Section “Quality Requirements”), the Authority will review the Contractor’s submittals and
construction of the work for code compliance. The Authority’s acceptance of completed
construction does not relieve the Contractor from strict compliance with all applicable
regulations and codes.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
Definition: The Metropolitan Washington Airports Authority has a “building department”
recognized by the Commonwealth of Virginia. This department is charged with enforcing
the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code (VUSBC). Where the words “code
official”, “department having jurisdiction” or “agency having jurisdiction” is referenced
in any code, including the VUSBC or its adopted model codes (ICC), those terms shall
mean the Authority Building Official and/or his designated representative.
Standards that influence the construction of the project include, but are not limited to, all
applicable federal and Commonwealth laws, all applicable codes, rules, regulations and
standards applicable to this project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 014200
_____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES
014200 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary
utilities, support facilities, security, and protection facilities for Contractor staging area.
B.
Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.3
Project identification and temporary signs.
Field offices.
Storage and fabrication sheds.
Temporary elevator usage.
Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
Site enclosure fence.
Security enclosure and lockup.
Temporary enclosures.
Fire protection.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Permanent Enclosure: As determined by COTR, permanent or temporary roofing is complete,
insulated, and weather tight; exterior walls are insulated and weather tight; and all openings are
closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.
USE CHARGES
A.
General: Temporary utilities are available from the Authority at no charge unless otherwise
noted. Provide necessary labor and materials to connect to the Authority's utilities at points
designated by COTR and extend utilities to trailers, offices, sheds, etc.
B.
Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but are not
limited to, the following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.5
The Authority’s construction forces.
Occupants of Project.
COTR.
Architect/Engineer.
Testing agencies.
Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction, that include but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.6
Building Code requirements.
Health and safety regulations.
Police and Fire Department regulations.
Environmental protection regulations.
ADA Compliance: All temporary facilities shall be ADA compliant.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services, permanent
services, and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.7
Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.
Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.
Take necessary fire-prevention measures.
Do not overload facilities.
Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to
develop or persist on-site.
CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL PARKING
A.
The Contractor's personnel will be allowed to park their personal vehicles in staging areas or in
areas designated by COTR. Such designated parking areas are not necessarily fenced or
otherwise protected, and temporary fencing for such parking areas is a requirement of this
Contract.
B.
Display a Vehicle special, non-transferable parking permit available from the Authority on all
vehicles parked in such area. Each employee will be required to obtain and pay for their own
parking permit and shall be responsible for fines for not displaying permit or for parking in
other than designated contractor parking areas. The COTR will provide application forms and
explain method of obtaining parking permits at the Pre-Construction Conference.
C.
Contractor is responsible for busing his employees from the off airport parking lot to the
Contractor's Staging areas or work areas.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable
condition may be used if approved by COTR. Provide materials suitable for use intended.
B.
Water: Potable.
2.2
EQUIPMENT
A.
General: Provide new equipment suitable for use intended. If acceptable to COTR, undamaged,
previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used.
B.
Field Offices: Is not required, but if provided, with lockable entrances, operable windows, and
serviceable finishes; heated and air conditioned; on foundations adequate for normal loading,
and provided with proper tie-downs.
C.
Self-Contained Toilet Units: Not required, but if provided, Single-occupant units of chemical,
aerated re-circulation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced
polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.
D.
Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units,
including paper cup supply.
1.
E.
Heating Equipment: Unless COTR authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide
temporary heating units with individual space thermostatic control.
1.
2.
F.
Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water
temperature at 45 to 55 deg F.
Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating
units is prohibited.
Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.
Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use hard-service as defined by
NFPA 70, Article 400, where exposed to abrasion and traffic. If single lengths of extension
cords will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress provide waterproof
connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical extension cords.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CONTRACTOR STAGING AREA - GENERAL
A.
Contractor will be allowed to store and stage his materials in a staging area located on Airport
property as indicated or as designated by the COTR for such purposes. Space is limited to area
indicated. COTR and Contractor will make a joint site visit to document condition of staging
area prior to occupancy. Take photos for the record.
B.
Erect and maintain an 8-foot high chain link fence topped with 3-strands of barbed wire around
perimeter of staging area when the fence serves as an AOA barrier as required by the
FAA/TSA. A 6-foot high fence as described above, including barbed wire will be acceptable for
all other applications. Protect all stored equipment from the weather. The Authority accepts no
responsibility for items stored in this area.
C.
Upon completion of Construction, remove all temporary staging area facilities and return the
areas to their original condition.
D.
Park construction equipment in the storage site or storage area identified by the COTR when
equipment is not engaged in construction activity.
E.
Do not stockpile construction materials, spoils, debris or refuse in any area other than that
specifically approved for such purpose by the COTR.
F.
Constrain stockpiled material in a manner to prevent its movement by wind, jet blast or
propeller wash.
3.2
SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
General: Comply with the following:
1.
2.
B.
Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction
and support facilities for easy access.
Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241 and USBC.
Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in
sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated or where directed by COTR to inform public and
persons seeking entrance to Project. Provide two Project signs.
1.
2.
3.
Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs.
Comply with details indicated.
Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and
visitors.
Construct signs of exterior-type, Grade B-B, high-density concrete form overlay plywood
in sizes and thickness indicated. Support on nominal 4-inch-by-4-inch-by-10-foot-long
posts or framing of preservative-treated wood or steel.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
5.
Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel over
exterior primer.
The following signs will be allowed on the Project:
a.
b.
6.
7.
C.
Identifying captions over offices.
Other signs as required by the Contract Documents.
Take necessary steps to prevent installation of unauthorized signs and, should any appear,
remove them immediately. Repair and repaint damage caused thereby at no additional
cost to the Authority.
No more that two Project Identification Signs will be permitted. Project identification
signs are the only signs on which the Contractors name and logo will be permitted.
Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle
waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 01 Section
"Execution " for progress cleaning requirements.
1.
2.
If required by COTR, provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste
material to be deposited.
Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of
waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide
detailed information for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials.
Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used
to dispose of all waste materials.
D.
Janitorial Services: Provide janitorial services on a daily basis for temporary offices, first-aid
stations, toilets, wash facilities, lunchrooms, and similar areas.
E.
Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate
materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open
shelters or, if permitted by COTR, fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site
subject to approval of COTR.
1.
2.
3.
Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber and
plywood.
Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior-grade acrylic-latex emulsion over
exterior primer.
Submit the design of storage structures of more than 150 sq. ft. to COTR for review and
approval by the Authority's Building Codes/Environmental Department.
F.
Temporary Elevator Usage: Use of temporary elevator in Air Traffic Control Tower is allowed.
Assume 2000 lbs. capacity max.
G.
Existing Stair Usage: Use of the Authority's existing stairs will be permitted, as long as stairs
are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to COTR. At Substantial Completion,
restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
3.3
Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs
and to maintain means of egress. If, despite such protection, stairs become damaged,
restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of
noisemaking tools and equipment to hours of 11:00 p.m. to 5:00 a.m., unless directed otherwise
by the COTR, which will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site.
B.
Security Fencing:
1.
Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum
8 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line posts and 27/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 3 galvanized barbed-wire top strands, unless
otherwise indicated.
C.
Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,
vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
D.
Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to
limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.
1.
2.
E.
3.4
Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks.
Protect air-handling equipment.
Storage: Where materials and equipment are stored, and are of value or attractive for theft,
provide secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with installation and release of material
to minimize opportunity for theft and vandalism.
UTILITY PROVISIONS
A.
EXISTING CONDITIONS
1.
The Authority will provide at each lot in the South Staging area the following:
a.
b.
c.
Two 2” conduits from the utility sheds, to the limits of the lot, one electrical and
one telecommunications. The conduits will be capped below grade and signified by
a 4” x 4” x 4’ wood stake at the limits of the lot.
Each lot will be allocated 100 A, 480 v 3 phase, 3 wire power.
The power is available at the utility shed. Provide necessary conductors as
indicated in the “TELECOMMUNICATIONS” and “ELECTRICAL POWER”
paragraphs below.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
d.
B.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Domestic water service will be available at the limit of the lot, identified with a
blue painted stake.
Contractor is responsible for subdividing telecommunications, electrical and water within
their assigned lot in a coordinated fashion upon mobilization. Provide a site plan for
COTR review and approval. Maintain site plan up-to-date throughout the Project.
Indicate on site plan trailer locations, proposed conduit runs, proposed telecom and
electrical backboards, proposed water distribution and any other pertinent information.
Locate and indicate existing utilities on site plan.
Install fence around Contractors allotted area and remove fence upon completion of
Contractor’s Work. Refer to other paragraphs of this section for fencing requirements.
Contractor employee parking will be limited to within the allotted staging area. Provide
transportation for Contractor’s employees between the work site and the staging area.
Water tank fill station is located on the south side of the entrance road to the Staging
Area. Do not use the fire hydrants along the main staging area road for obtaining water.
Restore lot to its original condition upon contract conclusion.
ELECTRICAL POWER
1.
Conduit is provided from one of four sheds, to a location just inside each contractor lot.
Extend the conduit, as required, to serve all facilities on Contractor’s site and provide
cable back to shed. If power requirements greater than 100 ampere, at 480v, three phase,
three – wire are required; requests for additional power will be considered on a case-bycase basis.
a.
Transformers:
1)
2)
2.
D.
The Contractor is required to advise the COTR of the estimated electrical consumption
including that of his subcontractors prior to provision of cable.
PLUMBING
1.
E.
Suitable for outdoor use
Pad mounted with fused safety switches on the primary and secondary sides
of the transformer.
Provide a Watts Model 909, Type RPZ backflow prevention device at each trailer.
Remove plumbing work in place upon contract completion. There are no sanitary sewer
provisions, use above ground tanks specifically designed for sewage holding. The
Contractor at his option may use chemical or electrical toilets. Clean, pump and haul
sanitary waste. Maintain a clean and odor free lot.
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS STAGING AREA
1.
2.
Unauthorized soil and concrete stockpiles are prohibited.
Cover all containers and drums of any size that are stored on site and their required
secondary containment to prevent rainwater from coming in contact with the containers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
4.
5.
Earthen berms are not permitted. Clearly label all drums and containers used to hold trash
and debris “Trash”. Empty drums and containers when full. Remove all unused empty
drums and containers from the site.
Include Contractor’s lot in the South Staging Area in the SPPP.
Store all fuel, petroleum based products and products potentially detrimental to the
environment in aboveground tanks.
Aboveground storage tanks:
a.
b.
6.
Double walled and approved for the use intended.
Submit manufacturer’s literature to COTR for approval in writing for each such
storage tank intended for use by Contractor.
7.
8.
9.
Store all trash, construction debris, and other debris in metal containers specifically
designed for such use. Do not keep trash containers on the site for more than 90 calendar
days.
Storage of used tires and batteries is prohibited.
Storage of waste oil is prohibited.
Only routine light equipment maintenance shall be permitted. Should Contractor require
more than routine maintenance to be performed on site, submit a work execution plan to
COTR, for written approval, describing the type of maintenance and the procedures that
will be implemented to protect the environment.
10.
Potential Pollution Sources:
a.
Describe potential pollution sources.
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3.5
Description should include, but not be
Materials Storage: A description of the storage location and a minimum
quantity of all hazardous and non-hazardous materials that might pollute
storm water. Pollutants such as, but not limited to, paints, solvents,
hydraulic fluids, engine oil, form oil, etc. that will be used during the course
of construction activities. All containers of materials of any size that are
used on site and their associated secondary containment shall be covered to
prevent rainwater from coming in contact with the containers. Earthen
berms shall not be permitted. All drums and containers shall be removed
from the site as they become empty.
Sanitary Waste Facility: A description of the location and the number of
sanitary waste facilities (e.g. portable chemical toilets) and method of
disposal for the subject waste during the course of construction activities on
site.
OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A.
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of
temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
1.
2.
Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.
Protect from damage during excavation operations.
C.
Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily any time from dusk until dawn when
personnel are on the site. Should no personnel be on the site after 12:00 midnight the project –
identification lighting may be turned off at 12:00 midnight.
D.
Temporary Facility Changeover: Unless Contractor is able to utilize permanent fire protection,
do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent
facilities until Substantial Completion.
E.
Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean
exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Properly recondition and restore those portions of the site occupied by temporary
facilities and controls to condition acceptable to COTR, at least equal to condition at time
of start of Work, unless otherwise authorized in writing by COTR.
Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent
paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill
that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated
with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that
might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace roadway paving,
curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 01 Section
"Project Closeout."
END OF SECTION 015000
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of
products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard
warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
1.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
1.3
This Section includes substitutions made for "or as approved by the Authority" items.
Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products
specified.
Divisions 02 through 28 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products
and installations specified to be warranted.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1.
2.
3.
B.
Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new
products.
Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from
those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
1.4
Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and
accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other
designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of
evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product List: Submit a list, in tabular form acceptable to COTR, showing specified products.
Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary
product names for each product.
1.
2.
Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals
Schedule.
Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Specification Section number and title.
Generic name used in the Contract Documents.
Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.
Manufacturer's name and address.
Supplier's name and address.
Installer's name and address.
Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.
Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery
date.
Item Tag Number or similar ID if identified in the drawings
Location (room number from the drawings)
Serial Number (once available)
Initial Submittal: Within 90 calendar days after the Notice to Proceed, submit 3 copies of
initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations
from the Contract requirements.
COTR's Action: COTR will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 calendar days of
receipt of initial product list. COTR's response will include a list of unacceptable product
selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. COTR's response, or lack of
response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply with the
Contract Documents.
Updated submittal: Submit updated product list every 90 days following initial submittal.
The updated list shall be submitted in approved electronic spread sheet format with
additional fields as required by COTR.
Completed List: Submit 10 hard copies and one electronic copy of completed product list
90 calendar days before requesting inspection for substantial completion. Include a
written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from the Contract
requirements.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Substitution Requests: Submit six copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or
fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Section number and title and Drawing
numbers and titles.
1.
2.
Substitution Request Form: Submit requests in the form and according to procedures
required for Contract Modification proposals supplied to Contractor at the preconstruction meeting or as directed by COTR. Do not submit requests for substitutions
as "Requests for Information" (RFIs).
Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,
as applicable:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
3.
Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Authority and
separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of
the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
Samples, where applicable or requested.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance with requirements indicated.
Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's
letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.
Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Price.
Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated
results.
Failure by Contractor to include the above requirements in the submittal may cause
rejection of the submittal in its entirety.
COTR's Action:
If necessary, COTR will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within 15 calendar days of receipt of a request for
substitution. COTR will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed
substitution within 15 calendar days of receipt of request, or two weeks of receipt of
additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
b.
C.
Comparable Product Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section
number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1.
COTR’s Action:
If necessary, COTR will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within 7 working days of receipt of a comparable product
request. COTR will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable
product request within 15 calendar days of receipt of request, or 7 calendar days of
receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a.
b.
D.
1.5
Form of Acceptance: Change notice.
Use product specified if COTR couldn’t make a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.
Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section "Submittals."
Use product specified if COTR couldn’t make a decision on use of a comparable
product request within time allocated.
Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01
Section "Submittals." Show compliance with requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.6
Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B.
Delivery and Handling:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
Storage:
1.
Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.7
Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather tight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
Comply with product manufacturers written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of
installation and concealment.
Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms.
Protect stored products from damage.
Replace products and materials damaged by the elements due to improper storage at no
additional cost to the Authority. This damage can be, but not limited to, oxidization,
mold, mildew, warping, and rust.
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A.
Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on
product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract
Documents.
1.
2.
B.
Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Manufacturer's Warranty:
Preprinted written warranty published by individual
manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to
Authority.
Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide
more rights for Authority.
Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and
properly executed.
Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a
written document using appropriate form properly executed.
Refer to Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific content requirements and
particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Closeout."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PRODUCT OPTIONS
A.
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,
that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are
specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
The Authority reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," COTR will make selection.
Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is
COTR's.
Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish "salient characteristics" of products.
"Or as approved by the Authority": Note that products submitted under an "or as
approved by the Authority” provision are considered to be substitutions. Substitutions
shall follow the requirements of Paragraph VII-42 of Contract Provisions and provisions
in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
Product Selection Procedures:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the
named product that complies with requirements.
Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source,
provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.
Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements.
Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a
product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.
Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies
with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part - 2 "Comparable Products" Article
for consideration of an unnamed product.
Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a
product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies
with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part - 2 "Comparable Products" Article
for consideration of an unnamed product.
Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of
manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other
named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions,
and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in
Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the
other named manufacturers.
Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established
Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches COTR's sample.
COTR's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.
a.
If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other
specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions"
Article for proposal of product.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.
Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that
complies with other specified requirements.
a.
b.
2.2
Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of
colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, COTR will select color, pattern,
density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium
items.
Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors,
patterns, textures" or similar phrase, COTR will select color, pattern, density, or
texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium
items.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
Timing: COTR will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 calendar days after
issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or
rejected at the sole discretion of the Contracting Officer.
B.
Conditions: COTR will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, COTR will return requests
without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has
been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is
compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
C.
Contractor's submittal and COTR's review or approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or
Samples that relate to a substitute does not by itself constitute a final approval of the requested
substitution, nor does it relieve Contractor from fulfilling existing Contract requirements.
D.
If a substitution offers a substantial advantage to the Authority, in terms of cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the
Authority may be required to bear, the substitution shall be submitted as a Value Engineering
Change Proposal.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A.
Conditions: COTR will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, COTR will
return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents, it is consistent with the Contract Documents, it will produce the indicated
results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size,
durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
Samples, if requested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 016000
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work
including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
1.3
General installation of products.
Coordination of Authority-installed products.
Progress cleaning.
Starting and adjusting.
Protection of installed construction.
Correction of the Work.
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for
coordinating field engineering with other construction activities.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: Submit qualification data for professional engineer.
B.
Certificates: Submit certificate signed and sealed by professional engineer certifying that
location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
C.
Project Record Documents: Submit a record of Work performed (materials tests, inspections,
acceptance tests, etc.) and record survey data as required under provisions in Division 01
Sections "Submittals" and "Project Closeout."
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in the Commonwealth of Virginia experienced in the area for which he is utilized.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION
017300 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and
verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction
affecting the Work, including all site utility systems.
1.
B.
Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work, investigate
and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting
the Work.
1.
2.
C.
Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.
Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical and
communication services.
For additional requirements for locating and marking existing utilities, see Division 01
Section "Summary."
Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1.
Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of
the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Description of the Work.
List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
Recommended corrections.
Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are
to be installed.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION
017300 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to COTR that is necessary to adjust, move, or
relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances
located in or affected by construction.
B.
Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to
other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the
Work.
C.
Space Requirements:
Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
D.
Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information (RFI) to COTR.
Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for
changing the Contract Documents.
3.3
INSTALLATION
A.
Inspection of Conditions: Require Installer of each major component to inspect both the
substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Proceed only after
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to COTR. Coordinate this
requirement with Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."
B.
General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and
elevation, as indicated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance
and ease of removal for replacement.
Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling.
Roughing-in of utilities in areas with vaulted or domed roofs shall follow contour of roof
lines.
C.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
D.
Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
E.
Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or
loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION
017300 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
F.
Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. For
additional requirements see Section "Supplementary Conditions."
G.
Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component
securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
1.
2.
Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by COTR.
Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
H.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,
arrange joints as directed by COTR. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
I.
Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
hazardous.
3.4
AUTHORITY-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A.
Site Access: Provide access to Project site for the Authority's construction forces.
B.
Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by the
Authority's construction forces.
1.
2.
3.5
Construction Schedule: Inform COTR of Contractor's preferred construction schedule
for the Authority's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a
mutually agreeable timetable. Notify COTR if changes to schedule are required due to
differences in actual construction progress.
Pre-installation Conferences: Include the Authority's construction forces at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive the Authority's
work. Attend pre-installation conferences conducted by the Authority's construction
forces if portions of the Work depend on the Authority's construction.
PROGRESS CLEANING
A.
General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
Remove combustible debris from the site daily.
Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION
017300 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.
1.
2.
Remove liquid spills promptly.
Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.
D.
Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning
materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E.
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F.
Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G.
Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed.
Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
1.
Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other
finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
H.
Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-airport property will not be permitted.
Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
I.
During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
J.
Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through
the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
operability without damaging effects.
K.
Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the
construction completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise
deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.6
STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A.
Follow equipment manufacturer's startup procedures, unless otherwise directed by COTR.
B.
Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation.
malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
C.
Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation.
Remove
_____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION
017300 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
E.
Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to
inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification
requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."
3.7
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.8
CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A.
Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.
Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1.
Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up
with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B.
Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C.
Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired
without visible evidence of repair.
D.
Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components
that cannot be repaired.
E.
Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTION 017300
_____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION
017300 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 017329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for demolition of selected portions
of the building for alterations.
Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for patching fire-rated construction.
Divisions 02 through 28 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to
cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of
other Work.
B.
Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after
installation of other Work.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal, requesting approval from COTR to proceed,
describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed,.
Include the following information:
1.
Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate
why they cannot be avoided.
2.
Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance
and other significant visual elements.
3.
Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
4.
Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5.
Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List utilities that cutting and
patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING
017329 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.
7.
1.5
that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted.
Before cutting/core drilling the slab, structural members, concrete walls, etc. X-ray the
slab, beam, wall, etc. to determine whether any embedded items such as conduit and
reinforcing steel would be cut or disturbed and provide X-rays to COTR. If the
cutting/core drilling will cut any conduits, notify the COTR to re-locate the opening or
take other action as required. If reinforcing steel is encountered, notify the COTR to
either re-locate the opening or evaluate the effect of cutting the reinforcement. Perform
this evaluation by a registered professional engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of
Virginia. Refer to Division 01 Section “Summary” for utility outage requirements.
Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of
reinforcement with original structure. When cutting and patching involves welding or
open flame cutting, obtain the approval of the Authority's Fire Marshal for such work
prior to its start. Before cutting or drilling a structural element, X-ray the element to
determine whether any embedded items such as conduit and reinforcing steel would be
cut or disturbed and provide X-rays to COTR. If the cutting/drilling will cut any rebar or
conduits, notify the COTR to re-locate the opening or take other action as required. If
reinforcing steel is encountered, notify the COTR to either re-locate the opening or
evaluate the effect of cutting the reinforcement. Perform this evaluation by a registered
professional engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
COTR's Approval: Obtain COTR’s approval in writing of cutting and patching proposal
before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive COTR’s right to later require
removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change
their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
B.
Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch the following operating elements and related
components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that
results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Obtain COTR's written
approval of the cutting and patching of the following operating elements or safety related items:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
C.
Primary operational systems and equipment.
Air or smoke barriers.
Fire-suppression systems.
Control systems.
Communication systems.
Conveying systems.
Electrical wiring systems.
Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections.
Security systems including CCTV and duress alarms.
Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components
in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity that results in reducing their capacity
to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or
safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING
017329 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
Equipment supports.
Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.
Insulating systems.
D.
Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or
in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in COTR's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic
qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually
unsatisfactory manner.
1.
Fire stopping.
2.
HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers.
E.
Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved
in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential
interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before
proceeding.
1.6
WARRANTY
A.
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
B.
Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1.
If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed,
will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to
be performed.
1.
Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,
including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING
017329 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.2
Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B.
Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C.
Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage
to adjoining areas.
D.
Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems
are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned; bypass such services/systems before
cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.
3.3
PERFORMANCE
A.
General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1.
B.
Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance
of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their
original condition.
Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply
with original Installer's written recommendations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a
diamond-core drill.
Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. Remove conductors back to
source of supply.
Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING
017329 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as
possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections of these Specifications.
1.
2.
3.
Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence
of patching and refinishing.
Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.
a.
4.
5.
Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint
coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface
containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent
surfaces.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weather tight condition.
END OF SECTION 017329
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING
017329 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 017700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.3
Inspection procedures.
Warranties.
Final cleaning.
Division 01 Section “Quality Requirements” for final requirements of the Warranty
Manual.
Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting Final Acceptance
construction photographs and negatives.
Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings,
Record Specifications, Record Product Data, and other Record Documents.
Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance
manual requirements.
Divisions 02 through 28 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements
for products of those Sections.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A.
Definition: "Substantial Completion" is the stage in the progress of the work when COTR
determines that all the Work, or a designated portion thereof, is sufficiently complete and
functional according to the Contract Documents so that the Authority can occupy or utilize the
Work for its intended use. The only remaining physical work shall be the completion of punch
list work prior to Final Acceptance.
B.
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1.
Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on
the list, reasons why the Work is not complete, and a schedule for completing punch list
work according to Section III of the Contract.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
017700 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
4.
Ensure previously outstanding technical submittals and Shop Drawings have been
submitted and approved.
Advise COTR of pending insurance changeover requirements.
Submit warranties required by Contract Documents, workmanship bonds, maintenance
service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.
a.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
C.
Submit Contractor Warranty Letter, for review and approval, a minimum of 60
days before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion.
After date of Substantial Completion has been determined revise the Contractor’s
Warranty Letter to include that date as start of Warranty period.
Obtain and submit releases permitting the Authority unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and
similar releases.
Prepare and submit Project Record Documents except Record Contract CPM Schedule;
also prepare and submit Operation and Maintenance manuals, Final Completion
construction photographs and photographic negatives, damage or settlement surveys, and
similar final record information.
Prepare and submit proof that specified testing and code inspections have been
completed, accepted and certified, including, but not limited to, structural work, sprinkler
piping systems, fire alarm and FPS systems, bacteriological testing of domestic lines,
back-flow prevention, electrical system testing, and hydrostatic pressure testing of
sanitary lines. Submit approvals of Health Department or the FDA as applicable.
Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
COTR. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
Complete startup testing of systems.
Submit test/adjust/balance records.
Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
Advise the Authority of changeover in utilities.
Submit changeover information related to the Authority's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
Instruct the Authority's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems, as required by Division 01 Section "Demonstration and
Training."
Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
defects.
Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
request, COTR will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. COTR will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or
will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by
COTR, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1.
2.
Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
as incomplete is completed or corrected.
Punch list work must be completed within the duration specified in Section III,
"Schedule." Failure to complete the punch list work within the duration specified may
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
017700 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
1.4
result in the Contracting Officer ordering the work to be completed by others at the cost
to Contractor.
Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Acceptance.
FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
A.
Definition: "Final Completion" is the stage in the Contract when the Contracting Officer
determines that all Work has been 100 percent completed according to the terms and conditions
of the Contract Documents, including administrative obligations. The date of Final Acceptance
is the date of execution by the Contracting Officer of a Certificate of Final Acceptance.
B.
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
Completion, complete the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
C.
Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
COTR will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.
COTR will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of
construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1.
1.5
Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Application
for Payment."
Submit certified copy of COTR's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by COTR. The certified copy of
the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance.
Submit a Contractor/COTR joint statement evidencing that all Record Documents,
Operation and Maintenance Manuals, warranties, and similar required submittals have
been approved.
Complete demobilization and removal of temporary facilities from the site including
construction equipment and facilities, mockups, and other similar elements. Restore
areas to previously existing condition, if applicable.
Execute final Contract Modification and submit final Subcontractor Payment Form.
Return all AOA badging and all Authority Ids.
Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
Submit Record Contract CPM Schedule.
Submit warranty book.
Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
as incomplete is completed or corrected.
LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A.
Preparation: Submit four copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area
affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction
including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
017700 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
Organize list of spaces in sequential order, proceeding from lowest to highest floor.
Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
Include the following information at the top of each page:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
1.6
Contract name and number.
Date.
Name of COTR.
Name of Architect/Engineer.
Name of Contractor.
Page number.
WARRANTIES
A.
Submittal Time: Submit one draft copy of proposed Warranty Manual Specified below within
90 days of Notice to Proceed. COTR will return comments to the Contractor no later than 30
calendar days after receipt.
1.
2.
Provide Manufacturer’s Standard Warranties, made out to the Authority, and statement of
willingness to provide any applicable Special Warranties required by the Contract
Documents 14 calendar days prior to shipping of materials and equipment. Products and
Equipment shall not be considered delivered (for payment purposes) until the approved
warranties have been received.
Submit written warranties on request of COTR for designated portions of the Work
where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is
indicated.
B.
Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of
designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by the Authority
during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.
C.
Warranty Manual: Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of
contents of the Contract Specifications. Warranty documents include Contractor and major
subcontractors warranty letters, special warranty documents, and manufacturer's warranties.
1.
Binders:
Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary
to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve
on spine to hold label describing contents. Binders shall not be filled beyond 75 percent
of their rated capacity. Binders shall also have boomerang plastic sheet lifters, metal
backbone, concealed rivet construction, and three-trigger position locking mechanism
(lock, unlock, open) on top and bottom. Binder color shall be black unless another color
is selected by COTR.
a.
b.
Provide maximum 3-inch binder thickness.
Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "PROJECT
WARRANTIES," Contract number and name, and subject matter of contents. If
identification cannot be attached to the front include it as the first page in the
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
017700 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
manual. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. The use of business
labels is prohibited.
2.
D.
Dividers: Provide three-hole, heavyweight, plastic tabbed dividers, (, or as approved by
the Authority) for each separate section. Provide laser printed description for each tabbed
section on the front and back of tabs. Tabs shall indicate the appropriate Specification
Section. Provide a description of the warranty or heading for sub tabs using the same
laser printed format on the dividers. Provide an index of the contents in each section on
the first page behind each section divider. The index shall be generated using a word
processor and printed on a laser printer. Include a matching master table of contents for
each volume using the same indexing system. Install a colored sheet between each
different warranty within a tabbed section.
Provide additional copies of each warranty that shall be included in Operation and Maintenance
Manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Cleaning Agents: For final cleaning, use cleaning materials and agents recommended by
manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are
potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
FINAL CLEANING
A.
General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
with Authority requirements, local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental
and antipollution regulations. General cleaning during construction is included in Division 01
Section "Execution."
B.
Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1.
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification
of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
a.
b.
Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other
foreign substances.
Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other
foreign deposits.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
017700 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
surface.
Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project site.
Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials
Remove labels that are not permanent.
Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or
that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
1)
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
C.
Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and
similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and
other foreign substances.
Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed
surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction.
Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and high intensity discharge fixtures to
comply with requirements for new fixtures.
Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or
excess materials on the Authority's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
lawfully.
1.
Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have
become the Authority's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed by
COTR.
END OF SECTION 017700
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
017700 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
maintenance manuals, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory and formatting.
Manuals, General and formatting
Emergency Information Manuals and formatting.
Operation Information Manuals and formatting for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
Maintenance Information Manuals and formatting for the care and maintenance of
products, materials, finishes, systems, and equipment.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Division 01 Section “Application for Payment” for values assigned to Operation and
Maintenance Manuals
Division 01 Section “Quality Requirements” for ensuring the development and
continuing update of the Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory and
Operation and Maintenance Manual.
Division 01 Section “Submittals” for submitting copies of submittals for operation and
maintenance manuals.
Division 01 Section “Project Closeout” for submitting operation and maintenance
manuals.
Division 01 Section “Project Record Documents” for preparing Record Drawings for
operation and maintenance manuals.
Divisions 02 through 28 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual
requirements for products in those Sections.
C.
For purposes of payment, O & M and Material and Finishes Manuals are to be valued at 3% of
Contract.
D.
Payment for materials and equipment will be withheld if complete O & M manual material is
not received from the contractor at time of material or equipment delivery. Namely, instruction
sheets, operation manuals, installation instructions, and other documents received from the
manufacturer at the time of delivery.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular
interaction.
B.
Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
C.
Equipment: An instrument or appliance designed for a specific operation.
D.
Product: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
E.
Location: A defined area such as roof, room, hallway, ceiling, pavement, wall, or floor that has
special maintenance requirements that are documented in the Operation and Maintenance Data.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Manual Format: Submit to COTR within 90 calendar days of
Notice to Proceed one draft copy of the proposed Operation and Maintenance Manual Format.
Format shall include a table of contents and be as specified in Part 2 of this Section. COTR will
return comments regarding the Operation and Maintenance Manual Format and planned
contents of the completed manual within 30 calendar days of receipt. Throughout the
construction period of the project, Operation and Maintenance data shall be continually inserted
in the appropriate sections/parts of the Manual as it is approved.
B.
Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Submit to COTR within 90 calendar
days of Notice to Proceed one draft copy of the Operation and Maintenance Documentation
Directory. Format shall be as specified in Part 2 of this section. COTR will return comments
regarding the Directory and planned contents of the completed manual set within 30 calendar
days of receipt of submittal. Throughout the construction period of the project, the Directory
shall be updated to reflect changes resulting from other submittal approvals.
C.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals Initial Submittal: Submit four draft copies of each Manual
in the approved format at least 90 calendar days before requesting inspection for Substantial
Completion. Include a complete Operations and Maintenance Directory. COTR will return a
copy of draft within 30 calendar days of receipt, and mark whether general scope and content of
Manuals are acceptable.
D.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals Revised Submittals: Submit 4 revised copies of each
manual in final form, including one CD containing electronic O & M documentation, at least 45
calendar days before substantial completion or training, whichever occurs first. COTR will
return a copy with comments within 15 calendar days after receipt.
E.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals Final Submittal: Correct or modify each manual to comply
with COTR’s comments. Submit 6 copies of the Document Directory and each corrected
manual at least 15 calendar days before substantial completion or training whichever occurs
first.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
1.5
Provide four copies of all Operation and Maintenance Data in electronic format on CDROM consistent with the organization and format in the “Manuals, General” section. All
electronic files shall be in Adobe PDF format and limited to 10 megabytes in size per file.
COORDINATION
A.
Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more
than one factory-authorized service representative, the General Contractor shall assemble and
coordinate information furnished by representatives and prepare manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY
A.
Provide the Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory in separate binder from
operation and maintenance information. Binders, dividers and all portions of the Directory shall
comply with requirements of “Manuals, General” as applicable. Size of binder for directory
shall be appropriate for quantity of contents. Information in O & M Directory shall be in
alphabetical order with references to contract Division and Specification Section.
B.
Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
General Information.
List of systems and subsystems.
List of equipment.
List of Products
Table of contents.
C.
General Information: Include documents that are pertinent to the project, including, but not
limited to, a detailed description of the facility or project, general safety information and a users
guide to the project operation and maintenance manuals.
D.
List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation
and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
E.
List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For
pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. Include references to
operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
F.
List of Products: List products alphabetically to include all products not part of a system,
subsystem, or component of equipment. Include references to operation and maintenance
manuals that contain information about each product.
G.
Tables of Contents: Include a complete table of contents for each volume of the Operation and
Maintenance Manuals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
H.
Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual,
identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment and products with the same
designation used by the Authority. If no designation is provided for equipment, systems, subsystems, or equipment assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, “Preparation of
Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems.”
I.
Provide a draft of the proposed “Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory” at least
90 calendar days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Submit draft to
COTR for approval in writing.
2.2
MANUALS, GENERAL
A.
Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize information by Division and then into a
separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of
equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following in the order listed:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information
on the title page:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Specific subject matter included in manual such as Division number and title,
Specification Section number and title, equipment, systems and subsystems.
Name and number of the Contract.
Date of submittal.
Name, address, telephone number, and contact person of Contractor, Subcontractor, and
supplier.
Name and address of Architect/Engineer.
Cross-reference to related systems in other portions of the Operation and Maintenance
Manuals.
Table of Contents: Include a printed, printed by a laser printer, table of contents for each
volume, arranged according to the specification format. List each product included in manual,
identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to
Specification Section number in the Contract Documents.
1.
D.
Title page.
Table of contents.
Manual contents.
If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to
accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each
volume of the set.
Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents by Division then by
system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,
equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring thermoplastic loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on
spine to hold label describing contents. Binders shall not be filled beyond 75 percent of
their rated capacity. Binders shall also have boomerang plastic sheet lifters, concealed
rivet construction, and three-trigger position Dublock mechanism (lock, unlock, open) on
top and bottom of binders. Binder color shall be black unless another color is selected by
COTR.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
Dividers: Provide three-hole, heavyweight, plastic tabbed dividers, for each separate
section. Provide laser printed description for each tab section (front and back of tabs), to
indicate the appropriate Specification Section. Provide a description of the product or
heading for sub tabs using the same laser printed format on the dividers.
Provide a typed index describing each product, equipment, and subject addressed in each
section on the first page behind each section divider. Include a matching master table of
contents for each volume using the same indexing system. Install a colored sheet
between major topics and each different device within a tabbed section.
Protective Plastic Sleeves: Provide protective transparent plastic sheet protectors to
enclose the Title Page, all Table of Content pages, and photographs.
a.
5.
6.
Provide maximum 3 inch binder thickness. Smaller binders are acceptable as long
as 75 percent rated binder capacity is not exceeded.
If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data for a system, organize
data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Crossreference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper
operation or maintenance of equipment or system.
Identify each binder on front (If Identification cannot be placed on the front
provide as the first page) and spine, with printed title “OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL,” Contract number and name, and specific subject
matter of contents, such as “Division 23 Heating Ventilating and Air
Conditioning,” to include Specification Section. Indicate volume number for
multiple-volume sets. The use of business labels is prohibited.
For CD-ROMs, provide transparent plastic three-ring sleeves designed to
accommodate CD-ROMs.
Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch, 20-lb/sq. ft. white bond paper. Copies of faxed
materials may be rejected. Two-sided text shall be provided on 24-lb/sq. ft. white bond
paper to eliminate “bleed through” of text with a minimum brightness of 96.
Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a.
b.
If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and
use as foldouts.
If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in
transparent envelopes and bind envelopes with text. Insert typewritten pages
indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, in the transparent envelopes
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c.
E.
2.3
along with drawings. Drawings shall cross-reference the appropriate manual
volume and Specification Section. Drawing holding envelopes are not acceptable.
Provide operation and maintenance material on CD-ROM.
Transfer Cases: Manuals shall be submitted in durable, multiple thickness fiberboard transfer
boxes (legal-size boxes, 15 inches wide by 24 inches long by 10 inches high) with plastic tote
handles string and button closures, reinforced poly edge, and a large labeling area that
accurately describes the contents. Banker box, Fast Hold Liberty Plus P-12112 or as approved
by the Authority.
EMERGENCY INFORMATION MANUAL
A.
Content: Organize information by Division into a separate section for each of the following:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Type of emergency.
Emergency instructions.
Emergency procedures.
Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include
instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fire.
Water leak.
Power failure.
Water outage.
System, subsystem, or equipment failure.
C.
Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages,
and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of the Authority’s operating personnel
for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
D.
Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
Instructions on stopping.
Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.
Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
Special operating instructions and procedures.
Provide a draft of the proposed Emergency Information Manual. Submit draft at least 90
calendar days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion to COTR for approval in
writing.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.4
OPERATION INFORMATION MANUAL
A.
Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
individual Specification Sections and the following information. Organize manuals into
separate and distinct volumes by Division.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
B.
System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
Safety instruction and related issues.
Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
Operating standards.
Operating procedures.
Operating logs.
Wiring diagrams, including color-coding and terminal designations. Include all factory
preset or field-set dip switch and jumper settings for all electronic equipment.
Control diagrams.
Piped system diagrams.
Precautions against improper use.
License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
Material Safety Data Sheets.
Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Startup procedures.
Equipment or system break-in procedures.
Routine and normal operating instructions.
Regulation and control procedures.
Instructions on stopping.
Normal shutdown instructions.
Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
Special operating instructions and procedures.
Procedures or operations that may void warranty.
Copies of equipment warranties.
C.
Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as
installed.
D.
Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed and color-coding shall be used where required for
identification.
E.
Provide a draft of the proposed Operation Information Manual. Submit draft at least 90 calendar
days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion to COTR for approval in writing.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.5
PRODUCT MAINTENANCE INFORMATION MANUAL
A.
This Section shall contain information for all products with the exception of Systems and
Equipment, which shall be provided as indicated elsewhere in this Section.
B.
Content: Organize information into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.
Provide one section for architectural products, including applied materials and finishes, and a
second for products designed for moisture protection and products exposed to the weather.
Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and
sources, schedule of products, location of products and warranties and bonds, as described
below.
C.
Source Information: List each product included in manual identified by product name and
arranged to match manual’s table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and
telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference
Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
D.
Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
E.
Product name and model number.
Manufacturer’s name.
Color, pattern, and texture.
Material and chemical composition.
Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
Fire/flame-spread test certificates.
Material Safety Data Sheets.
Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer’s written recommendations and the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Inspection procedures.
Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
Repair instructions.
F.
Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and
related services.
G.
Schedule of Products and Locations: Provide complete information, including reference
drawings, in the materials and finishes manual on all products specified in Divisions 02 through
33.
H.
Warranties and Bonds: Provide copies of all applicable warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1.
Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
2.
Clearly indicate commencement and expiration dates.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I.
2.6
Provide a draft of the proposed Product Maintenance Information Manual. Submit draft at least
90 calendar days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion to COTR for approval
in writing.
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE INFORMATION MANUAL
A.
Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include
source information, manufacturers’ maintenance documentation, preventative maintenance
program, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and
source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as
described below. Organize information into separate and distinct volumes by Division, and
further divided into separate volumes by system (for example, HVAC systems and plumbing
systems).
B.
Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual
identified by product name and arranged to match manual’s table of contents. For each product,
list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C.
Descriptions: Include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Product name, model number, and location.
Manufacturer’s name.
Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
Equipment function.
Operating characteristics.
Limiting conditions.
Performance curves.
Engineering data and tests.
Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
Charts of valve tag numbers, with the room number location and function of each valve.
Circuit directories of panelboards for electric and electronic systems, including the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
D.
Electric service.
Controls.
Telecommunications.
Computer network.
Security.
Manufacturers’ Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers’ maintenance documentation
including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
1.
2.
Safety information.
Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
4.
5.
Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly
and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
E.
Preventative Maintenance Plan: Provide an annual preventative maintenance plan indicating
when maintenance tasks should be performed, such that work is spread evenly as possible
throughout the year. Preventative Maintenance should not be misconstrued as reconditioning,
or major repairs or replacement of components, but designed to reveal through certain
procedures and inspection the need for such actions in time to prevent malfunctions during
operation.
F.
Preventative Maintenance and Maintenance and Repair Procedures: Include the following
information and items that detail essential preventative maintenance and maintenance and repair
procedures:
1.
Preventative Maintenance:
a.
Provide instructions and location diagrams for the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
2.
Checking general condition of System and Components.
Inspecting for accumulation of dust, dirt or any foreign matter, and clean as
needed.
Cleaning or replacing all filters and screens and adjust packing for pumps,
valves, etc.
Examining indicating lamps, gauges, thermometers, etc., and replace as
required.
Checking electrical primary, secondary, terminal blocks and contacts, for
loose connections.
Checking Operation of strainers, valves, instruments and control switches,
including their contacts.
Checking instrument transformers for proper condition and replace burned
out fuses.
Removing dust from all electrical insulators and insulation and inspecting
bus bars and connections for proper condition, loose connection, and
overheating or overloads.
Examining safety interlocks, automatic shutters, dampers, valves, etc, and
their operating mechanisms for proper operation.
Checking space heaters, thermostats, and all controls for proper operation
Lubricating mechanisms, contacts, and other moving component parts.
Specific procedures applicable to specialized equipment and systems.
Maintenance and Repairs:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
Include information and detailed diagnostic testing and inspection instructions, and
procedures that detail essential system and equipment maintenance procedures
including but not limited to:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
b.
Examination of shaft seal for excessive leakage.
Monitoring of systems for excessive bearing noise.
Checking equipment motor housing for excessive heat buildup.
Measuring and recording suction and discharge pressures.
Verifying lubrication requirements.
Realignment of shaft coupling.
Checking motor amperes drawn at full load.
Checking motor shaft run-out
Performing thermographic scanning of motor starters, motors, pumps and all
mechanical and electrical equipment that requires a connection.
Proper cleaning and corrosion control of drip pan and drainage lines.
Inspection of internal equipment components for unusual wear of failure.
Procedures for maintenance including precautions against improper
maintenance.
Include the following information and items that detail essential system and
equipment repair procedures:
1)
2)
G.
Complete troubleshooting guide.
Complete repair instructions including equipment and component removal,
disassembly, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
3)
Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions including noise, vibration and
efficiency adjustments.
4)
Demonstration and training videotape, if such videotape, CD or DVD is
provided by the manufacturer.
Maintenance Service Schedules
1.
Provide recommended frequencies, inspections, service and lubrication requirements, list
of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
a.
b.
H.
Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly,
quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.
Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers’ forms for recording
maintenance.
Spare Parts List, Recommended Inventory Requirements and Source Information: Include lists
of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers’
maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I.
Schedule of Products and Locations: Provide complete information, including reference
drawings if necessary, in the Equipment and Systems manual on all products specified in
Divisions 02 through 33.
J.
Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of all applicable warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1.
2.
K.
2.7
Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
Clearly indicate commencement and expiration dates.
Provide a draft of the proposed Product Maintenance Information Manual. Submit draft at least
90 calendar days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion to COTR for approval
in writing.
WARRANTY INFORMATION MANUAL
A.
Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
Contract Specifications. Warranty documents include Contractor and Major Subcontractors
warranty letters, special warranty documents, and manufacturer's warranties.
B.
Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring thermoplastic loose-leaf binders in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine
to hold label describing contents. Binders shall not be filled beyond 75 percent of their rated
capacity. Binders shall also have boomerang plastic sheet lifters, metal backbone, concealed
rivet construction, and three-trigger position DublLock mechanism (lock, unlock, open) on top
and bottom. Binder color shall be black unless another color is selected by COTR.
C.
Identify each binder on front (If identification can not be attached to the front include it as the
first page in the manual) and spine, with printed title "PROJECT WARRANTIES," Contract
number and name. The use of business labels is prohibited.
D.
Dividers: Provide three-hole, heavyweight, tabbed dividers, for each separate section. Provide
laser printed description front and back of tabs, to indicate the appropriate Specification
Section. Provide a typed index of the contents in each section on the first page behind each
section divider. Include a matching master table of contents for the manual using the same
indexing system. Install a colored sheet between each different warranty within a tabbed
section.
E.
Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
F.
Provide a draft of the proposed Warranty Manual. Submit draft at least 90 calendar days before
requesting inspection for Substantial Completion to COTR for approval in writing.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 12
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
MANUAL PREPARATION
A.
Compile all required information, as it is approved, into volumes grouped first by specification
Division and then by Section in accordance with the information requirements outlined in Part 2
of this specification section and the approved Operation and Maintenance Manual Format.
B.
Emergency Information: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating
procedures for use by emergency personnel and by the Authority’s operating personnel for
types of emergencies indicated.
C.
Product Maintenance Information: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating
manufacturer’s product information, part numbers, description and care and maintenance
instructions for each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
D.
Operation and Maintenance Information: Assemble a complete set of operation and
maintenance and repair data providing complete information for each system, subsystem and
piece of equipment. Include complete operation, preventative maintenance, maintenance and
repair instructions, and parts listing with sources indicated; recommended parts inventory
listing, and similar information. Include all diagnostic and repair information available to
manufacturer’s and Installer’s maintenance personnel.
1.
2.
E.
Manufacturers’ Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers’ standard printed data, include
only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet with black arrows to
identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one
item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract
Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not
applicable.
1.
F.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information
for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional
manual for use by the Authority’s operating personnel.
Provide supplementary text if manufacturers’ standard printed data are not provided by
the manufacturer. Provide supplementary text where the information is necessary for
proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers’ printed data to illustrate the
relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and
flow diagrams and their relation to the structure or facility. Coordinate these drawings with
information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed
installation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 13
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
G.
Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of Operation and Maintenance
Manuals.
Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 01 Section
“Project Record Documents.”
Comply with Division 01 Section “Project Closeout” for a schedule for submitting operation
and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 017823
_____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017823 - 14
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions and other
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Documents, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.3
Record Drawings.
Record Specifications
Record Product Data.
Record Samples.
Record Schedule.
Miscellaneous Record Submittals.
Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CADD) requirements for Record Drawings.
Division 01 Section “Construction Progress Documentation" for construction schedules
as basis for Record Schedule.
Division 01 Section “Quality Requirements” for ensuring the record drawings and
specifications are kept current on a daily basis and marked to show deviations which have
been made from the original Contract documents
Division 01 Section "Project Closeout " for general closeout procedures
Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance
manual requirements.
Divisions 02 through 28 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record
Documents of products in those Sections.
SUBMITTALS
A.
CADD Record Drawings. Comply with the following:
1.
Submit copies of CADD Record Drawings as follows:
a.
Initial Submittal: Submit one set of complete, full-sized, CADD Record
Drawings. Additional sets of drawings are not to be copied and submitted until
after substantial completion to insure all changes are shown on the drawings. The
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b.
COTR will facilitate review of drawings and indicate whether the CADD Record
Drawings are acceptable. The COTR will return review comments indicating any
corrections that need to be made to the drawings. The corrected CADD Record
Drawings may then be reproduced, and organized into sets, printed, bound, and
submitted as final submittal.
Final Submittal: After construction is complete and changes are recorded, submit
six complete, full-sized, printed sets of CADD Record Drawings. Include each
sheet, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. Submit
two copies of the CADD Record drawings in the approved electronic format. In
addition, submit the original set of marked-up record drawings onto which the
mark-ups were made.
B.
Record Specifications: Submit two copies of Project Specifications, including addenda and
contract modifications.
C.
Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal at the direction of the
COTR.
1.
Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals,
submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead of submittal as Record
Product Data.
D.
Record Samples: Submit Record Samples as specified.
E.
Record Schedule: Submit three copies of Record Schedule.
F.
Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Submit miscellaneous Record Submittals as specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
Record Prints: During construction, maintain one complete, full sized, set of blue- or black-line
prints of the Drawings, applicable shop drawings, and coordination drawings for record
purposes. These drawings shall be updated periodically, by the contractor, in CADD to replace
the hand mark-ups. The mark-ups shall be preserved for the record. A complete set of
Drawings in CADD will be provided to the Contractor for his use in maintaining the CADD
Record Drawings. The CADD files will be provided in Autodesk AutoCAD.
1.
2.
Maintenance of Drawings: Maintain the drawings in a clean, dry, legible condition.
Keep drawings available during normal working hours for inspection by the COTR.
Preparation: Routinely mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where
installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained
record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to
prepare the mark-ups on the record set.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
b.
c.
3.
Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be
difficult to identify or measure and record later especially underground structures.
Record information in an understandable drawing technique. Ensure mark-ups are
legible and reproducible.
Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check markups
before enclosing concealed installations.
Dimensional changes to Drawings.
Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
Locations and depths of underground utilities.
Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
Revisions to electrical circuitry.
Actual equipment locations.
Locations of concealed internal utilities.
Changes made by Change Notice and RFI.
Changes made following COTR's written orders.
Details not on the original Drawings.
Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
Mark the Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual
physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, insert
them into drawing set and assign an appropriate sheet number (one that follows the
number sequence of the contract drawings). Show cross-references to the new sheets on
the Drawings. Update drawing index as needed to reflect new sheets.
Mark record drawings with red pen that will reproduce clearly. Use different colors to
distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or not
indicated on the original Drawings.
Note applicable Construction Change Notices, Requests for Information, Technical
Support Requests, and similar identification numbers, where applicable. Copies of
change documentation shall be inserted into the set for clarification but are not a
substitute for mark-ups. If identification numbers for documentation are marked on the
drawing when no change resulted, indicate "No Change".
Newly Prepared Project Record Drawing Sheets: The contractor may add new sheets with
supporting sketches and change documentation instead of marking original sheets when neither
the original Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation or if the new
sheets can show the changes more clearly or additional space is required for markup
information.
1.
2.
3.
Assign a number to each new sheet and cross-reference on the appropriate related sheets.
Consult with COTR for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to
record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction.
Integrate newly prepared sheets into Record Drawing sets and update drawing index to
reflect new sheets.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Format:
1.
2.
3.
Identify and date each Record Drawing. Include the designation “PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING” in a prominent location on each sheet.
Cover Sheet shall have the designation “PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS”, Date,
Name of Contractor, and signature.
Record CADD Drawings:
a.
b.
4.
Include the following identification on newly prepared Project Record Drawing Sheets:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
5.
D.
CADD files provided by COTR and utilized for recording of record mark-ups shall
maintain the format of the files provided. Place electronic mark-ups in a newly
created layer on each drawing.
CADD files created by Contractor: Organize CADD information into separate
electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Record Drawing set. Name
each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each CADD file.
Project name.
Date.
Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING."
Name of Architect/Engineer (if applicable).
Name of Contractor.
Initials of person incorporating the change.
Drawing identification number. (Ixx/Dxx)
Organization of Newly Prepared Project Record Drawing Prints: Organize newly
prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets. Include any contract required
coordination drawings and applicable shop drawings. Bind each set with durable paper
cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RECORD DRAWINGS
1.
2.
3.
When there are multiple copies of the same sheet with different mark-ups on each copy,
the General Contractor is responsible for consolidating all mark-ups onto a single copy of
each individual sheet.
The information from all RFI's, Change Notices, Design Clarifications, field adjustments,
or any other changes, must be noted on the appropriate drawing. These mark-ups must
include enough information to clearly show the actual constructed conditions resulting
from the change. The information may be drawn onto the drawing, copied onto the
drawing or copied onto a new full size sheet. Every change in construction must have
RFI’s, Change Orders or similar supplementary documents; therefore they must be
copied in original size and attached to the back of the preceding drawing or at the end of
the drawing set, as an appendix, as a full size sheet, same in size as the drawing set.
Multiple RFI’s, CN’s and other supplemental documents may be copied in each single
sheet.
All changes made on the drawings shall reference the appropriate RFI, Change Notices,
Design Clarification, or details from the contractor prepared shop drawings. If the markup is due to a field adjustment, it shall be indicated as such.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
5.
6.
2.2
Additional Sheets such as shop drawings and sheets showing copies of applicable change
documentation must be inserted into the set as necessary. Such sheets shall have a title
block.
All shop drawings showing information not on the construction drawings (with the
exception of concrete embedded steel reinforcement bending drawings and steel reaction
and fabrication drawings) shall be marked up and included in the record drawing set.
They shall be the same size (changes in scale noted) as all other drawings, include a title
block, and clearly indicate that they are record shop drawings. When the shop drawings
more accurately show locations and conditions, they may be marked in lieu of referenced
on the original drawings. This does not relieve the contractor from the shop drawing
inclusion requirements in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals that are a separate
item
Include contract required coordination drawings in the record drawing set.
RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A.
Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. Print marked
specifications, addenda, and contract modifications on paper any color but white and ensure that
black font is clearly legible on the color chosen. Use the same paper color throughout the
project. Use black font for these changes.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.3
Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
Mark copy with the brand name and model number of products, materials, and equipment
furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary
to provide a record of selections made.
For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in
operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data.
Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable.
RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A.
Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable.
Upon completion of mark-up, submit a complete set of record Product Data to COTR for
the Authority's records.
Where Record Product Data is required as part of maintenance manuals, submit
marked-up product data as an insert in the manual.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.4
RECORD SAMPLE SUBMITTAL
A.
2.5
Prior to date of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet the Authority's personnel at
the site to determine which of the samples maintained during the construction period shall be
transmitted to the Authority for record purposes. Comply with the COTR's instructions for
packaging, identification marking, and delivery to the Authority's sample storage space.
Dispose of other samples in manner specified for disposal of surplus and waste materials.
RECORD SCHEDULE
A.
Record Schedule Submittal: Immediately prior to date of inspection for Final Acceptance,
submit a copy of the As-built Contract CPM Schedule (if applicable) to the COTR.
B.
Mark the Contractor’s Construction Schedule to show actual start and finish dates for all work
activities and milestones, based on the accepted monthly updates. This Record Schedule shall
be in same format as Contractor’s Construction Schedule. This Record Schedule shall be in
tabular and in time-scaled PDM plot formats.
2.6
MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A.
Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous
record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file
miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to
COTR.
1.
Categories of requirements resulting in miscellaneous records include, but are not limited
to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
Field records on excavations.
Field records on underground construction and similar Work.
Survey showing locations and elevations of underground lines.
Authorized measurements utilizing unit prices or allowances.
Ambient and substrate condition tests.
Certifications received in lieu of labels on bulk products.
Batch mixing and bulk delivery records.
Testing and qualification of tradesmen.
Documented qualification of installation firms.
Load and performance testing.
Inspections and certifications by governing authorities.
Leakage and water-penetration tests.
Fire resistance and flame spread test results.
Final inspection and correction procedures.
Summary letter from Special Inspector indicating structural work was completed in
accordance with applicable standards.
Report of potable water testing.
Backflow prevention certificates.
Final inspections of all trades.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
s.
t.
Certificates for piping for fire protection systems and FPS supervisory systems.
Approvals of Health Department or FDA as applicable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A.
Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project
Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as
they occur.
B.
Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the
field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project
Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and
in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Repair or reproduce
torn or dirty sheets. Provide access to Project Record Documents for COTR's reference during
normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 017839
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing the Authority's
personnel, including the following:
1.
2.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
Division 01 Section “Application for Payment for cost values assigned to Demonstration
and Training requirements.
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for preinstruction conferences.
Division 01 Section “Operation and Maintenance Data for preparing and submitting
demonstration and training agenda and course of study.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Instruction Program: Submit, 90 calendar days prior to request for substantial completion
inspection, two copies of outline of instructional program for demonstration and training,
including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names
for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.
1.
2.
B.
Provide two separate sessions per module. One session per module shall be conducted
after normal working hours.
At completion of training, submit six (6) complete set(s) of training manual(s) for the
Authority's use.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article provide
credentials to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects
with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other
information specified. Provide credentials to demonstrate the capabilities and experience of
firms required by this Section.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
017900 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Attendance Record:
instruction time.
D.
Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and
documentation of performance-based test.
1.4
For each training module, submit list of participants and length of
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating
maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for
this Project. Provide 4 references for the Facilitator’s firm that will be used to determine if their
training and education has indicated a record of successful learning performance.
B.
Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with
requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and
maintenance procedures and training.
C.
Pre-instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.5
Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.
Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials,
instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays.
Review required content of instruction.
Review weather, forecasted weather conditions, and procedures to follow if conditions
are unfavorable for instruction that must occur outside.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate instruction schedule with the Authority's operations. Adjust schedule as required to
minimize disrupting the Authority's operations. Coordinate with COTR.
B.
Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction
time, and course content.
C.
Coordinate content of training agenda with content of approved emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data
has been reviewed and approved by COTR.
D.
Ensure that approved Operations and Maintenance Manuals are available prior to conducting
any training.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
017900 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A.
Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training agenda for
each system, sub system, and equipment. Develop an instruction program for equipment that is
not part of a system or a subsystem, as required by individual Specification Sections, and as
follows:
1.
2.
B.
Fire-protection systems, including fire alarm fire pumps and fire-extinguishing systems.
Electrical service and distribution, including switchboards, panelboards, uninterruptible
power supplies and motor controls.
Training Agenda: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each agenda. Submit
to COTR 45 calendar days prior to request for substantial completion inspection. Include a
description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each
module, include instruction for the following:
1.
Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
3.
System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
Operating standards.
Regulatory requirements.
Equipment function.
Operating characteristics.
Limiting conditions.
Performance curves.
Emergency manuals.
Operations manuals.
Maintenance manuals.
Project Record Documents.
Identification systems.
Hazards/Material Safety Data Sheets.
Warranties and bonds.
Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages.
Instructions on stopping.
Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
Special operating instructions and procedures.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
017900 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Operations: Include the following, as applicable:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
5.
Adjustments: Include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
6.
Diagnostic instructions.
Test and inspection procedures.
Maintenance: Include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
8.
Alignments.
Checking adjustments.
Noise and vibration adjustments.
Economy and efficiency adjustments.
Troubleshooting: Include the following:
a.
b.
7.
Startup procedures.
Equipment or system break-in procedures.
Routine and normal operating instructions.
Regulation and control procedures.
Control sequences.
Safety procedures.
Instructions on stopping.
Normal shutdown instructions.
Operating procedures for emergencies.
Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
Special operating instructions and procedures.
Inspection procedures.
Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
Procedures for routine cleaning
Procedures for preventive maintenance.
Procedures for routine maintenance.
Instruction on use of special tools.
Repairs: Include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Diagnosis instructions.
Repair instructions.
Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly
instructions.
Instructions for identifying parts and components.
Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
017900 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training
module. Assemble training agenda into a combined training manual.
B.
Provide conditioned space with tables and chairs for conducting the classroom portion of all
training.
C.
Provide instructional equipment at instruction location.
3.2
INSTRUCTION
A.
Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training agenda, to
coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and COTR for number of
participants, instruction times, and location.
B.
Engage qualified instructors to instruct the Authority's personnel to adjust, operate, and
maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
1.
2.
C.
Furnish an instructor, approved by COTR, to describe basis of each system designed for
this project, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements.
COTR will furnish Contractor with names of training participants.
Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires
seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1.
2.
Schedule training with COTR with at least 15 calendar days’ advance notice.
Submit a daily training agenda (module) to COTR for review and approval for each
system/equipment no later than 15calendar days prior to the scheduled system equipment
startup. After granting the agenda approval, COTR shall provide a listing of dates, times,
and places of the training programs for Contractor coordination.
D.
Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's
mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.
E.
Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to the Authority. Remove
instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial
training use.
END OF SECTION 017900
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
017900 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings, Contract Provisions, Special Provisions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.3
Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
Division 01 Section "Summary" for use of the premises and phasing requirements.
Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for pre-construction photographs
taken before selective demolition.
Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and
environmental-protection measures for selective demolition operations.
Division 01 Section “Quality Requirements” for professional engineer qualifications.
Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for
selective demolition operations.
Division 22 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating plumbing items.
Division 26 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating electrical items.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off airport
property, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B.
Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to the
Authority ready for reuse.
C.
Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and
reinstall them where indicated.
D.
Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not
otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For demolition firm and/or professional engineer.
B.
Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending
dates for each activity. Ensure Authority's building manager's and other tenants' on-site
operations are uninterrupted.
Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.
Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
Use of elevator and stairs.
Locations of proposed dust- and noise-control temporary partitions and means of egress
, including for other tenants affected by selective demolition operations.
Coordination of Authority’s and Authority’s tenants continuing occupancy of portions of
existing building and of Authority's and the Authority’s tenants partial occupancy of
completed Work.
Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from
building.
C.
Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed
and salvaged.
D.
Pre-demolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site
improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
selective demolition operations.
Comply with Division 01 Section "Photographic
Documentation." Submit before Work begins.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work
similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B.
Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA approved certification
program.
C.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: Comply with Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."
D.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.
E.
Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NFPA 241 and the USBC.
F.
Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Project Coordination and Meetings." Review methods and procedures
related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
4.
1.6
Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials,
demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid
delays.
Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed
by selective demolition operations.
Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
The Authority and tenants will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective
demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so the Authority's and tenants' operations will
not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to COTR of activities that will affect the
Authority's and tenants' operations.
B.
Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
1.
C.
Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without
written permission from COTR.
The Authority assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished.
1.
The Authority as far as practical will maintain conditions existing at time of inspection
for proposal purposes.
D.
Hazardous Materials: For additional information regarding hazardous materials refer to Section
“Supplementary Conditions”.
In addition coordinate with the Authority’s Building
Codes/Environmental Department through the Authority Project Manager.
E.
Storage or sale of removed items or materials on airport property is not permitted.
F.
Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
1.
1.7
Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
WARRANTY
A.
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
1.
If possible, retain original installer or fabricator to patch the exposed Work listed below
that is damaged during selective demolition. If it is impossible to engage original
installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm.
a.
b.
Firestopping.
HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.8
DAMAGES AND PRE-EXISTING CONDITIONS
A.
For additional requirements regarding damages and pre-existing conditions, see "Supplementary
Conditions."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
REPAIR MATERIALS
A.
Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
1.
2.
B.
If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials.
Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification
Sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B.
Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.
C.
Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be
removed and salvaged.
D.
When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to COTR.
E.
Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing
any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of
structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.
F.
Survey of Existing Conditions:
photographs.
1.
Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction
Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Photographic
Documentation."
2.
Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be
reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements,
materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
G.
3.2
Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition
activities
UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.
A.
Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
1.
B.
Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in
Division 1 Section "Summary."
Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility
services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1.
2.
3.
COTR will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor.
For additional information concerning utility outages refer to “Supplementary
Conditions”.
If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before
proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass
area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other
parts of building.
Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. Remove conductors back to source
of supply.
a.
3.3
Where entire wall is to be removed, existing services/systems may be removed
with removal of the wall.
PREPARATION
A.
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1.
B.
Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 01 Section
“Temporary Facilities and Controls.”
Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent
injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1.
2.
3.
Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and
to and from occupied portions of building.
Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of
existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage
and damage to structure and interior areas.
Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are
exposed during selective demolition operations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
5.
C.
Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve
stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction to remain, and to
prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.
1.
3.4
Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
Comply with requirement for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling
specified in Division 1 Section “temporary Facilities and Controls.”
Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition, as
designed by Contractor's professional engineer.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A.
General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations and as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete
selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting
members on the next lower level.
Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and
chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to
remain.
Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring
existing finished surfaces.
Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden
space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable firesuppression devices during flame-cutting operations at all levels exposed to cutting
operations and debris.
Obtain written approval from COTR before use of open flame. Obtain a welding/cutting
permit from the Code Enforcement Division of the Metropolitan Washington Airports
Authority Fire and Rescue Department before use of open flame.
Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and
promptly dispose of off of Airport property.
Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid
free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing
before selective demolition operations began.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Existing Facilities: Comply with the Authority’s requirements for using and protecting
elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during
selective demolition operations.
C.
Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D.
Removed and Reinstalled Items: Comply with the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
E.
3.5
Clean salvaged items.
Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
Store items in a secure area until delivery to the Authority.
Transport items to the Authority's storage area designated by COTR.
Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
If items are lost or damaged, they shall be replaced at Contractor's expense.
Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint
equipment to match new equipment.
Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new
materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by COTR, items may be removed to a suitable,
protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their
original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A.
General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or
otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site
and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces
and areas.
Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that
will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Waste
Management."
B.
Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C.
Disposal: Transport demolished materials off the Authority's property and legally dispose of
them.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.6
CLEANING
A.
3.7
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition
operations began.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE
A.
Existing Construction to be removed under this contract: Existing standpipe in ATCT after new
standpipe is fully operational.
B.
Existing Items to be removed and salvaged under this contract: N/A
C.
Existing Items to be removed and reinstalled under this contract: N/A
END OF SECTION 024119
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
024119 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 033053 - MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture
design, placement procedures, and finishes.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Other Action Submittal:
1.
1.4
Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing readymixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for
production facilities and equipment.
B.
Comply with the following sections of ACI 301 (ACI 301M), unless modified by requirements
in the Contract Documents:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
"General Requirements."
"Formwork and Formwork Accessories."
"Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports."
"Concrete Mixtures."
"Handling, Placing, and Constructing."
"Lightweight Concrete."
Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and
Materials."
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
FORMWORK
A.
2.2
Furnish formwork and formwork accessories according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A.
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
B.
Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, fabricated from as-drawn
steel wire into flat sheets.
2.3
CONCRETE MATERIALS
A.
Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and
source throughout Project:
1.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. Supplement with the following:
a.
b.
2.
Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.
Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.
Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595, Type IS, portland blast-furnace slag cement.
B.
Normal-Weight Aggregate:
aggregate size.
C.
Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330, 1-inch (25-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size.
D.
Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M.
2.4
ASTM C 33, graded, 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) nominal maximum
ADMIXTURES
A.
Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
B.
Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with
other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those
permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium
chloride.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.
6.
2.5
High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:
ASTM C 494/C 494M,
Type G.
Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
RELATED MATERIALS
A.
Vapor Retarder: Plastic sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class A or B.
B.
Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm) thick; or
plastic sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C.
C.
Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or
self-expanding cork.
2.6
CURING MATERIALS
A.
Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application
to fresh concrete.
B.
Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth or cotton mats.
C.
Moisture-Retaining Cover:
sheet.
D.
Water: Potable.
E.
Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.
F.
Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound:
Type 1, Class A.
2.7
ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene
ASTM C 1315,
CONCRETE MIXTURES
A.
Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) requirements for concrete mixtures.
B.
Normal-Weight Concrete:
(ACI 301M), as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301
Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) at 28 days.
Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45.
Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and
silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would
otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent.
Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm), plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm).
Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301 (ACI 301M). Do not allow
air content of trowel-finished floor slabs to exceed 3 percent.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.8
CONCRETE MIXING
A.
Ready-Mixed Concrete:
Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information.
1.
B.
When air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to
60 minutes.
Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer.
1.
2.
3.
For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2
minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of
batch is released.
For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds
for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m).
Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project
identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water
added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
FORMWORK
A.
3.2
Design, construct, erect, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
EMBEDDED ITEMS
A.
3.3
Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work
attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
VAPOR RETARDERS
A.
Install, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position
with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour.
1.
3.4
Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive or
joint tape.
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A.
Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting
reinforcement.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
3.5
Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
placing concrete.
JOINTS
A.
General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B.
Construction Joints: Locate and install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired,
at locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
C.
Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning
concrete into areas as indicated or as approved by Architect. Construct contraction joints for a
depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness, as follows:
1.
D.
Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces,
such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
1.
3.6
Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete
when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before
concrete develops random contraction cracks.
Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete
surface, unless otherwise indicated.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A.
Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) for placing concrete.
B.
Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to
limitations of ACI 301 (ACI 301M).
C.
Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement.
D.
Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment.
3.7
FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A.
3.8
Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes
and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/2 inch
(13 mm).
FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES
A.
General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for
concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or
darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater
appears on surface.
1.
C.
3.9
Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations.
Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces
exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a
cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system.
CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A.
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301
(ACI 301M) for hot-weather protection during curing.
B.
Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during
finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing,
screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
C.
Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
surface.
D.
Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a
combination of the following methods:
1.
Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
Water.
Continuous water-fog spray.
Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining
cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped
at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less
than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover
material and waterproof tape.
Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
damage during curing period.
Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a
continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity
of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.10
A.
REPAIRS
Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Section 014000 specifies general requirements for the Contractor’s Quality Control Program.
B.
Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
C.
The following describes the minimum inspection and testing required in the Contractor’s
Quality Control Program for the work of this section. THE IMPLEMENTATION OF A
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM DOES NOT RELIEVE THE
CONTRACTOR FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE WORK IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS, AND
GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall include, but not
limited to, the elements included herein. These elements are provided only as a minimum
starting point for the contractor to use to generate the complete Contractor’s Quality Control
Program.
D.
Contractor shall engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform inspections
and tests and to prepare test reports.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether test
specimens comply with or deviate from requirements.
Provide testing agency with access so required inspection and testing can be
accomplished.
Test results and inspections shall be reported in writing to COTR, Contractor, and
Engineer within 48 hours of testing. In addition, concrete supplier shall receive a copy of
the compressive-strength reports.
Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain the following:
a.
Project identification name and number.
b.
Date of concrete placement.
c.
Name of concrete testing and inspecting agency.
d.
Location concrete was placed in the Work.
e.
Design compressive strength at 28 days.
f.
Concrete mix proportions and materials
g.
Compressive breaking strength.
h.
Type of break.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E.
Provide a facility for the temporary curing and storage of concrete test cylinders. Maintain the
temperature inside surrounding the cylinders in conformance with ASTM C31. Provide a
minimum/ maximum reading thermometer to verify compliance with the temperature
requirements.
F.
Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace Work that inspection and testing indicates does
not comply with specified requirements.
G.
Additional testing and inspection, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements.
4.2
TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS
A.
An independent testing agency, acceptable to the COTR and qualified according to
ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E 548.
1.
2.
4.3
Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program.
Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing
Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency
laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician Grade II.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and
inspections and to submit reports.
B.
Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
Steel reinforcement placement.
Steel reinforcement welding.
Headed bolts and studs.
Verification of use of required design mixture.
Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.
Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature.
Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and
slabs.
Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1.
Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete
mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50
cu. yd. or fraction thereof.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not
less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests
when concrete consistency appears to change.
Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for
each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete
mixture.
Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F
and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample.
Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31.
a.
b.
6.
b.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each
composite sample.
Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite
sample.
Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test one set of two laboratory-cured
specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days.
a.
7.
When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests
for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly
selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
Test one set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens
at 28 days.
A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of
two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated.
When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratorycured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures
for protecting and curing in-place concrete.
Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three
consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength
and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by
more than 500 psi.
Test results shall be reported in writing to COTR, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor
within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project
identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and
inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28
days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and
type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests.
Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may
be permitted by COTR but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of
concrete.
Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete
when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other
requirements have not been met, as directed by COTR. Testing and inspecting agency
may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with
ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by COTR.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
12.
13.
D.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not comply
with the Contract Documents.
Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 48 hours of
finishing
END OF SECTION 033053
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033053 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 042000 - UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
1.2
Concrete masonry units (CMU's).
PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A.
Preconstruction Testing Service: General Contractor will engage a qualified independent
testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Retesting of materials that
fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense.
1.
1.3
Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required, according to ASTM C 140
for compressive strength.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Material Certificates: For each type and size of product indicated. For masonry units include
data on material properties.
C.
Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of
ingredients.
1.
2.
1.4
Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test
according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water
retention, and ASTM C 91 for air content.
Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with
compressive strength requirement.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Masonry Standard:
Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by
requirements in the Contract Documents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice
or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost
or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
B.
Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL
A.
Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to
contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use units
where such defects will be exposed in the completed Work.
B.
Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide units that comply with requirements for fireresistance ratings indicated as determined by testing according to ASTM E 119, by equivalent
masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2.2
CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A.
Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints,
headers, bonding, and other special conditions.
B.
CMUs: ASTM C 90.
C.
Concrete Building Brick: ASTM C 55.
2.3
CONCRETE LINTELS
A.
General: Provide one of the following:
B.
Concrete Lintels: ASTM C 1623, matching CMUs in color, texture, and density classification;
and with reinforcing bars indicated. Provide lintels with net-area compressive strength not less
than CMUs.
C.
Concrete Lintels: Precast or formed-in-place concrete lintels complying with requirements in
Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete," and with reinforcing bars indicated.
D.
Masonry Lintels: Prefabricated or built-in-place masonry lintels made from bond beam CMUs
with reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.4
MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A.
Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing
no other ingredients.
B.
Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
C.
Capital Materials Corporation; Flamingo Color Masonry Cement.
Cemex S.A.B. de C.V.
Essroc, Italcementi Group.
Holcim (US) Inc.
Lafarge North America Inc.
Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Masonry Cement.
National Cement Company, Inc.; Coosa Masonry Cement.
Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.
1.
For joints less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing
the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve.
D.
Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.
E.
Water: Potable.
2.5
REINFORCEMENT
A.
Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951/A 951M.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
2.6
Interior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel.
Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.148-inch (3.77-mm) diameter.
Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148-inch (3.77-mm) diameter.
Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c.
Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet (3 m).
Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with
single pair of side rods.
TIES AND ANCHORS
A.
Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that
comply with the following unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Hot-Dip
Galvanized,
Carbon-Steel
ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating.
Wire:
ASTM A 82/A 82M;
with
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel,
with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B coating.
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B.
Wire Ties, General: Unless otherwise indicated, size wire ties to extend at least halfway
through veneer but with at least 5/8-inch (16-mm) cover on outside face. Outer ends of wires
are bent 90 degrees and extend 2 inches (50 mm) parallel to face of veneer.
C.
Individual Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches (100 mm)
wide.
1.
Wire: Fabricate from 3/16-inch- (4.76-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire.
D.
Partition Top anchors: 0.105-inch- (2.66-mm-) thick metal plate with 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-)
diameter metal rod 6 inches (152 mm) long welded to plate and with closed-end plastic tube
fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel, hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication.
E.
Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel bars 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 1/4 inch (6.35 mm)
thick by 24 inches (610 mm) long, with ends turned up 2 inches (51 mm) or with cross pins
unless otherwise indicated.
1.
2.7
Corrosion Protection: Hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A.
General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise
indicated.
1.
2.
3.
Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
Use portland cement-lime or masonry cement mortar unless otherwise indicated.
Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to
view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.
B.
Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix.
Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients
before delivering to Project site.
C.
Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the
following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated.
1.
D.
For interior non-load-bearing partitions, Type O may be used instead of Type N.
Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will
comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces
and pour height.
Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, paragraph 4.2.2 for specified 28-day
compressive strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi (14 MPa).
Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (203 to 279 mm) as measured according to
ASTM C 143/C 143M.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous
pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp,
unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install
cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.
B.
Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and
textures.
3.2
TOLERANCES
A.
Dimensions and Locations of Elements:
1.
2.
3.
B.
For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch (12
mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).
For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or
minus 1/2 inch (12 mm).
For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or
minus 1/4 inch (6 mm) in a story height or 1/2 inch (12 mm) total.
Lines and Levels:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4
inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary
from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6
m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6
mm in 3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and
expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3
mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in
3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Joints:
1.
2.
3.
3.3
For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch
(3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch (12 mm).
For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8
inch (9 mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).
For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus
1/8 inch (3 mm).
LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A.
Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.
Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at
other locations.
B.
Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in
running bond; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face
dimensions at corners or jambs.
C.
Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections.
Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
D.
Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.
E.
Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing plates, beams, lintels,
posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated.
3.4
MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A.
Lay hollow CMUs as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints.
With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters.
With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on
footings.
With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on
footings where cells are not grouted.
B.
Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient
mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head
joints.
C.
Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint
thickness unless otherwise indicated.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
3.5
Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than
paint) unless otherwise indicated.
MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A.
General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8
inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a
minimum of 6 inches (150 mm).
1.
2.
3.
Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c.
Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 mm) o.c. in foundation walls and
parapet walls.
Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 mm) above and below wall openings
and extending 12 inches (305 mm) beyond openings in addition to continuous
reinforcement.
B.
Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units.
D.
Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units.
3.6
ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE
A.
Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete where masonry abuts or faces structural steel or
concrete to comply with the following:
1.
2.
3.
3.7
Provide an open space not less than 1 inch (25 mm) wide between masonry and structural
steel or concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other
rigid materials.
Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure.
Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. vertically and 36
inches (915 mm) o.c. horizontally.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing and Inspecting: Contractor will engage special inspectors to perform tests and
inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as
needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with
specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense.
B.
Inspections: Level 1 special inspections according to the "International Building Code."
1.
Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of siteprepared mortar.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades,
sizes, and locations of reinforcement.
Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout.
C.
Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests.
D.
Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for
compressive strength.
E.
Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to
ASTM C 780.
3.8
REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING
A.
In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove
mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.
B.
Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:
1.
2.
3.9
Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for
comparison purposes.
Clean brick by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical
Notes 20.
MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
A.
Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soilcontaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill
material as fill is placed.
1.
B.
Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished grade.
Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as
described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
C.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirement.
END OF SECTION 042000
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 078413 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
1.2
Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls.
Penetrations in horizontal assemblies.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Product Schedule: For each penetration firestopping system. Include location and design
designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency.
1.
Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting
agency's illustration for a particular penetration firestopping condition, submit
illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping
manufacturer's fire-protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fireresistance-rated assembly.
C.
Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating penetration firestopping has been installed in
compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written recommendations.
D.
Product test reports.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to
FM Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to
comply with its "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements."
B.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Penetration firestopping shall comply with the following
requirements:
1.
2.
Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in
"Penetration Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems bearing marking of qualified
testing and inspection agency.
C.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
078413 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable
product by one of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
2.2
A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
Grace Construction Products.
Hilti, Inc.
Johns Manville.
Nelson Firestop Products.
NUCO Inc.
Passive Fire Protection Partners.
RectorSeal Corporation.
Specified Technologies Inc.
3M Fire Protection Products.
Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group.
USG Corporation.
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
A.
Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire according
to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fireresistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be
compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items
if any.
B.
Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479,
based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg (2.49 Pa).
1.
C.
F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.
Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479,
based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg (2.49 Pa).
1.
2.
F-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions
penetrated.
T-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions
penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall.
D.
Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame-spread and smoke-developed
indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84.
E.
VOC Content: Provide penetration firestopping that complies with the following limits for
VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
078413 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
F.
Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to
install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by
penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency
for firestopping indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B.
Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions
and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
C.
Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during
their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths
required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
1.
D.
Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results:
1.
2.
3.
3.2
After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible
forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of
firestopping.
Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and
penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and
penetrating items.
For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce
smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels
permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches (150 mm) of firestopping edge so labels
will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Use mechanical
fasteners or self-adhering-type labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to
surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
078413 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.3
The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building
Management of Any Damage."
Contractor's name, address, and phone number.
Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
Date of installation.
Manufacturer's name.
Installer's name.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B.
Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed because of
testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping to comply with requirements.
C.
Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping with other construction only after inspection
reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.
3.4
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE
A.
Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire
Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ.
B.
Where Intertek ETL SEMKO-listed systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers in
Intertek ETL SEMKO's "Directory of Listed Building Products" under "Firestop Systems."
C.
Where FM Global-approved systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers listed in FM
Global's "Building Materials Approval Guide" under "Wall and Floor Penetration Fire Stops."
D.
Firestopping with No Penetrating Items FS-1:
1.
E.
Firestopping for Metallic Pipes, Conduit, or Tubing FS-2:
1.
2.
F.
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-2351.
Firestopping for Electrical Cables FS-4:
1.
H.
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-8012
Firestopping for Nonmetallic Pipe, Conduit, or Tubing FS-3:
1.
G.
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-0041.
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-3016.
Firestopping for Cable Tray with Electric Cables FS-5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
078413 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
I.
Firestopping for Insulated Pipes FS-6:
1.
J.
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-8161.
Firestopping for Miscellaneous Mechanical Penetrants FS-8:
1.
L.
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-8101.
Firestopping for Miscellaneous Electrical Penetrants FS-7:
1.
K.
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-4084
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-7008 for 1 ½ hour fire rating and C-AJ-7077 for 2 hour fir
rating.
Firestopping for Groupings of Penetrants FS-9:
1.
UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-8133.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
M.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirement.
END OF SECTION 078413
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
078413 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
1.2
Standard hollow metal doors and frames.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses,
preparations for hardware, and other details.
C.
Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.
D.
Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required.
E.
Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for
details and openings as those on Drawings.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled
by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at as close to
neutral pressure as possible according to NFPA 252.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
Amweld Building Products, LLC.
2.
Benchmark; a division of Therma-Tru Corporation.
3.
Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company.
4.
Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company.
5.
Deansteel Manufacturing Company, Inc.
6.
Firedoor Corporation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
2.2
Fleming Door Products Ltd.; an Assa Abloy Group company.
Habersham Metal Products Company.
Kewanee Corporation (The).
Mesker Door Inc.
Pioneer Industries, Inc.
Security Metal Products Corp.
Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
Windsor Republic Doors.
MATERIALS
A.
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet:
applications.
B.
Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, CS, Type B.
C.
Frame Anchors:
ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z (12G) coating
designation; mill phosphatized.
1.
ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, CS, Type B; suitable for exposed
For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M
or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M,
Class B.
D.
Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
E.
Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches (102 mm), as measured
according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.
F.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil
(0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat.
2.3
STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS
A.
General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8.
1.
2.
Design: Flush panel.
Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene,
polyurethane, polyisocyanurate, mineral-board, or vertical steel-stiffener core.
a.
3.
4.
5.
Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection ratings indicated.
Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Beveled edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 mm in 50
mm).
Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick, end
closures or channels of same material as face sheets.
Tolerances: SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet. Provide doors complying
with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and
ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level:
1.
C.
2.4
Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 1 (Full Flush).
Hardware Reinforcement: ANSI/SDI A250.6.
STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
A.
General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8.
B.
Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet.
1.
2.
3.
C.
2.5
Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners.
Fabricate frames as knocked down unless otherwise indicated.
Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet.
Hardware Reinforcement: ANSI/SDI A250.6.
FRAME ANCHORS
A.
Jamb Anchors:
1.
B.
Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick,
and as follows:
1.
2.
2.6
Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch(9.5-mm-) diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from
frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location.
Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.
Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips,
allowing not less than 2-inch (50-mm) height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at
finish floor surface.
HOLLOW METAL PANELS
A.
2.7
Provide hollow metal panels of same materials, construction, and finish as specified for
adjoining hollow metal work.
ACCESSORIES
A.
Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch (0.4 mm) thick.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.8
FABRICATION
A.
Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117.
B.
Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or
angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth,
flush, and invisible.
Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners
unless otherwise indicated.
Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be
grouted.
Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot
welds per anchor.
Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a.
Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and
bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as
follows:
1)
2)
3)
4)
b.
c.
6.
Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb.
Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches (152 mm)
from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches (660 mm)
o.c.
Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers.
a.
b.
C.
Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) high.
Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) high.
Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches (2286 to 3048 mm) high.
Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches
(610 mm) or fraction thereof above 120 inches (3048 mm) high.
Single-Door Frames: Three door silencers.
Double-Door Frames: Two door silencers.
Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised
hardware according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in
Division 08 Section "Door Hardware."
1.
2.
3.
4.
Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8.
Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface-mounted door
hardware.
Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series
specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware.
Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with
Division 26 electrical Sections.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.9
STEEL FINISHES
A.
Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating.
1.
B.
Shop Primer: ANSI/SDI A250.10.
Factory-Applied Paint Finish: ANSI/SDI A250.3.
1.
Color and Gloss: As selected by COTR from manufacturer's full range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Hollow Metal Frames: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11.
1.
Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving
surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor,
and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.
a.
3.
4.
At fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.
Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling
limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously;
grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been
properly set and secured.
Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim
as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled
expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.
In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled
expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible
on exposed faces.
Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness, alignment,
twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:
a.
b.
Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line
90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal
line parallel to plane of wall.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c.
d.
B.
Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified
below. Shim as necessary.
1.
3.2
Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of
jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor.
Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A.
Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final
inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace
defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
B.
Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of
prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.
C.
Metallic-Coated Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
D.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirement.
END OF SECTION 081113
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
081113 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
Mechanical door hardware for the following:
a.
2.
B.
Cylinders for door hardware.
Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the products listed below.
Coordinating and scheduling the purchase and delivery of these products remain requirements
of this Section.
1.
2.
1.2
Swinging doors.
Lock cylinders to be installed under other Sections.
Permanent lock cores to be installed by Owner.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware.
C.
Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
D.
Other Action Submittals:
1.
Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing
fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as installation procedures and
diagrams. Coordinate final door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work
to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
a.
b.
Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as
in the Contract Documents.
Content: Include the following information:
1)
Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of each
door and frame.
2)
Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings on floor
plans and to door and frame schedule.
3)
Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type, style,
function, size, quantity, function, and finish of each door hardware product.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4)
2.
1.3
Description of electrified door hardware sequences of operation and
interfaces with other building control systems.
Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing Owner's
final keying instructions for locks.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved
by product manufacturers and an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the
course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and
keying.
B.
Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is experienced in providing
consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and
extent to that indicated for this Project and who is currently certified by DHI as follows:
1.
For door hardware, an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) who is also an
Electrified Hardware Consultant (EHC).
C.
Source Limitations: Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical
door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications
and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction are acceptable.
D.
Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire-rated door assemblies are indicated, provide door
hardware rated for use in assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a
qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive
pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C, unless otherwise indicated.
E.
Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with
ICC/ANSI A117.1.
1.
2.
3.
1.4
Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the
wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf (22.2 N).
Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements:
a.
Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction.
Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door
will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured
to the leading edge of the door.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
1.
Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise
indicated.
a.
Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A.
Provide door hardware for each door as scheduled in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article
to comply with requirements in this Section.
1.
2.
B.
Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive
qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule"
Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows:
1.
2.2
Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named
manufacturers' products.
Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of
operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated.
Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for
each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements.
Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article.
HINGES
A.
Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template-produced hinges for hinges installed on hollowmetal doors and hollow-metal frames.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
Bommer Industries, Inc.
Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
Hager Companies.
IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
Lawrence Hardware Inc.
McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
h.
i.
2.3
PBB, Inc.
Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works.
MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
A.
Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying with
requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended
to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch.
1.
B.
Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by
manufacturer.
Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2; Grade 1; Series 4000.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
2.4
Best Access Systems; Div. of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.
AUXILIARY LOCKS
A.
Bored Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5: Grade 1; with strike that suits frame.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
2.5
Best Access Systems; Div. of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.
LOCK CYLINDERS
A.
Lock Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel
silver.
1.
Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locking devices.
B.
Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction
keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys.
C.
Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores.
Provide 10 construction master keys.
2.6
KEYING
A.
Keying System:
Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28,
Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Existing System:
a.
b.
Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system.
Re-key Owner's existing master key system into new keying system.
B.
Keys: Nickel silver.
C.
Coordination:
2.7
1.
Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work
specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of
other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door
hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
2.
During the period of construction, locks shall be equipped with construction cores to
ensure the Contractor and designated Authority personnel have access to work sites. The
Contractor shall furnish combined key cores to the Authority. After construction is
complete, the Authority Locksmith shall remove the construction cores, and install an
airport master keyed lock core. Two keys shall be supplied for each lock. All requests
for additional keys shall be processed through the Airport Engineering & Maintenance
Department. The Authority Locksmith’s services will be charged to the Contractor.
These charges shall be in accordance with Metropolitan Washington Airports Order &
Instructions IAD 10-0-ZC, “Key Control at Washington Dulles International Airport”.
3.
Coordinate shop drawing submittals for hardware and locks for doors with the Structural
Maintenance Shop (MA-222) before ordering for consistency of components and to
preclude problems.
SURFACE CLOSERS
A.
Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and
latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm. Comply with
manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door,
exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable
to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
2.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North
America.
Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
K2 Commercial Hardware; a Black & Decker Corp. company.
LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
h.
i.
j.
2.8
Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS
A.
Wall- and Floor-Mounted Stops: BHMA A156.16; polished cast brass, bronze, or aluminum
base metal.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
2.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
2.9
Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
Door Controls International, Inc.
Hager Companies.
Hiawatha, Inc.
IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
Rockwood Manufacturing Company.
Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works.
Trimco.
AUXILIARY DOOR HARDWARE
A.
Auxiliary Hardware: BHMA A156.16.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.10
A.
Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
Hager Companies.
Rockwood Manufacturing Company.
Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works.
Trimco.
FABRICATION
Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates prepared
for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with commercially
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not
permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door
hardware, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Fire-Rated Applications:
a.
Steel Through Bolts: For the following unless door blocking is provided:
1)
2)
3)
2.
3.
4.
2.11
Surface hinges to doors.
Closers to doors and frames.
Surface-mounted exit devices.
Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors.
Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements in DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended
Fasteners for Wood Doors."
Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and
elsewhere as indicated.
FINISHES
A.
Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule.
B.
Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Steel Doors and Frames: For surface applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames
according to ANSI/SDI A250.6.
B.
Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following unless
otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
1.
2.
C.
Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8.
Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831.
Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where
cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be
painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface
protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 09 Sections. Do not install
surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
1.
Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment
substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space
fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
D.
Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than
the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30
inches (750 mm) of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of
support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided.
E.
Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction
period.
1.
2.
Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner.
Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.
F.
Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system
cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule.
G.
Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, in equipment
room. Verify location with COTR.
1.
Configuration: Provide least number of power supplies required to adequately serve
doors with electrified door hardware.
H.
Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of sealant
complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
I.
Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door
hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic.
J.
Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame.
K.
Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed.
L.
Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed.
M.
Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure
proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as
intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and
ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Door Hardware Set No. 1
Locations: Door # B-950B, has the following:
Qty. Item
1
Surface mounted automatic
door closer
Manufacturer
Basis of Design
LCN or equal
Product
4040 Grade 1
Parallel arm
mount, full cover
Finish
Powder Coated
Aluminum
Product
4040 Grade 1
Parallel arm
mount, full cover
7KC
Finish
Powder Coated
Aluminum
Door Hardware Set No. 2
Locations: Door # B-840A, has the following:
Qty. Item
1
Surface mounted automatic
door closer
Manufacturer
Basis of Design
LCN or equal
1
Door Lever Lockset
Best
1½
pair
1
Hinges
Door Stop
626 – Satin Chromium
Plated.
Match door hardware
To be selected from
manufacturers full
range
Silencers
Door Hardware Set No. 3
Locations: Access Panel (AP-1), has the following:
Qty. Item
1
Closer
Manufacturer
Basis of Design
LCN or equal
Product
4040 Grade 1
Parallel arm
mount, full cover
Finish
Powder Coated
Aluminum
Product
45H7YDMX851
Finish
626
Door Hardware Set No. 4
Locations: Access Panel (AP-2), has the following:
Qty. Item
1
Mortise Deadbolt
Manufacturer
Best
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirement.
END OF SECTION 087100
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE
087100 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
1.2
Interior gypsum board.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
2.2
Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and
construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an
independent testing agency.
INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
American Gypsum.
CertainTeed Corp.
Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC.
Lafarge North America Inc.
National Gypsum Company.
PABCO Gypsum.
Temple-Inland.
USG Corporation.
Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
1.
2.
Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm).
Long Edges: Tapered and featured (rounded or beveled) for prefilling.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD
092900 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A.
General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.
B.
Joint Tape:
1.
C.
2.4
Interior Gypsum Board: Paper.
Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat use formulation that is compatible
with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A.
Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering
gypsum panels to continuous substrate.
B.
Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS
A.
Comply with ASTM C 840.
B.
Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold
damaged.
C.
Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural
abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these
locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between
edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
D.
Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.
E.
Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not
intended to receive tape.
F.
Gypsum Board Finish Levels:
ASTM C 840:
1.
Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated.
a.
G.
Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to
Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections.
Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and texture finishes and promptly remove
from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise
damaged during drywall application.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD
092900 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
H.
Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
I.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirement.
END OF SECTION 092900
_____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD
092900 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 101400 - SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
1.2
Panel signs.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for signs.
1.
2.
3.
C.
1.3
Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by
others, and accessories.
Provide message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including tactile characters and
Braille, and layout for each sign.
Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
Samples: For each sign type and for each color and texture required.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in ICC/ANSI A117.1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy and temper recommended by
aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with at least the
strength and durability properties of Alloy 5005-H32.
B.
Applied Vinyl: Die-cut characters from vinyl film of nominal thickness of 3 mils (0.076 mm)
with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior applications.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNAGE
101400 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2
PANEL SIGNS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
B.
ACE Sign Systems, Inc.
Advance Corporation; Braille-Tac Division.
Allen Industries Architectural Signage
Allenite Signs; Allen Marking Products, Inc.
APCO Graphics, Inc.
ASI-Modulex, Inc.
Best Sign Systems Inc.
Bunting Graphics, Inc.
Fossil Industries, Inc.
Gemini Incorporated.
Grimco, Inc.
Innerface Sign Systems, Inc.
InPro Corporation
Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division.
Mills Manufacturing Company.
Mohawk Sign Systems.
Nelson-Harkins Industries.
Seton Identification Products.
Signature Signs, Incorporated.
Supersine Company (The)
Interior Panel Signs: Provide smooth sign panel surfaces constructed to remain flat under
installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) measured diagonally
from corner to corner, complying with the following requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Aluminum Sheet: 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) thick.
Edge Condition: Square cut.
Corner Condition: Rounded to radius indicated.
Mounting: Unframed.
a.
b.
5.
6.
C.
Wall mounted with concealed anchors.
Manufacturer's standard anchors for substrates encountered.
Color: As selected by COTR from manufacturer's full range.
Tactile Characters: Characters and Grade 2 Braille raised 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) above
surface with contrasting colors.
Tactile and Braille Sign: Manufacturer's standard process for producing text and symbols
complying with ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and with ICC/ANSI A117.1. Text shall be
accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square-cut edges
free from burrs and cut marks; Braille dots with domed or rounded shape.
1.
2.
Panel Material: Clear acrylic sheet with opaque color coating, subsurface applied.
Raised-Copy Thickness: Not less than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNAGE
101400 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Subsurface Copy: Apply minimum 4-mil- (0.10-mm-) thick vinyl copy to back face of clear
acrylic sheet forming panel face to produce precisely formed opaque image. Image shall be free
of rough edges.
E.
Applied Vinyl: Die-cut characters from vinyl film of nominal thickness of 3 mils (0.076 mm)
with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing. Apply copy to exposed face of panel sign.
1.
F.
Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: For copy and background colors, provide colored coatings,
including inks, dyes, and paints, that are recommended by acrylic manufacturers for optimum
adherence to acrylic surface and are UV and water resistant for three years for application
intended.
1.
2.3
Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet.
Color: As selected by COTR from manufacturer's full range.
ACCESSORIES
A.
2.4
Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for
exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or
lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set
into concrete or masonry work.
FABRICATION
A.
General: Provide manufacturer's standard signs of configurations indicated.
1.
2.
3.
2.5
Welded Connections: Comply with AWS standards for recommended practices in shop
welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of
exposed side. Clean exposed welded surfaces of welding flux and dress exposed and
contact surfaces.
Mill joints to tight, hairline fit. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water
penetration.
Conceal fasteners if possible; otherwise, locate fasteners where they will be
inconspicuous.
ALUMINUM FINISHES
A.
Baked-Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals;
Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as
specified below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions
for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNAGE
101400 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and
complying with manufacturer's written instructions.
1.
2.
B.
Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion
and other defects in appearance.
Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable.
Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent
walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches (75 mm) of sign without encountering
protruding objects or standing within swing of door. Refer to Stairway Floor Number
Signs on Sheet GN04.01 for location information.
Wall-Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer's written instructions except where more
stringent requirements apply.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Two-Face Tape: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for
vinyl-covered or rough surfaces.
Magnetic Tape: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces.
Silicone-Adhesive Mounting: Attach signs to irregular, porous, or vinyl-covered
surfaces.
Shim Plate Mounting: Provide 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) thick, concealed aluminum shim plates
with predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other mounting
methods are not practicable. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure
attachment to substrate. Attach panel signs to plate using method specified above.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
C.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirement.
END OF SECTION 101400
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNAGE
101400 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 210517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.3
Sleeves.
Sleeve-seal systems.
Sleeve-seal fittings.
Grout.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SLEEVES
A.
Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron
pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded
steel collar; zinc coated.
C.
Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves:
coated, with plain ends.
ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc
D.
Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves:
welded longitudinal joint.
0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with
2.2
SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
210517 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular
space between piping and sleeve.
1.
2.
3.
2.3
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
CALPICO, Inc.
Metraflex Company (The).
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Proco Products, Inc.
Sealing Elements: NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and
number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
Pressure Plates: Carbon steel.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, of length
required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.
GROUT
A.
Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry,
hydraulic-cement grout.
B.
Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications.
C.
Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
D.
Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
SLEEVE INSTALLATION
A.
Install sleeves and sleeve seals for piping passing through penetrations in rated floors,
partitions, roofs, and walls.
B.
Install sleeves in exterior walls that are penetrated.
C.
For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to
provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls.
1.
D.
Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls.
1.
2.
Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -PP
sleeves.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
210517 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
3.
E.
3.
3.2
Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal
system.
Install sleeves for pipes passing through rated interior partitions.
1.
2.
F.
Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or
other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between
sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation.
Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants
appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint.
Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors
at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials.
SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A.
Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service
piping entries into building.
B.
Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for
sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration,
assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and
sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a
watertight seal.
3.3
SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION
A.
Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and
walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall.
B.
Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms.
C.
Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings.
3.4
SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE
A.
Use galvanized-steel wall sleeves and sleeve seals for all required penetrations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
210517 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for contractor quality control program.
END OF SECTION 210517
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
210517 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 211200 - FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Scope of work generally includes:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
Pipes, fittings, and specialties.
Fire-protection valves.
Hose connections.
Hose stations.
Escutcheon plates.
Alarm devices.
Pressure gages.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.3
Install a new standpipe riser with hose connections.
Modify the existing standpipe riser to be used as a drain riser.
Install feed main piping as indicated on the drawings.
Division 21 Section "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems" for wet-pipe sprinkler piping.
Division 21 Section "Electric-Drive, Centrifugal Fire Pumps” for fire pumps, pressuremaintenance pumps, and fire-pump controllers.
Division 21 Section “Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping”.
Division 21 Section “Pressure Maintenance Pumps”.
Division 21 Section “Controllers for Fire Pump Drivers”.
Division 28 Section "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System" for alarm devices not
specified in this Section.
DEFINITIONS
A.
High-Pressure Standpipe Piping: Fire-suppression standpipe piping designed to operate at
working pressure higher than standard 175 psig.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
1.4
Standard-Pressure Standpipe Piping: Fire-suppression standpipe piping designed to operate at
working pressure 175 psig maximum.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A.
B.
1.5
Scope of work shall include modifications to an existing fire protection standpipe system, as
indicated on the drawings. Portions of the system that are subject to pressures above 175 psi
(i.e. lower floors) shall consist of high-pressure rated components. A general description of the
work to be performed is as follows:
1.
Install a new 4-inch standpipe riser with hose connections.
2.
Modify the existing standpipe riser to be re-used as a drain riser (for testing of new
standpipe hose connections).
3.
Install a fire pump with controller/ATS (see Section 213900).
Automatic Wet-Type, Class I Standpipe System: Includes NPS 2-1/2 hose connections. Has
open water-supply valve with pressure maintained and is capable of supplying water demand.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Standard-Pressure, Fire-Suppression Standpipe System Component:
maximum working pressure.
B.
High-Pressure, Fire Suppression Standpipe System Component: Listed for 300-psig working
pressure.
C.
Delegated Design: Design fire-suppression standpipes, including comprehensive engineering
analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design
criteria based on an actual hydrant water flow test.
D.
Fire-suppression standpipe design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Minimum residual pressure at each hose-connection outlet is as follows:
a.
E.
1.6
Listed for 175-psig
NPS 2-1/2 Hose Connections: 100 psig
Seismic Performance: Fire-suppression standpipes shall withstand the effects of earthquake
motions determined according to NFPA 13.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Shop Drawings: For fire-suppression standpipes. Include comprehensive floor/ceiling plans,
elevations, sections, riser diagram details, and other required documents per NFPA 13. Fire
protection symbols and abbreviations used on the drawings shall comply with NFPA 170, Fire
Safety Symbols. Fire protection system drawings and hydraulic calculations shall be in
accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. Hydraulic calculations shall be based on flow test
data obtained by conducting an approved hydrant flow test, or data will be provided by the
Authority if flow test data is available
1.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
C.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For standpipe systems indicated to comply with performance
requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
D.
Coordination Drawings: Fire-suppression standpipes, drawn to scale, on which the following
items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items
involved:
1.
2.
3.
Domestic water piping.
Compressed air piping.
HVAC hydronic piping.
E.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and professional engineer.
F.
Approved Standpipe Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 14, that have
been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable.
G.
Welding certificates.
H.
Fire-hydrant flow test report.
I.
Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements and as described in NFPA 14. Include "Contractor's Material and
Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping".
J.
Field quality-control reports.
K.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire-suppression standpipes specialties to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
L.
All fire suppression drawings shall be produced using CADD systems. All fire suppression shop
drawings shall be signed and stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer who is registered in
the Commonwealth of Virginia. All fire suppression system shop drawings and calculations
shall be prepared by an individual possessing at least NICET (National Institute for
Certification in Engineering Technologies) Level 4 certification in sprinkler system design.
M.
Project Record (As-built) fire suppression system drawings shall be produced using CADD
systems. Detailed Project Record drawings shall be prepared and submitted to the Authority
Having Jurisdiction per the requirements of Division 1. The drawings shall indicate all
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
information as required for working plans by NFPA 13. The drawings shall also show the
system as installed, including all deviations from the approved shop drawings.
1.7
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing fire-suppression
standpipes and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering
responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test.
a.
Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field
test reports by a qualified professional engineer.
B.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
C.
Applicable Codes/Standards: Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation,
and testing shall comply with the following:
1.8
1.
NFPA 14, “Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems” (2007 edition)
2.
NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems" (2007 edition)
3.
NFPA 25, "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection
Systems" (2007 edition)
4.
NFPA 72, "National Fire Alarm Code" (2007 edition)
5.
Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code (2006 edition)
6.
Virginia Statewide Fire Prevention Code (2006 edition)
7.
International Building Code (2006 edition)
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture.
B.
Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory-applied protective coatings to avoid damaging
coating, and protect from direct sunlight.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.9
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Interruption of Existing Fire-Suppression Standpipe Service: Do not interrupt fire-suppression
standpipe service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following
conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary fire-suppression standpipe service
according to requirements indicated:
1.
1.10
Contractor shall maintain the existing sprinkler system in fully operational condition
throughout the project. An outage request must be submitted and approved by the
Airport Engineering & Maintenance Department and the Fire Marshal 96 hours prior to
any proposed system outage.
GUARANTEE
A.
The Contractor shall guarantee labor, materials and equipment provided under this contract against
system defects for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance of this work by the
COTR.
B.
Service shall be provided by the contractor during the guarantee period seven (7) days a week
including holidays and shall be responded to within four (4) hours after notification. All repairs
shall be performed within twenty-four (24) hours after notification.
C.
Should the Contractor fail to comply with the above requirements, the COTR will then have the
option to make the necessary repairs and back charge the Contractor without any loss of warranty
or guarantee as provided by the contract.
D.
Any guarantee which is in conflict with the above will not be acceptable.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL – All new sprinkler components shall be UL Listed and FM approved.
2.2
PIPING MATERIALS
A.
2.3
Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, and
fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Standard Weight, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be
factory or field formed to match joining method.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Schedule 40, Black-Steel and Galvanized Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795/A 795M,
Schedule 40 in NPS smaller than 6 inches. Pipes 6 inches and larger shall have nominal wall
thickness of 0.134 for 6”, 0.188 for 8” and 0.188 for 10”.
C.
Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860.
D.
Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125.
E.
Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150.
F.
Galvanized and Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standardweight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends.
G.
Galvanized and Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded.
H.
Galvanized and Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern.
I.
Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M and ASME B16.9.
J.
Strip on/saddle tees or outlets shall not be used. Only Victaulic Style 920 Mechanical Tee or
similar product duct is permitted.
K.
Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
2.4
Anvil International, Inc.
Corcoran Piping System Co.
National Fittings, Inc.
Shurjoint Piping Products.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Victaulic Company.
Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum.
Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern,
unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections,
EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts.
PIPING JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick.
1.
2.
Class 125, Cast-Iron Flanges and Class 150, Bronze Flat-Face Flanges: Full-face
gaskets.
Class 250, Cast-Iron Flanges and Class 300, Steel Raised-Face Flanges: Ring-type
gaskets.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for generalduty brazing unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
2.5
LISTED FIRE-PROTECTION VALVES
A.
General Requirements:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Valves shall be UL listed or FM approved.
Minimum Pressure Rating for Standard-Pressure Piping: 175 psig.
Minimum Pressure Rating for High-Pressure Piping: 250 psig.
Iron Butterfly Valves:
1.
2.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Victaulic
700 series butterfly valves or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
Anvil International, Inc.
Fivalco Inc.
Global Safety Products, Inc.
Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
NIBCO INC.
Pratt, Henry Company.
Shurjoint Piping Products.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Standard: UL 1091.
Pressure Rating: 250 psig.
Body Material: Cast or ductile iron.
Style: Lug or wafer.
End Connections: Grooved.
Check Valves:
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Victaulic
700 series check valves or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
AFAC Inc.
American Cast Iron Pipe Company; Waterous Company Subsidiary.
Anvil International, Inc.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D.
Clow Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
Fire-End & Croker Corporation.
Fire Protection Products, Inc.
Fivalco Inc.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
Groeniger & Company.
Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc.
Matco-Norca.
Metraflex, Inc.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
Mueller Co.; Water Products Division.
NIBCO INC.
Potter Roemer.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
Shurjoint Piping Products.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
United Brass Works, Inc.
Venus Fire Protection Ltd.
Viking Corporation.
Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Standard: UL 312.
Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum.
Type: Swing check.
Body Material: Cast iron.
End Connections: Flanged or grooved.
Iron OS&Y Gate Valves:
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Victaulic
700 series OS&Y gate valves or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
American Cast Iron Pipe Company; Waterous Company Subsidiary.
b.
American Valve, Inc.
c.
Clow Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc.
d.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
e.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
f.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
g.
Hammond Valve.
h.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
i.
Mueller Co.; Water Products Division.
j.
NIBCO INC.
k.
Shurjoint Piping Products.
l.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
m.
United Brass Works, Inc.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
n.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.6
Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Standard: UL 262.
Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum.
Body Material: Cast or ductile iron.
End Connections: Flanged or grooved.
TRIM AND DRAIN VALVES
A.
General Requirements:
1.
B.
Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide,"
published by FM Global, listing.
Ball Valves:
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Victaulic
700 series ball valves with 350 psi rating or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
2.7
Affiliated Distributors.
Anvil International, Inc.
Barnett.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
Fire-End & Croker Corporation.
Fire Protection Products, Inc.
Flowserve.
FNW.
Jomar International, Ltd.
Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc.
Kitz Corporation.
Legend Valve.
Metso Automation USA Inc.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
NIBCO INC.
Potter Roemer.
Red-White Valve Corporation.
Southern Manufacturing Group.
Stewart, M. A. and Sons Ltd.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
SPECIALTY VALVES
A.
General Requirements:
1.
Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide,"
published by FM Global, listing.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
Pressure Rating:
a.
b.
3.
4.
5.
2.8
Standard-Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175 psig minimum.
High-Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 250 psig minimum.
Body Material: Cast or ductile iron.
Size: Same as connected piping.
End Connections: Flanged or grooved.
HOSE CONNECTIONS
A.
Hose Valve Connections:
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Potter
Roemer series 4000 hose valves or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
2.9
AFAC Inc.
Elkhart Brass Mfg. Company, Inc.
Fire-End & Croker Corporation.
Fire Protection Products, Inc.
GMR International Equipment Corporation.
Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Wilson & Cousins Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products Division.
Standard: UL 668 hose valve, with integral UL 1468 pressure regulating valve, for
connecting fire hose. Pressure regulating valve shall be non-adjustable-type and factory
set to 175 psi.
Pressure Rating: 300 psig minimum.
Material: Brass or bronze.
Size: NPS 2-1/2.
Inlet: Female pipe threads.
Outlet: Male hose threads with lugged cap, gasket, and chain. Include hose valve threads
according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire-department threads.
Pattern: Angle or gate.
Pressure-Control Device Type: Pressure regulating.
Finish: Polished chrome plated.
ALARM DEVICES
A.
Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections.
B.
Water-Flow Indicators:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide System
Sensor series WFD water flow indicators or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
Standard: UL 346.
Water-Flow Detector: Electrically supervised.
Components: Two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and
auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, fieldadjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal
if removed.
Type: Paddle operated.
Pressure Rating: 250 psig.
Design Installation: Horizontal or vertical.
Valve Supervisory Switches:
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide System
Sensor series OSY2/PIBV2 valve supervisory switches or comparable product by one of
the following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.10
A.
ADT Security Services, Inc.
McDonnell & Miller; ITT Industries.
Potter Electric Signal Company.
Viking Corporation.
Watts Industries (Canada) Inc.
Fire-Lite Alarms, Inc.; a Honeywell company.
Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc.
Potter Electric Signal Company.
Standard: UL 346.
Type: Electrically supervised.
Components: Single-pole, double-throw switch with normally closed contacts.
Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position.
PRESSURE GAGES
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
AMETEK; U.S. Gauge Division.
Ashcroft Inc.
Brecco Corporation.
WIKA Instrument Corporation.
B.
Standard: UL 393.
C.
Dial Size: 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch diameter.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Pressure Gage Range: 0 to 300 psig.
E.
Water System Piping Gage: Include "WATER" label on dial face.
2.11
A.
2.12
A.
ESCUTCHEONS
One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener.
VIBRATION ISOLATORS
Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
California Dynamics Corporation
Mason Industries
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
Perform fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 14 and NFPA 291. Use results for system
design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article.
B.
Report test results promptly and in writing.
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine roughing-in for hose connections and stations to verify actual locations of piping
connections before installation.
B.
Examine walls and partitions for suitable thickness, fire- and smoke-rated construction, framing
for hose-station cabinets, and other conditions where hose connections and stations are to be
installed.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.3
PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general
location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as practical.
1.
Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from
authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 12
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
from approved working plans. This does not include minor changes to piping layout due
to field conditions.
B.
Piping Standard: Comply with requirements in NFPA 14 for installation of fire-suppression
standpipe piping.
C.
Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13 for seismic-restraint
device materials and installation.
D.
All piping used for drains shall be galvanized. Fittings connected to galvanized piping shall be
galvanized.
E.
Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller.
F.
Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and
equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections.
G.
Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements
for sleeves as specified within this document.
H.
Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs.
requirements for sleeve seals as specified within this document.
Comply with
I.
Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.
requirements for escutcheons, as specified within this document.
Comply with
J.
Install listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions
in pipe sizes.
K.
Install drain valves on standpipes. Extend drain piping to outside of building.
L.
Install alarm devices in piping systems.
M.
Install hangers and supports for standpipe system piping according to NFPA 14. Comply with
requirements in NFPA 13 for hanger materials. All hangers and associated components shall be
UL-listed and FM approved.
1.
Hangers and their components shall be ferrous.
2.
Hanger rod size shall be the same as that approved for use with the hanger assembly, and
the size of rods shall not be less than that given in NFPA 13 Table 9.1.1.6.1(a).
3.
Hanger rods shall be installed so that lateral gravity loads are not induced on the rods.
4.
Threaded sections of rods shall not be formed or bent.
5.
The use of listed inserts set in concrete and listed post-installed anchors to support
hangers shall be permitted for mains and branchlines.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 13
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.
Piping shall be substantially supported from the building structure, which must support
the added load of the water filled pipe plus a minimum of 250 lb applied at the point of
hanging.
7.
The maximum distance between hangers shall not exceed that specified in NFPA 13
Table 9.2.2.1(a) or 9.2.2.1(b), unless noted otherwise.
8.
There shall be not less than one hanger for each section of pipe. Starter lengths less than
6 feet shall not require a hanger, unless the end line of a sidefeed system or where an
intermediate cross main hanger has been omitted.
9.
The unsupported length between the end sprinkler and the last hanger on the line shall not
be greater than 36” for 1-inch pipe, 48” for 1¼-inch pipe, and 60” for 1-½ or larger pipe.
10.
The system piping shall be braced to resist both lateral and longitudinal horizontal
seismic loads and to prevent vertical motion resulting from seismic loads. Sway braces
shall be designed to withstand forces in tension and compression, unless otherwise
permitted by NFPA 13.
11.
The structural components to which bracing is attached shall be determined to be capable
of resisting the added applied seismic loads.
12.
Lateral sway bracing shall be provided on all feed and cross mains (regardless of size)
and all other piping 2-½ inches and larger.
13.
Lateral sway bracing shall be spaced in accordance with NFPA 13 Section 9.3.5.3.2.
14.
Longitudinal sway bracing spaced at a maximum of 80 feet on center shall be provided
for feed and cross mains.
15.
Longitudinal braces shall be allowed to act as lateral braces if they are within 24 inches
of the centerline of the piping braced laterally.
16.
The distance between the last brace and the end of the pipe shall not exceed 40 feet.
17.
Horizontal seismic loads for braces shall be as determined by NFPA 13 Section 9.3.5.6.4
or 9.3.5.6.5. The weight of the system being braced shall be taken as 1.15 times the
weight of the water-filled pipe.
18.
All parts and fittings of a brace shall lie in a straight line to avoid eccentric loadings on
fittings and fastners.
19.
The end sprinkler on a line shall be restrained against excessive vertical and lateral
movement.
20.
Branch lines shall be laterally restrained as required by NFPA 13 Section 9.3.6.4. Where
the branch lines are supported by rods less than 6 inches long, additional restraint shall
not be required for the branch lines.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 14
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
N.
Install pressure gages on riser or feed main and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages
with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft-metal seated globe valve, arranged for
draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they
will not be subject to freezing.
O.
Fill wet-type standpipe system piping with water.
3.4
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings
that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for
aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller.
C.
Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and
equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections.
D.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.
E.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before
assembly.
F.
Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water
service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9.
G.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
2.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged.
H.
Steel-Piping, Cut-Grooved Joints: Cut square-edge groove in end of pipe according to
AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe
and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe joints.
I.
Steel-Piping, Roll-Grooved Joints: Roll rounded-edge groove in end of pipe according to
AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe
and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints.
J.
Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes
and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article.
1.
Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for
galvanized-steel pipe.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 15
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
K.
3.5
Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both
piping systems.
VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION
A.
Install listed fire-protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls,
and specialties according to NFPA 14 and authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised-open, located to control sources of water
supply except from fire-department connections. Install permanent identification signs
indicating portion of system controlled by each valve.
C.
Install check valve in each water-supply connection.
D.
Specialty Valves:
1.
3.6
General Requirements: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main
supply to system.
HOSE-CONNECTION INSTALLATION
A.
Install hose connections adjacent to standpipes.
B.
Install freestanding hose connections for access and minimum passage restriction.
C.
Install NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) hose connections with quick-disconnect NPS 2-1/2 by NPS 1-1/2
reducer adapter and flow-restricting device.
D.
Install pressure regulating valves on hose connections where required.
3.7
ESCUTCHEON INSTALLATION
A.
Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors as indicated.
1.
3.8
Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type.
VIBRATION-CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Equipment Restraints:
1.
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance
between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch.
2.
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for component.
Piping Restraints:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 16
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
3.9
Comply with requirements in NFPA 13.
Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum
of 80 feet o.c
Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in
NFPA 14.
B.
Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals.
3.10
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
Flush, test, and inspect standpipe systems according to NFPA 14 and NFPA 25.
Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices.
Start and run air compressors.
Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required.
Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required.
Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire-department equipment.
C.
Fire-suppression standpipe system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and
inspections.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.11
A.
PIPING SCHEDULE
Wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following:
1.
B.
Shall be Schedule 40 steel, ASTM A53, A135, A795 with threaded ends, cast iron fitting
and threaded ends.
Wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 ½ and larger shall be:
1.
Shall be Schedule 40 steel, ASTM A53, A135, A795 with grooved ends, grooved-end
steel pipe fitting, steel pipe grooved coupling, and grooved-coupling joints.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 17
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 6 and larger shall be:
1.
D.
Pipe 6” and larger shall be steel with nominal wall thickness of 0.134” for 6”, 0.188” for
8”, and 0.188” for 10”; ASTM A135 or A795; grooved ends, grooved-end steel pipe
fittings, and grooved-coupling joints.
Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control vales, instead of specified
fittings.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for contractor quality control program.
END OF SECTION 211200
_____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES
211200 - 18
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 211313 - WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Scope of sprinkler work generally includes:
1.
2.
B.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
C.
Pipes, fittings, and specialties.
Sprinklers.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.3
Reconnect the existing sprinkler feed main on the Basement Level as shown on the
drawings.
Install sprinklers in the fire pump room and the ATCT Fire Pump Room.
Division 21 Section "Fire-Suppression Standpipes" for standpipe piping.
Division 21 Section “Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping”.
Division 21 Section “Pressure Maintenance Pumps”.
Division 21 Section “Controllers for Fire-Pump Drivers”.
Division 21 Section "Electric-Drive, Centrifugal Fire Pumps" for fire pumps, pressuremaintenance pumps, and fire-pump controllers.
Division 28 Section “Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System”.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Standard-Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet-pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at
working pressure of 175 psig maximum.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A.
Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing water and
that is connected to water supply through alarm valve. Water discharges immediately from
sprinklers when they are opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible link or destroys
frangible device. Hose connections are included if indicated.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Standard-Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure.
B.
Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications:
a.
C.
1.6
All areas shall be installed based on an Ordinary Hazard Group I Classification
with maximum spacing/coverage of 130 square feet per sprinkler.
Seismic Performance: Sprinkler piping shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions
determined according to NFPA.
SUBMITTALS
A.
General Submittal Requirements:
1.
B.
Submittals shall be approved by the COTR and authorities having jurisdiction.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems. Include comprehensive floor/ceiling plans,
elevations, sections, riser diagram details, and other required documents per NFPA 13. Fire
protection symbols and abbreviations used on the drawings shall comply with NFPA 170, Fire
Safety Symbols. Fire protection system drawings shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 and
NFPA 14.
1.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
C.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance
requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
D.
Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, drawn to scale, on which the following items are
shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Domestic water piping.
Compressed air piping.
HVAC hydronic piping.
Items penetrating finished ceiling include the following:
a.
b.
E.
Lighting fixtures.
Air outlets and inlets.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and professional engineer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
F.
Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that
have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
G.
Welding certificates.
H.
Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and
Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping."
I.
Field quality-control reports.
J.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinkler specialties to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals.
K.
All fire suppression drawings shall be produced using CADD systems. All fire suppression shop
drawings shall be signed and stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer who is registered in
the Commonwealth of Virginia. All fire suppression system shop drawings and calculations
shall be prepared by an individual possessing at least NICET (National Institute for
Certification in Engineering Technologies) Level 4 certification in sprinkler system design.
L.
Project Record (As-built) fire suppression system drawings shall be produced using CADD
systems. Detailed Project Record drawings shall be prepared and submitted to the Authority
Having Jurisdiction per the requirements of Division 1. The drawings shall indicate all
information as required for working plans by NFPA 13. The drawings shall also show the
system as installed, including all deviations from the approved shop drawings.
1.7
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems
and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering
responsibility.
a.
Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, and field test reports by
a qualified professional engineer.
B.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
D.
NFPA Standards: Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing
shall comply with the following:
1.
NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems" (2007 edition)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.8
2.
NFPA 25, "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection
Systems" (2007 edition)
3.
NFPA 72, "National Fire Alarm Code" (2007 edition)
4.
Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code (2006 edition)
5.
Virginia Statewide Fire Prevention Code (2006 edition)
6.
International Building Code (2006 edition)
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,
storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture.
B.
Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory-applied protective coatings to avoid damaging
coating, and protect from direct sunlight.
1.9
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Interruption of Sprinkler System Service: Do not interrupt existing sprinkler system service to
other areas of the building unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary guard service according to requirements indicated:
1.
1.10
A.
1.11
A.
Contractor shall maintain the existing sprinkler system in fully operational condition
throughout the project. An outage request must be submitted and approved by the
Airport Engineering & Maintenance Department and the Fire Marshal 96 hours prior to
any proposed system outage.
COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings,
including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with
space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of
sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with
sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.12
GUARANTEE
A.
The Contractor shall guarantee labor, materials and equipment provided under this contract against
system defects for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance of this work by the
COTR.
B.
Service shall be provided by the contractor during the guarantee period seven (7) days a week
including holidays and shall be responded to within four (4) hours after notification. All repairs
shall be performed within twenty-four (24) hours after notification.
C.
Should the Contractor fail to comply with the above requirements, the COTR will then have the
option to make the necessary repairs and back charge the Contractor without any loss of warranty
or guarantee as provided by the contract.
D.
Any guarantee which is in conflict with the above will not be acceptable.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL – All new sprinkler components shall be UL listed and FM approved.
2.2
PIPING MATERIALS
A.
2.3
Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, and
fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Standard Weight, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be
factory or field formed to match joining method.
A.
Schedule 40, Black-Steel and Galvanized Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795/A 795M,
Schedule 40 in NPS smaller than 6 inches. Pipes 6 inches and larger shall have nominal wall
thickness of 0.134 for 6”, 0.188 for 8” and 0.188 for 10”.
B.
Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860.
C.
Galvanized and Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded.
D.
Galvanized and Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern.
E.
Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
2.4
Anvil International, Inc.
Corcoran Piping System Co.
National Fittings, Inc.
Shurjoint Piping Products.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Victaulic Company.
Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum.
Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern,
unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections,
EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts.
Strip on/saddle tees or outlets shall not be used. Only Victaulic Style 920 Mechanical
Tee or similar product duct is permitted.
PIPING JOINING MATERIALS
A.
2.5
Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
SPRINKLER SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS
A.
Branch Outlet Fittings:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Anvil International, Inc.
National Fittings, Inc.
Shurjoint Piping Products.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Victaulic Company.
Standard: UL 213.
Pressure Rating: 175 psig.
Body Material: Ductile-iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts.
Type: Mechanical-T and -cross fittings. Hole cut bolted branch outlets shall be fullbodied outlet (U-bolt outlets will not be permitted).
Configurations: Snap-on and strapless, ductile-iron housing with branch outlets.
Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to
match connected branch piping.
Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain-end pipe, or threaded.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.6
SPRINKLERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
General Requirements:
1.
2.
C.
Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for
"Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by
application.
Sprinkler Finishes:
1.
E.
Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide,"
published by FM Global, listing.
Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175 psig minimum.
Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element:
1.
D.
AFAC Inc.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Venus Fire Protection Ltd.
Victaulic Company.
Viking Corporation.
Bronze.
Sprinkler Guards:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
2.7
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
Tyco Fire & Building Products LP.
Victaulic Company.
Viking Corporation.
Standard: UL 199.
Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler.
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.8
VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A.
Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
California Dynamics Corporation
Mason Industries
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
WATER-SUPPLY CONNECTIONS
A.
3.2
Connect sprinkler piping to building's interior water-distribution piping as shown on the
drawings.
PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general
location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as practical.
1.
Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from COTR.
File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. This
does not include minor changes to piping layout due to field conditions.
B.
Piping Standard: Comply with requirements for installation of sprinkler piping per applicable
standards listed Part 1.
C.
Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint device
materials and installation in NFPA 13.
D.
Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and
equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections.
E.
Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage.
F.
Fill sprinkler system piping with water.
G.
Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements
for sleeves as specified within this document.
H.
Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs.
requirements for sleeve seals as specified within this document.
Comply with
I.
Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.
requirements for escutcheons, as specified within this document.
Comply with
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
J.
Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in
pipe sizes.
K.
Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with
requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. All hangers and associated components shall be
UL-listed and FM approved.
1.
Hangers and their components shall be ferrous.
2.
Hanger rod size shall be the same as that approved for use with the hanger assembly, and
the size of rods shall not be less than that given in NFPA 13 Table 9.1.2.1.
3.
Hanger rods shall be installed so that lateral gravity loads are not induced on the rods.
4.
Threaded sections of rods shall not be formed or bent.
5.
The use of listed inserts set in concrete and listed post-installed anchors to support
hangers shall be permitted for mains and branchlines.
6.
Sprinkler piping shall be substantially supported from the building structure, which must
support the added load of the water filled pipe plus a minimum of 250 lb applied at the
point of hanging.
7.
The maximum distance between hangers shall not exceed that specified in NFPA 13
Table 9.2.2.1(a) or 9.2.2.1(b), unless noted otherwise.
8.
There shall be not less than one hanger for each section of pipe. Starter lengths less than
6 feet shall not require a hanger, unless the end line of a sidefeed system or where an
intermediate cross main hanger has been omitted.
9.
The unsupported length between the end sprinkler and the last hanger on the line shall not
be greater than 36” for 1-inch pipe, 48” for 1¼-inch pipe, and 60” for 1-½ or larger pipe.
10.
The cumulative horizontal length of an unsupported armover to a sprinkler, sprinkler
drop, or sprig shall not exceed 24 inches.
11.
The system piping shall be braced to resist both lateral and longitudinal horizontal
seismic loads and to prevent vertical motion resulting from seismic loads. Sway braces
shall be designed to withstand forces in tension and compression, unless otherwise
permitted by NFPA 13.
12.
The structural components to which bracing is attached shall be determined to be capable
of resisting the added applied seismic loads.
13.
Lateral sway bracing shall be provided on all feed and cross mains (regardless of size)
and all other piping 2-½ inches and larger.
14.
Lateral sway bracing shall be spaced in accordance with NFPA 13 Section 9.3.5.3.2.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
L.
3.3
15.
Longitudinal sway bracing spaced at a maximum of 80 feet on center shall be provided
for feed and cross mains.
16.
Longitudinal braces shall be allowed to act as lateral braces if they are within 24 inches
of the centerline of the piping braced laterally.
17.
The distance between the last brace and the end of the pipe shall not exceed 40 feet.
18.
Horizontal seismic loads for braces shall be as determined by NFPA 13 Section 9.3.5.6.4
or 9.3.5.6.5. The weight of the system being braced shall be taken as 1.15 times the
weight of the water-filled pipe.
19.
All parts and fittings of a brace shall lie in a straight line to avoid eccentric loadings on
fittings and fastners.
20.
The end sprinkler on a line shall be restrained against excessive vertical and lateral
movement.
21.
Branch lines shall be laterally restrained as required by NFPA 13 Section 9.3.6.4. Where
the branch lines are supported by rods less than 6 inches long, additional restraint shall
not be required for the branch lines.
Seal all through penetrations at the membrane of the ramp enclosure for moisture protection.
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings
that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for
aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.
C.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before
assembly.
D.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings as follows:
1.
2.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged.
E.
Steel-Piping, Pressure-Sealed Joints: Join steel pipe and steel pressure-seal fittings with tools
recommended by fitting manufacturer.
F.
Welded Joints (Off Site): Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified
processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated.
G.
Steel-Piping, Cut-Grooved Joints: Cut square-edge groove in end of pipe according to
AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe
and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe joints.
H.
Steel-Piping, Roll-Grooved Joints: Roll rounded-edge groove in end of pipe according to
AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe
and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints.
I.
Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both
piping systems.
3.4
SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
A.
3.5
Install upright sprinklers in areas without suspended ceilings. Sprinklers shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 13.
ESCUTCHEON INSTALLATION
A.
Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors as indicated.
1.
3.6
Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type.
VIBRATION-CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
Equipment Restraints:
1.
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance
between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch.
2.
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for component
B.
Piping Restraints:
1.
2.
3.
3.7
Comply with requirements in NFPA 13.
Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum
of 80 feet o.c
Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in
NFPA 13.
B.
Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.8
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13 and 25.
Contractor shall hydraulically test the sprinkler system prior to final acceptance.
a.
Sprinkler system acceptance testing shall be done in accordance with NFPA 13.
Sprinkler systems shall be hydrostatically tested by the Contractor upon
completion of the installation, as required by NFPA 13 in the presence of the
Authority. When hydrostatic and alarm tests have been completed and all
necessary corrections made, the Authority shall be advised so as to permit final
inspection and testing. At the final inspection, a material and test certification
shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 13. The final tests shall be witnessed
by the Authority Airport Engineering & Maintenance Department and the Fire
Department.
C.
Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.9
CLEANING
A.
Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers.
B.
Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish.
3.10
A.
PIPING SCHEDULE
Wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following:
1.
B.
Wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 ½ and larger shall be:
1.
C.
Shall be Schedule 40 steel, ASTM A53, A135, A795 with threaded ends, cast iron fitting
and threaded ends.
Shall be Schedule 40 steel, ASTM A53, A135, A795 with grooved ends, grooved-end
steel pipe fitting, steel pipe grooved coupling, and grooved-coupling joints.
Wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 6 and larger shall be:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 12
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
D.
Pipe 6” and larger shall be steel with nominal wall thickness of 0.134” for 6”, 0.188” for
8”, and 0.188” for 10”; ASTM A135 or A795; grooved ends, grooved-end steel pipe
fittings, and grooved-coupling joints.
Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control vales, instead of specified
fittings.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for contractor quality control program.
END OF SECTION 211313
_____________________________________________________________________________________
WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
211313 - 13
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 213113 - ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
1.3
Split-case fire pumps.
Fire-pump accessories and specialties.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Fire pump shall be rated as indicated on the drawings.
B.
Seismic Performance: Fire pumps shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined
according to ASCE/SEI 7.
1.
C.
1.4
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts
from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully
operational after the seismic event."
Pump Equipment, Accessory, and Specialty Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum unless higher
pressure rating is indicated.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristics, performance curves, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and
accessories.
B.
Shop Drawings: For fire pumps, motor drivers, and fire-pump accessories and specialties.
Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.
2.
Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213113 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Seismic Qualification Certificates:
manufacturer.
1.
2.
3.
For fire pumps, accessories, and components, from
Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of
assembled components or on calculation.
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate
and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based
and their installation requirements.
D.
Product Certificates: For each fire pump, from manufacturer, including pump curve.
E.
Source quality-control reports.
F.
Field quality-control reports.
G.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire pumps to include in operation and maintenance
manuals.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B.
Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and record of
completion shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer, or NICET Level IV
minimum.
C.
NFPA Compliance:
Protection."
1.6
Comply with NFPA 20, "Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire
COORDINATION
A.
1.7
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
WARRANTY
A.
The Contractor shall warranty labor, materials and equipment provided under this contract against
system defects for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance of this work by the
COTR.
B.
Service during the warranty period shall be provided by the contractor seven (7) days a week
including holidays. All repairs shall be performed within eight (8) hours after notification.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213113 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Should the Contractor fail to comply with the above requirements, the COTR will then have the
option to make the necessary repairs and back charge the Contractor without any loss of warranty
or guarantee as provided by the contract.
D.
Any warranty which is in conflict with the above will not be acceptable.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
A.
Description: UL 448, factory-assembled and -tested, electric-drive, centrifugal fire pump
capable of furnishing not less than 150 percent of rated capacity at not less than 65 percent of
total rated head and with shutoff head limited to 120 percent of total rated head.
B.
Base: Fabricated and attached to fire-pump and driver unit with reinforcement to resist
movement of pump during seismic events when base is anchored to building substrate.
C.
Finish: Red paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested unit before shipping.
2.2
HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED, SINGLE-STAGE, SPLIT-CASE FIRE PUMPS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated
below, or approved equivalent:
1.
C.
A-C Fire Pump Systems; a business of ITT Industries.
Corcoran Piping System Co.
Patterson Pump Company; a subsidiary of the Gorman-Rupp Company.
PACO Pumps; Grundfos Pumps Corporation, U.S.A.
Peerless Pump, Inc.
Pentair Pump Group; Aurora Pump.
Reddy-Buffaloes Pump Company.
Ruhrpumpen, Inc.
S.A. Armstrong Limited.
Aurora, Horizontal Split-Case, Model 3-492-10A.
Pump:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Standard: UL 448, for split-case pumps for fire service.
Casing: Axially split case, cast iron with ASME B16.1 pipe-flange connections.
Impeller: Cast bronze, statically and dynamically balanced, and keyed to shaft.
Wear Rings: Replaceable bronze.
Shaft and Sleeve: Steel shaft with bronze sleeve.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213113 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
b.
6.
Shaft Bearings: Grease-lubricated ball bearings in cast-iron housing.
Seals: Stuffing box with minimum of four rings of graphite-impregnated braided
yarn and bronze packing gland.
Mounting: Pump and driver shafts are horizontal, with pump and driver on same base.
D.
Coupling: Flexible and capable of absorbing torsional vibration and shaft misalignment.
Include metal coupling guard.
E.
Driver:
1.
2.
F.
Standard: UL 1004A.
Type: Electric motor; NEMA MG 1, polyphase Design B.
Capacities and Characteristics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Rated Capacity: See drawings.
Total Rated Head: See drawings.
Inlet Flange: Class 125.
Outlet Flange: Class 250.
Approximate Suction Head Available at Pump: 70 psig.
Motor Horsepower: See drawings.
Electrical Characteristics:
a.
b.
c.
2.3
Volts: See drawings.
Phase: See drawings.
Hertz: See drawings.
8.
Pump-Start, Pressure-Switch Setting: 20 psi below the combined pump churn and supply
pressures.
9.
Pump-Stop, Pressure-Switch Setting: The combined pump churn and supply pressures.
FIRE-PUMP ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES
A.
Automatic Air-Release Valves: Comply with NFPA 20 for installation in fire-pump casing.
B.
Circulation Relief Valves: UL 1478, brass, spring loaded; for installation in pump discharge
piping.
C.
Inlet Fitting: Eccentric tapered reducer at pump suction inlet.
D.
Outlet Fitting: Concentric tapered reducer at pump discharge outlet.
E.
Hose Valve Manifold Assembly:
1.
Standard: Comply with requirements in NFPA 20.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213113 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
4.
5.
Header Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, galvanized steel with ends threaded
according to ASME B1.20.1.
Header Pipe Fittings: ASME B16.4, galvanized cast-iron threaded fittings.
Automatic Drain Valve: UL 1726.
Manifold:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.4
Test Connections: Comply with UL 405 except provide outlets without clappers
instead of inlets.
Body: Flush type, brass or ductile iron, with number of outlets required by
NFPA 20.
Nipples: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe with ends
threaded according to ASME B1.20.1.
Adapters and Caps with Chain: Brass or bronze, with outlet threaded according to
NFPA 1963 and matching local fire-department threads.
Escutcheon Plate: Brass or bronze; rectangular.
Hose Valves: UL 668, bronze, with outlet threaded according to NFPA 1963 and
matching local fire-department threads.
Exposed Parts Finish: Chrome plated to match adjacent existing FDC finish.
Escutcheon Plate Marking: Equivalent to "FIRE PUMP TEST."
GROUT
A.
Standard: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydrauliccement grout.
B.
Characteristics: Nonshrink and recommended for interior and exterior applications.
C.
Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
D.
Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
2.5
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing: Test and inspect fire pumps according to UL 448 requirements for "Operation Test"
and "Manufacturing and Production Tests."
1.
Verification of Performance: Rate fire pumps according to UL 448.
B.
Fire pumps will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
C.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213113 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine equipment bases and anchorage provisions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements and for conditions affecting performance of fire pumps.
B.
Examine roughing-in for fire-suppression piping systems to verify actual locations of piping
connections before fire-pump installation.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Fire-Pump Installation Standard: Comply with NFPA 20 for installation of fire pumps, relief
valves, and related components.
B.
Equipment Mounting: Install fire pumps on concrete bases.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated,
install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base.
For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete
base and anchor into structural concrete floor.
Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
C.
Install fire-pump suction and discharge piping equal to or larger than sizes required by
NFPA 20.
D.
Support piping and pumps separately so weight of piping does not rest on pumps.
E.
Install valves that are same size as connecting piping.
F.
Install pressure gages on fire-pump suction and discharge flange pressure-gage tappings.
Comply with requirements for pressure gages specified in Division 21 Section "FireSuppression Standpipes."
G.
Install piping hangers and supports, anchors, valves, gages, and equipment supports according
to NFPA 20.
H.
Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not
factory mounted. Furnish copies of manufacturers' wiring diagram submittals to electrical
Installer.
I.
Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where
possible.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213113 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.3
ALIGNMENT
A.
Align split-case pump and driver shafts after complete unit has been leveled on concrete base,
grout has set, and anchor bolts have been tightened.
B.
After alignment is correct, tighten anchor bolts evenly. Fill baseplate completely with grout,
with metal blocks and shims or wedges in place. Tighten anchor bolts after grout has hardened.
Check alignment and make required corrections.
C.
Align piping connections.
D.
Align pump and driver shafts for angular and parallel alignment according to HI 1.4 and to
tolerances specified by manufacturer.
3.4
CONNECTIONS
A.
Comply with requirements for piping and valves specified in Division 21 Section "FireSuppression Standpipes." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and
specialties.
B.
Install piping adjacent to pumps and equipment to allow service and maintenance.
C.
Connect fire pumps to their controllers.
D.
Connect relief valve discharge to drainage piping.
3.5
IDENTIFICATION
A.
3.6
Identify system components. Comply with requirements for fire-pump marking according to
NFPA 20.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Test each fire pump with its controller as a unit. Comply with requirements for electric-motordriver fire-pump controllers specified in Division 21 Section "Controllers for Fire-Pump
Drivers."
B.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,
test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
C.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
D.
Tests and Inspections:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213113 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
After installing components, assemblies, and equipment including controller, test for
compliance with requirements.
Test according to NFPA 20 and NFPA 25.
Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
E.
Components, assemblies, and equipment will be considered defective if they do not pass tests
and inspections.
F.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
G.
Furnish fire hoses in number, size, and length required to reach storm drain or other acceptable
location to dispose of fire-pump test water. Hoses are for tests only and do not convey to
Authority.
3.7
STARTUP SERVICE
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1.
3.8
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Authority's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain fire pumps.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
General
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for contractor quality control program.
END OF SECTION 213113
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213113 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 213400 - PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
B.
Related Section:
1.
1.3
Regenerative-turbine, pressure-maintenance pumps.
Division 21 Section "Controllers For Fire-Pump Drivers" for pressure-maintenance-pump
controllers.
PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.4
Pump Equipment, Accessory, and Specialty Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum unless higher
pressure rating is indicated.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristics, performance curves, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and
accessories.
B.
Shop Drawings: For pumps, accessories, and specialties. Include plans, elevations, sections,
details, and attachments to other work.
1.
2.
Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
C.
Field quality-control reports.
D.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS
213400 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.6
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
REGENERATIVE-TURBINE, PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
A-C Fire Pump Systems; a business of ITT Industries.
Crane Pumps and Systems; a Crane Co. company.
MTH Pumps/MTH Tool Company, Inc.
PACO Pumps; Grundfos Pumps Corporation U.S.A.
Pentair Pump Group; Aurora Pump.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated
below, or approved equivalent:
1.
A-C Pumps, Regenerative Turbine, Model T41G-1 1/2.
C.
Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, close-coupled, single-stage, regenerative-turbine
centrifugal pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; with pump and motor mounted
horizontally.
D.
Pump Construction:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with threaded inlet and outlet.
Impeller: Bronze, balanced, and keyed to shaft.
Pump Shaft: Stainless steel with deflector.
Shaft Sleeve: Bronze.
Seal: Mechanical type with spring-loaded rotating head.
Motor: Single speed with permanently lubricated ball bearings. Comply with requirements in
Division 21 Section "Common Motor Requirements for Fire Suppression Equipment."
1.
Power Wiring: Factory-connected to motor for field connection to controller through
junction box.
2.
All wiring shall be installed in conduits with "water-tight" compression fittings.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS
213400 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
F.
Nameplate: Permanently attached to pump and indicating capacity and characteristics.
G.
Capacities and Characteristics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Rated Capacity: See Drawing.
Total Dynamic Head: See Drawing.
Working Pressure: See Drawing.
Motor Horsepower: See Drawing.
Motor Speed: 3800 rpm max.
Electrical Characteristics:
a.
b.
c.
2.2
Volts: 480.
Phases: Three.
Hertz: 60.
7.
Pump-Start, Pressure-Switch Setting: 10 psi below the combined pump churn and supply
pressures.
8.
Pump-Stop, Pressure-Switch Setting: The combined pump churn and supply pressures.
MOTORS
A.
Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type.
1.
2.
Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated; if not indicated, large enough so driven load
will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.
Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and
connections specified in Division 26 Sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A.
NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 20 for installation of pressure-maintenance pumps.
B.
Base-Mounted Pump Mounting: Install pumps on concrete bases.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated,
install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base.
For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete
base and anchor into structural concrete floor.
Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
Attach pumps to equipment base using anchor bolts.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS
213400 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,
test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
B.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
C.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
Pump shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 20 and 25.
D.
Pressure-maintenance pumps will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and
inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.3
ADJUSTING
A.
Lubricate pumps as recommended by manufacturer.
B.
Set field-adjustable pressure-switch ranges as indicated.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
General
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for contractor quality control program.
END OF SECTION 213400
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS
213400 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 213900 - CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
1.3
Full-service, full-voltage controllers rated 600 V and less.
DEFINITIONS
A.
ATS: Automatic transfer switch(es).
B.
ECM: Electronic control module.
C.
MCCB: Molded-case circuit breaker.
D.
N.O.: Normally open.
1.4
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Seismic Performance: Fire-pump controllers and alarm panels shall withstand the effects of
earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.
1.
1.5
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts
from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully
operational after the seismic event."
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories.
B.
Shop Drawings: For each type of product indicated. Include dimensioned plans, elevations,
sections, details, and attachments to other work, including required clearances and service
spaces around controller enclosures.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Show tabulations of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
3.
Each installed unit's type and details.
Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 2.
Factory-installed devices.
Nameplate legends.
Short-circuit current (withstand) rating of integrated unit.
Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent
protective devices.
Specified modifications.
Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, method of field
assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.
Schematic and Connection Diagrams: For power, signal, alarm, and control wiring and
for pressure-sensing tubing.
C.
Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.
D.
Seismic Qualification Certificates: For each type of product indicated, from manufacturer.
1.
2.
3.
Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of
assembled components or on calculation.
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate
and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based
and their installation requirements.
E.
Product Certificates: For each type of product indicated, from manufacturer.
F.
Manufacturer's factory test reports of fully assembled and tested equipment.
G.
Source quality-control reports.
H.
Field quality-control reports.
I.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product indicated to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section
"Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
1.
2.
1.6
Manufacturer's written instructions for setting field-adjustable timers, controls, and status
and alarm points.
Manufacturer's written instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming
microprocessor-based logic controls.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of an NRTL.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Source Limitations: Obtain fire-pump controllers and all associated equipment from single
source or producer.
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
D.
Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction pertaining to materials and installation.
E.
Comply with NFPA 20 and NFPA 70.
1.7
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Store controllers indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation.
Protect enclosed controllers from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and
physical damage.
B.
If stored in areas subject to weather, protect controllers from weather, dirt, dust, corrosive
substances, and physical damage. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside
controllers.
1.8
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations:
1.
2.
B.
1.9
Ambient Temperature Rating: Not less than 40 deg F (5 deg C) and not exceeding 122
deg F (50 deg C) unless otherwise indicated.
Altitude Rating: Not exceeding 6600 feet (2010 m) unless otherwise indicated.
Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Notify Airport Engineering & Maintenance
Department and the Fire Marshal no fewer than 96 hours in advance of proposed interruption of
electric service, and comply with NFPA 70E.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of controllers with other construction including conduit,
piping, fire-pump equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required clearances for
workspace and equipment access doors and panels. Ensure that controllers are within sight of
fire-pump drivers.
B.
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
1.10
A.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Indicating Lights: Two of each type and color of lens installed; two of each type and size
of lamp installed.
Auxiliary Contacts: One for each size and type of magnetic contactor installed.
Power Contacts: Three for each size and type of magnetic contactor installed.
Contactor Coils: One for each size and type of magnetic controller installed.
Relay Boards: One for each size and type of relay board installed.
Operator Interface: One microprocessor board(s), complete with display and membrane
keypad.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
FULL-SERVICE CONTROLLERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
General Requirements for Full-Service Controllers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Aquarius Fluid Products, Inc.
ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Firetrol Products.
Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit.
Hubbell Incorporated; Hubbell Industrial Controls.
Joslyn Clark Corporation.
Master Control Systems, Inc.
Metron, Inc.
Tornatech.
Comply with NFPA 20 and UL 218.
Listed by an NRTL for electric-motor driver for fire-pump service.
Combined automatic and nonautomatic operation.
Factory assembled, wired, and tested; continuous-duty rated.
Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment.
Method of Starting:
1.
Pressure-switch actuated.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
Water-pressure-actuated switch and pressure transducer with independent highand low-calibrated adjustments responsive to water pressure in fire-suppression
piping.
System pressure recorder, electric ac driven, with spring backup.
Programmable minimum-run-time relay to prevent short cycling.
Programmable timer for weekly tests.
Magnetic Controller: Across-the-line type.
Emergency Start: Mechanically operated start handle that closes and retains the motor
RUN contactor independent of all electric or pressure actuators.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Method of Stopping: Automatic and nonautomatic shutdown after automatic starting.
E.
Capacity: Rated for fire-pump-driver horsepower and short-circuit-current (withstand) rating
equal to or greater than short-circuit current available at controller location.
F.
Method of Isolation and Overcurrent Protection: Interlocked isolating switch and nonthermal
MCCB; with a common, externally mounted operating handle, and providing locked-rotor
protection.
G.
Door-Mounted Operator Interface and Controls:
1.
2.
Monitor, display, and control the devices, alarms, functions, and operations listed in
NFPA 20 as required for drivers and controller types used.
Method of Control and Indication:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Local Alarm and Status Indications:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
4.
5.
H.
Controller power on.
Motor running condition.
Loss-of-line power.
Line-power phase reversal.
Line-power single-phase condition.
Audible alarm, with silence push button.
Nonautomatic START and STOP push buttons or switches.
Optional Features - Provide one set of isolated contacts for remote indication of each of the
following:
1.
2.
I.
Microprocessor-based logic controller, with multiline digital readout.
Membrane keypad.
LED alarm and status indicating lights.
Power failure.
Pump run.
ATS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Complies with NFPA 20, UL 218, and UL 1008.
Integral with controller as a listed combination fire-pump controller and power transfer
switch.
Automatically transfers fire-pump controller from normal power supply to alternate
power supply (secondary electrical feed) in event of power failure.
Allows manual transfer from one source to the other.
Alternate-Source Isolating and Disconnecting Means: Mechanically interlocked isolation
switch and circuit breaker rated at a minimum of 115 percent of rated motor full-load
current, with an externally mounted operating handle; circuit breaker shall be provided
with nonthermal sensing, instantaneous-only short-circuit overcurrent protection to
comply with available fault currents.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.
Local Alarm and Status Indications:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
7.
8.
9.
2.2
Normal source available.
Alternate source available.
In normal position.
In alternate position.
Isolating means open.
Remote monitoring of normal source fail and alternate source fail.
Audible alarm, with silence push button.
Nonautomatic (manual, nonelectric) means of transfer.
Optional Features - Provide one set of isolated contacts for remote indication of each of
the following: Power Failure Source 1 (Line 1); Power Failure Source 2 (Line 2); and
Isolating Means Open.
CONTROLLERS FOR PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
General Requirements for Pressure-Maintenance-Pump Controllers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Aquarius Fluid Products, Inc.
ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Firetrol Products.
Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit.
Hubbell Incorporated; Hubbell Industrial Controls.
Joslyn Clark Corporation.
Master Control Systems, Inc.
Metron, Inc.
Tornatech.
Type: UL 508 factory assembled, -wired, and tested, across-the-line; for combined
automatic and manual operation.
Enclosure: UL 508 and NEMA 250, Type 2 for wall-mounting.
Factory assembled, wired, and tested.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard color paint.
Rate controller for scheduled horsepower and include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fusible disconnect switch.
Pressure switch.
Hand-off-auto selector switch.
Pilot light.
Running period timer.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
ENCLOSURES
A.
Fire-Pump Controllers, ATS, Remote Alarm Panels, and Low-Suction-Shutdown Panels:
NEMA 250, to comply with environmental conditions at installed locations and NFPA 20.
1.
Indoor Locations Subject to Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: Type 2 (IEC IP11).
B.
Enclosure Color: Manufacturer's standard "fire-pump-controller red”.
C.
Nameplates: Comply with NFPA 20; complete with capacity, characteristics, approvals,
listings, and other pertinent data.
D.
Optional Features:
1.
2.4
Floor stands, 12 inches high, for floor-mounted controllers.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing: Test and inspect fire-pump controllers according to requirements in NFPA 20 and
UL 218.
1.
Verification of Performance: Rate controllers according to operation of functions and
features specified.
B.
Fire-pump controllers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
C.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and surfaces to receive equipment, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements and other conditions affecting performance.
B.
Examine equipment before installation. Reject equipment that is wet or damaged by moisture
or mold.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
CONTROLLER INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Install controllers within sight of their respective drivers.
Connect controllers to their dedicated pressure-sensing lines in accordance with NFPA 2010.5.2.1 requirements. See Drawing FP06.01 for component sizes, type and locations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Floor-Mounting Controllers: Install controllers on structural concrete floor, using floor stands
high enough so that the bottom of enclosure cabinet is not less than 12 inches above finished
floor.
1.
For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor into structural concrete floor.
D.
Seismic Bracing: Comply with requirements of NFPA 13 for seismic bracing requirements.
E.
Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and
temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components.
F.
Comply with NEMA ICS 15.
3.3
POWER WIRING INSTALLATION
A.
3.4
Refer to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables” for wiring
between the controller and power source. Wiring between pumps and controllers shall comply
with NFPA 20 and NFPA 70.
CONTROL AND ALARM WIRING INSTALLATION
A.
Install necessary control wiring between controllers and remote devices. This wiring shall be
installed in conduit (per Division 26). Comply with requirements in NFPA 20 and NFPA 70.
B.
Install signal wiring between the fire pump controller and the secondary power supply. Signal
wire shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70.
C.
Refer to Division 28 Section "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System." for wiring between
controller and the building’s fire alarm system.
D.
Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.
E.
Connect remote manual and automatic activation devices where applicable.
3.5
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Comply with requirements in NFPA 20 for marking fire-pump controllers.
B.
Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for
identification in NFPA 20 and as specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical
Systems."
3.6
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,
test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
C.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
D.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
Acceptance Testing Preparation:
1.
Inspect and Test Each Component:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Verify and Test Each Electric-Driver Controller:
a.
b.
3.
4.
E.
Inspect wiring, components, connections, and equipment installations. Test and
adjust components and equipment.
Test insulation resistance for each element, component, connecting supply, feeder,
and control circuits.
Test continuity of each circuit.
Verify that voltages at controller locations are within plus 10 or minus 1 percent of
motor nameplate rated voltages, with motors off. If outside this range for any
motor, notify Airport Engineering & Maintenance Department and the Fire
Marshal before starting the motor(s).
Test each motor for proper phase rotation.
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper unit operation.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
Field Acceptance Tests:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Do not begin field acceptance testing until suction piping has been flushed and
hydrostatically tested and the certificate for flushing and testing has been submitted to
Airport Engineering & Maintenance Department and the Fire Marshal.
Prior to starting, notify authorities having jurisdiction of the time and place of the
acceptance testing.
Engage manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative to be present during the
testing.
Perform field acceptance tests as outlined in NFPA 20, NFPA 25, and NFPA 111.
F.
Controllers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
G.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.7
STARTUP SERVICE
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1.
3.8
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust controllers to function smoothly and as recommended by manufacturer.
B.
Set field-adjustable switches, auxiliary relays, time-delay relays, and timers.
C.
Program microprocessors for required operational sequences, status indications, alarms, event
recording, and display features. Clear events memory after final acceptance testing and prior to
Substantial Completion.
D.
Set field-adjustable pressure switches.
3.9
PROTECTION
A.
Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's
written instructions until enclosed controllers are ready to be energized and placed into service.
B.
Replace controllers whose interiors have been exposed to water or other liquids prior to
Substantial Completion.
3.10
A.
DEMONSTRATION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain controllers, and to use and reprogram microprocessor-based
controls within this equipment.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
General
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for contractor quality control program.
END OF SECTION 213900
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE-PUMP DRIVERS
213900 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 220523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
1.3
Bronze ball valves.
Division 22 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections
only.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
ASME Compliance:
design criteria.
B.
NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service.
1.5
ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.
Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.
Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.
Use the following precautions during storage:
1.
2.
Maintain valve end protection.
Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If
outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.
____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220523 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use
handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES
A.
Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves.
B.
Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system
pressures and temperatures.
C.
Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions and the following features:
1.
Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and
protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or
disturbing insulation.
E.
Valve-End Connections:
1.
2.2
Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.
BRONZE BALL VALVES
A.
Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
American Valve, Inc.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
Legend Valve.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
NIBCO INC.
Red-White Valve Corporation.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Description:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Standard: MSS SP-110.
SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa).
CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa).
Body Design: Two piece.
Body Material: Bronze.
Ends: Weld.
____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220523 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
g.
h.
i.
j.
Seats: PTFE or TFE.
Stem: Bronze.
Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
Port: Full.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove
special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and
handling.
B.
Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made
accessible by such operations.
C.
Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.
D.
Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper
size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is
suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage.
E.
Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.
3.2
VALVE INSTALLATION
A.
Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service,
maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.
B.
Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C.
Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
D.
Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
3.3
ADJUSTING
A.
3.4
Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but
before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS
A.
If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:
1.
2.
Shutoff Service: Ball valves.
Throttling Service: Ball valves.
____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220523 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:
1.
For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solderjoint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.
2.
3.5
DOMESTIC, COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE
A.
Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller:
1.
2.
3.
Bronze Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends.
Bronze Valves: Class 150, bronze disc.
Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, bronze with bronze trim.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 220523
____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220523 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 220529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Metal pipe hangers and supports.
Fastener systems.
Pipe positioning systems.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.4
Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment shall
withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated
according to ASCEI 7.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings. Show fabrication and installation details for the following ; include product
data for components:
1.
Metal framing.
C.
Welding certificates.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
B.
Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
220529 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.2
Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to
support bearing surface of piping.
Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel.
FASTENER SYSTEMS
A.
Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete
with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building
materials where used.
B.
Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated stainless- steel anchors, for
use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities
appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
2.3
PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS
A.
2.4
Description: IAPMO PS 42, positioning system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for
positioning piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Structural Steel:
galvanized.
B.
Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and
nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
1.
2.
ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and
Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
220529 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building
structure.
B.
Fastener System Installation:
1.
2.
Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less
than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use
operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners
according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.
Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely
cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C.
Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts,
washers, and other accessories.
D.
Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping
systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of
expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
E.
Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
F.
Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional
attachments at concentrated loads, including flanges, and larger and at changes in direction of
piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install
reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
G.
Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses
from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. Per IPC Table 308.5, for cast
iron pipe install hangers with max horizontal spacing of 5 Ft. and vertical of 15. If 10-Ft.
lengths of pipe are installed, the maximum spacing shall be increased to 10 feet.
H.
Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. Per IPC Table
308.5, for cast iron pipe install hangers with max horizontal spacing of 5 Ft. and vertical of 15.
If 10-Ft. lengths of pipe are installed, the maximum spacing shall be increased to 10 feet.
I.
Insulated Piping:
1.
Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a.
Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through
insulation.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
220529 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields
shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
a.
3.
Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a.
3.2
Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.
NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch
(1.22 mm) thick.
ADJUSTING
A.
Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve
indicated slope of pipe.
B.
Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches
3.3
HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE
A.
Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and
equipment.
B.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
piping system Sections.
C.
Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will
not have field-applied finish.
D.
Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in
direct contact with copper tubing.
E.
Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports metal trapeze pipe hangers and attachments for
general service applications.
F.
Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
G.
Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing.
H.
Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
3.
Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or
insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of
pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation.
Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow offcenter closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
220529 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
I.
Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
J.
Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to
NPS 24.
Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4
to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps.
Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K.
U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 to DN 750).
Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.
Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings.
Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of
building attachments.
Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend
pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.
Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist
construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape.
Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams,
channels, or angles.
Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.
Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads
are considerable and rod sizes are large.
C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to
flange edge.
Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams.
Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads.
Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads, with link extensions.
Malleable-Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to
structural steel.
Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above
by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a.
b.
c.
Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.
Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
220529 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
13.
14.
15.
Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.
Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear
horizontal movement where headroom is limited.
L.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections..
M.
Spring hangers and supports: unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system sections, install the following types:
1.
Restrain-Control devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement.
PART 4 – CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM
4.1
GENERAL
A. Conform to all applicable provisions of Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for contractor quality control program.
END OF SECTION 220529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
220529 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 220700 - PLUMBING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
Insulation Materials:
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1.3
Cellular glass.
Mineral fiber.
Insulating cements.
Adhesives.
Mastics.
Sealants.
Factory-applied jackets.
Field-applied jackets.
Tapes.
Securements.
Corner angles.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.
Product Data: For adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content.
B.
Field quality-control reports.
C.
Materials Test Reports.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84,
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label
insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with
appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
1.5
Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.6
Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
B.
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application and
equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop
Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and fieldapplied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.
1.7
SCHEDULING
A.
Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
B.
Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
INSULATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be
applied.
B.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C.
Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D.
Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E.
Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid,
hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
F.
Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I.
Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III.
Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV.
Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1.
Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
2.2
Cell-U-Foam Corporation; Ultra-CUF.
Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K.
Knauf Insulation Company.
Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200.
Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation.
Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K.
Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
Type I, 850 deg F (454 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied
ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets"
Article.
MASTICS
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL-C-19565C, Type II.
B.
Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient
services.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-35.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90.
ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-50.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-40.
Vimasco Corporation; 749.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
INSULATING CEMENTS
A.
Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]:
a.
B.
Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 196.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
C.
P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Thermal-V-Kote.
Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement:
ASTM C 449/C 449M.
1.
Comply with
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
2.4
Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; Triple I.
Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote.
P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik-Cote.
Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot.
ADHESIVES
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, Polyisocyanurate, and Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent-based resin
adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F (minus 59 to plus 149
deg C).
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
2.
C.
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-96.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-33.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
D.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
2.5
Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal.
Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75.
RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive.
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20.
ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
SEALANTS
A.
Joint Sealants:
1.
Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,
available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.6
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444.
Vimasco Corporation; 750.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A.
Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Johns Manville; Zeston.
P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.
Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke.
Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
Color: Color-code jackets based on system. Color as selected by Architect.
Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate.
a.
4.
2.7
Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges,
unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and
supply covers for lavatories.
Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.
TAPES
A.
ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.8
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835.
Compac Corp.; 104 and 105.
Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ.
Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
Width: 3 inches (75 mm).
Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm).
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width.
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width.
ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
SECUREMENTS
A.
Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005;
Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing or closed seal.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
B.
Childers Products; Bands.
PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands.
RPR Products, Inc.; Bands.
Insulation Pins and Hangers:
1.
Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to
projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in
position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following
requirements:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3)
C.
2.9
AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T.
GEMCO; Perforated Base.
Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle.
Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel
or Monel.
CORNER ANGLES`
A.
Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch (25 by 25 mm),
aluminum according to ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005;
Temper H-14.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other
conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1.
2.
3.
3.2
Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of
defects.
Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B.
Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with
stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
3.3
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of equipment and piping including fittings, valves, and
specialties.
B.
Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F.
Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H.
Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
K.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
L.
Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Draw jacket tight and smooth.
Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both
edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c.
Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with
longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap.
Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c.
a.
4.
5.
For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to
maintain vapor seal.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at
ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
M.
Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
N.
Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
O.
Replace damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal
patches similar to butt joints.
P.
Insulation for Existing Piping: New insulation shall be provided on existing piping where new
connections are made, asbestos insulation removed or insulation damaged or missing. Fill all
voids and seal joints between new and existing insulation.
Q.
For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.4
Vibration-control devices.
Testing agency labels and stamps.
Nameplates and data plates.
Cleanouts.
New insulation shall be provided on existing piping where new connections are made or
insulation is damaged or missing. Fill all voids and seal joints between new and existing
insulation.
PENETRATIONS
A.
Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
B.
Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations:
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
1.
3.5
Install insulation
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping"irestopping
and fire-resistive joint sealers.
GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B.
Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1.
2.
Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.
Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from
same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.6
surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt
each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets,
valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with
insulating cement.
Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating
cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and
replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable
insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor
barrier.
Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for
above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the
mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without
deforming insulation materials.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with
outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation
material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1.
2.
Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
4.
C.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
2.
D.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.
When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of
cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
2.
3.
3.7
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of
same thickness as pipe insulation.
Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least
1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant.
Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten
bands without deforming insulation materials.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with
outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation
material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.
Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least
1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
D.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.8
When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections
of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation
materials with wire or bands.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to
valve body.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSULATION
A.
Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory-applied jackets.
1.
2.
3.
3.9
Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50 mm) overlap at seams and joints.
Embed glass cloth between two 0.62-inch-(1.6 mm-) thick coats of lagging adhesive.
Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.
FINISHES
A.
Equipment and Pipe Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with
paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
1.
Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket
material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a.
Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B.
Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
inspection of the completed Work.
C.
Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.10
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 12
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
C.
3.11
A.
Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing fieldapplied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of
inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the
"Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion
adequate to determine compliance.
Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing
field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent
of inspection shall be limited to two locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded
fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two
locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of
flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General"
Article.
All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
Domestic Cold: Insulation shall be the following:
1.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 220700
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLUMBING INSULATION
220700 - 13
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 221116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.3
Aboveground and underground domestic water pipes, tubes, fittings, and specialties
inside the building.
Specialty valves.
Escutcheons.
Sleeves and sleeve seals.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Field quality-control reports.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B.
Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components.
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by
Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging
to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated:
1.
2.
Notify COTR no fewer than four days (excluding holidays) in advance of proposed
interruption of water service.
Do not proceed with interruption of water service without COTR's written permission.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPING MATERIALS
A.
2.2
Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting
materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A.
Hard Copper Tube:
ASTM B 88, Type L (aboveground) (ASTM B 88M, Type B)
(ASTM B 88M, Type A) water tube, drawn temper.
1.
2.
3.
Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings.
Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.
Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-andsocket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
a.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3)
b.
B.
Elkhart Products Corporation; Industrial Division.
NIBCO INC.
Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems.
NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring
seal in each end.
Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K (underground) (ASTM B 88M, Type A) water tube,
annealed temper.
1.
2.
Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.
Copper Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings:
a.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3)
b.
Elkhart Products Corporation; Industrial Division.
NIBCO INC.
Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems.
NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring
seal in each end.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
SPECIALTY VALVES
A.
2.4
Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping"
for general-duty metal valves.
TRANSITION FITTINGS
A.
Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system
fitting.
B.
Sleeve-Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219.
2.5
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.
General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or ferrous material
body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable for system fluid, pressure, and
temperature.
B.
Dielectric Unions:
1.
Description:
a.
b.
C.
Dielectric Couplings:
1.
Description:
a.
b.
c.
d.
D.
steel coupling.
Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C).
End Connections: Female threaded.
Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic.
Dielectric Nipples:
1.
Description:
a.
b.
c.
2.6
Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) at 180 deg F (82 deg C).
End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545.
Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C).
End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
General: Manufactured ceiling, floor, and wall escutcheons and floor plates.
B.
One Piece, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome-plated finish with setscrews.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
One Piece, Stamped Steel: Chrome-plated finish with spring clips.
D.
Split Casting, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome-plated finish with concealed hinge and setscrew.
E.
Split Plate, Stamped Steel: Chrome-plated finish with concealed hinge or spring clips.
2.7
SLEEVES
A.
2.8
Galvanized-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E pipe sleeves.
SLEEVE SEALS
A.
Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, used to fill annular
space between pipe and sleeve.
1.
2.
3.
2.9
Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include
type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
Pressure Plates: Carbon steel.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to
sealing elements.
GROUT
A.
Standard: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydrauliccement grout.
B.
Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications.
C.
Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.
D.
Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic
water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction
loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to
layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
B.
Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
C.
Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb.
E.
Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants
unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.
F.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
G.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and
coordinate with other services occupying that space.
H.
Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance.
I.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
J.
Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher
than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.
K.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
L.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
M.
Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and
specialty.
3.2
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
B.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before
assembly.
C.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
2.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged.
D.
Brazed Joints: Join copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook,"
"Brazed Joints" Chapter.
E.
Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and
fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."
F.
Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both
piping systems.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.3
VALVE INSTALLATION
A.
General-Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves
for Plumbing Piping" for valve installations.
B.
Shut-off valve shall be provided for every wall hydrant and hose bibb.
3.4
TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION
A.
3.5
Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping.
DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION
A.
Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.
B.
Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings or nipples or
unions.
C.
Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric flange kits.
3.6
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support products and installation.
1.
2.
Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps.
Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:
a.
b.
3.
100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B.
Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
C.
Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch
(10 mm).
D.
Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters:
1.
2.
E.
NPS 3/4 (DN 20) and Smaller: 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod.
NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4 (DN 25 and DN 32): 72 inches (1800 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm)
rod.
Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet (3 m).
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
F.
3.7
Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet (4.5 m).
CONNECTIONS
A.
Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.
3.8
ESCUTCHEON INSTALLATION
A.
Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.
B.
Escutcheons for New Piping:
1.
2.
C.
Escutcheons for Existing Piping:
1.
2.
3.9
Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One piece, deep pattern.
Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass
with polished chrome-plated finish.
Chrome-Plated Piping: Split casting, cast brass with chrome-plated finish.
Insulated Piping: Split plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge and spring clips.
SLEEVE INSTALLATION
A.
General Requirements: Install sleeves for pipes and tubes passing through penetrations in
floors, partitions, roofs, and walls.
B.
Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
C.
Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.
D.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
E.
Install sleeves in new partitions, slabs, and walls as they are built.
F.
For interior wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation
using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements
in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants.
G.
Seal space outside of sleeves in concrete slabs and walls with grout.
H.
Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors
at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials.
I.
General Requirements: Install sleeves for pipes and tubes passing through penetrations in
floors, partitions, roofs, and walls.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
J.
3.10
Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification
for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation.
B.
Label pressure piping with system operating pressure.
3.11
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Piping Inspections:
1.
2.
Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and
approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having
jurisdiction:
a.
b.
3.
4.
C.
Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to
observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or
inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
Piping Tests:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound
and that piping is full of water.
Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate
report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and
unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
concealed before it was tested.
Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating
pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test
source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute
defects that must be repaired.
Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until
satisfactory results are obtained.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.
Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required.
D.
Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.12
A.
CLEANING
Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:
1.
2.
Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or
repaired before using.
Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if
methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or
AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below:
a.
b.
Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at
outlets.
Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:
1)
2)
c.
d.
Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm
(50 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.
Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200
ppm (200 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.
Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from
system after the standing time.
Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
B.
Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.
C.
Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
3.13
PIPING SCHEDULE
A.
Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used
in applications below unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated.
1.
C.
Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K (underground) (ASTM B 88M, Type A);
wrought-copper solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.
Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be the following:
1.
Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B); cast- copper solderjoint fittings; and brazed or soldered joints.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Underground domestic water piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be the following:
1.
3.14
A.
VALVE SCHEDULE
Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the
following requirements apply:
1.
3.15
A.
Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A) water tube, annealed
temper.
Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller.
ADJUSTING
Perform the following adjustments before operation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Close hose bibbs.
Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during
installation.
Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 221116
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221116 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 221119 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties:
1.
2.
1.3
Trap-seal primer valves.
Hose bibbs
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.4
Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig (860 kPa), unless
otherwise indicated.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
C.
Field quality-control test reports.
D.
Operation and maintenance data.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
NSF Compliance:
1.
Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1
through 9."
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
221119 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
TRAP-SEAL PRIMER SYSTEMS
A.
Trap-Seal Primer TP:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.2
MIFAB, Inc.
PPP Inc.
Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
Standard: ASSE 1044,
Piping: NPS 3/4, ASTM B 88, Type L (DN 20, ASTM B 88M, Type B); copper, water
tubing.
Cabinet: Surface-mounting steel box with stainless-steel cover.
Electric Controls: 24-hour timer, solenoid valve, and hardwire connection.
Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001.
Number Outlets: one.
Size Outlets: NPS 1/2 (DN 15).
HOSE BIBBS
Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets.
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Josam Company.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
Watts Products Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
Body Material: Bronze.
Seat: Bronze, replaceable.
Supply Connections: NPS 3/4 threaded or solder-joint inlet.
Outlet Connection: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.
Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa).
Vacuum Breaker: Integral nonremovable, drainable, hose-connection vacuum breaker
complying with ASSE 1011.
Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated.
Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key.
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
221119 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.
11.
Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb.
Include integral wall flange with each chrome- or nickel-plated hose bibb
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install hose bibb with shutoff valves on inlets .
B.
Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining
materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.
C.
Install trap-seal primer systems with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of
1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust system for proper flow.
D.
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping and specialties.
E.
Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved Metal equipment nameplate or sign on or
near each of the following:
1.
2.
3.2
Supply-type, trap-seal primer valves.
Hose bibb.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform the following tests and prepare test reports:
1.
Test each primer according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference
standard.
B.
Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specified
above.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 221119
____________________________________________________________________________________
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
221119 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 221316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
1.3
Pipe, tube, and fittings.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working
pressure unless otherwise indicated:
1.
1.4
Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water (30 kPa).
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Field quality-control reports.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.6
Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Interruption of Existing Sanitary Waste Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied
by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated:
1.
2.
Notify Architect Construction Manager Owner no fewer than two days in advance of
proposed interruption of sanitary waste service.
Do not proceed with interruption of sanitary waste service without Architect's
Construction Manager's Owner's written permission.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
221316 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPING MATERIALS
A.
2.2
Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting
materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.
HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
B.
CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings (above ground):
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
3.
2.3
ANACO-Husky.
Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co.
Fernco Inc.
Matco-Norca, Inc.
MIFAB, Inc.
Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc.
Stant.
Tyler Pipe.
Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310.
Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening
devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.
HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS (underground)
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
ANACO-Husky.
Clamp-All Corp.
Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co.
MIFAB, Inc.
Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc.
Stant.
Tyler Pipe.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
221316 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Extra Heavy class.
C.
Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.
D.
Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction
loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless
deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.
B.
Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
C.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
D.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
E.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
F.
Install piping at indicated slopes.
G.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
H.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
I.
Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate
branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used
on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn,
double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side
with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not
change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and
reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction
of flow is prohibited.
J.
Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to
grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping
upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of
lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past
each joint as completed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
221316 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
K.
Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless
otherwise indicated:
1.
2.
3.
Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3
(DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4
(DN 100) and larger.
Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 1 percent downward in direction of flow.
Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.
L.
Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,"
Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."
M.
Plumbing Specialties:
1.
Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for
drains specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."
N.
Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by
authorities having jurisdiction.
3.2
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints.
B.
Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.
3.3
SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION
A.
Transition Couplings:
1.
2.
B.
Dielectric Fittings:
1.
2.
3.
3.4
Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in OD's.
In Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.
Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.
Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric unions.
Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric nipples.
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in
Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
1.
Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
2.
Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
221316 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
a.
100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b.
Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
c.
Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m) if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B.
Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting and coupling.
C.
Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
D.
Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch (10-mm)
minimum rods.
E.
Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
1.
2.
F.
3.5
NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm)
rod.
Spacing for 10-foot (3-m) lengths may be increased to 10 feet (3 m). Spacing for fittings
is limited to 60 inches (1500 mm).
Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet (4.5 m).
CONNECTIONS
A.
Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Connect waste piping to existing sanitary piping.
C.
Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:
1.
Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not
smaller than required by plumbing code.
2.
Comply with requirements for drains specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste
Piping Specialties."
D.
Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of
equipment.
3.6
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection
must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
2.
Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in
after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to
observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
221316 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection,
make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
C.
Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.
D.
Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction
or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.7
Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report
for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent
piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed
before it was tested.
Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside
leaders on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with
water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). From 15
minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop.
Inspect joints for leaks.
Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing specialties (floor drain) have been
set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and
watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave
building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg (250 Pa). Use
U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air
pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of
inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.
Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until
satisfactory results are obtained.
Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B.
Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris
and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C.
Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.
3.8
PIPING SCHEDULE
A.
Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be any of the following:
1.
Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and
coupled joints.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
221316 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be any of the
following:
1.
Extra Heavy class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets, calking materials joints.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONCTROL PROGRAM
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of division I section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for Contractors Quality Control Program.
END OF SECTION 221316
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
221316 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 221319 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
This Section includes the following sanitary drainage piping specialties:
1.
Floor drains.
2.
Cleanouts.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
characteristics, and accessories for the following:
1.
2.
1.4
Include rated capacities, operating
Floor Drain
Cleanouts
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing
agency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
FLOOR DRAINS
A.
Cast-Iron Floor Drains FD-1:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
Josam Company; Josam Div.
b.
MIFAB, Inc.
c.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
d.
Watts Drainage Products Inc.
e.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
221319 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
2.2
Standard: ASME A112.6.3.
Pattern: Floor drain.
Body Material: Cast Iron.
Seepage Flange: Required.
Anchor Flange: Not required.
Clamping Device: Not Required.
Outlet: Bottom.
Backwater Valve: Not required.
Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Not required.
Sediment Bucket: free standing sediment bucket.
Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze.
Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Rough bronze.
Top Shape: Round.
Dimensions of Top or Strainer: 12
Top Loading Classification Heavy Duty.
Funnel: Not required.
Inlet Fitting: Not required.
Trap Material: Cast iron ‘P’ trap
Trap Features: Trap primer required.
CLEANOUTS
A.
Cast-Iron Floor Cleanouts:
1.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Josam Company; Josam Div.
Oatey.
Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
Watts Drainage Products Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for threaded, adjustable housing cleanout.
Size: Same as connected branch.
Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel-bronze.
Frame and Cover Shape: Round.
Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
221319 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following,
unless otherwise indicated:
1.
2.
3.
Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4 (DN 100).
Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.
Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller.
B.
For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with
finished floor.
C.
Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with
finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
2.
Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.
Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage.
Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii:
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
D.
Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and
adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated.
Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless
otherwise indicated.
Install floor-drain, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap-seal primer
connection.
1.
2.
3.2
Radius, 30 Inches (750 mm) or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less
than 1/4-inch (6.35-mm) total depression.
Radius, 30 to 60 Inches (750 to 1500 mm): Equivalent to 1 percent slope.
Radius, 60 Inches (1500 mm) or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not
greater than 1-inch (25-mm) total depression.
Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection.
Size: Same as floor drain inlet.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
221319 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.3
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.4
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect electronic trap primer and their installation, including piping and electrical
connections, and to assist in testing.
Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
PROTECTION
A.
Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and
to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.
B.
Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of division I section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for Contractors Quality Control Program.
END OF SECTION 221319
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
221319 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 230500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
This Section includes the following:
1.
Dielectric fittings.
2.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
3.
Sleeves.
4.
Escutcheons.
5.
HVAC demolition.
6.
Supports and anchorages.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces,
pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B.
Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by
building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
HVAC DEMOLITION
A.
Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective
Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures.
B.
Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be
removed.
1.
Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug
remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
230500 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 230500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
230500 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 230523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Section Includes:
1.
Bronze ball valves.
DEFINITIONS
A.
CWP: Cold working pressure.
B.
EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.
C.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber.
D.
NRS: Nonrising stem.
E.
OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke.
F.
RS: Rising stem.
G.
SWP: Steam working pressure.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.5
Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single
manufacturer.
B.
ASME Compliance:
1.
2.
ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.
ASME B31.1 for power piping valves.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
230523 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
1.6
ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.
Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.
Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.
Use the following precautions during storage:
1.
2.
Maintain valve end protection.
Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If
outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES
A.
Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves.
B.
Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system
pressures and temperatures.
C.
Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Valve Actuator Types:
1.
Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller except plug valves.
E.
Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions and the following features:
1.
Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and
protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or
disturbing insulation.
F.
Valve-End Connections:
1.
2.
G.
2.2
Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.
Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.
BRASS BALL VALVES
A.
One-Piece, Reduced-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
230523 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Description:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.3
Standard: MSS SP-110.
CWP Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa).
Body Design: One piece.
Body Material: Forged brass.
Ends: Threaded.
Seats: PTFE or TFE.
Stem: Brass.
Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
Port: Reduced.
BRONZE BALL VALVES
A.
One-Piece, Reduced-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
American Valve, Inc.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
NIBCO INC.
Description:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Standard: MSS SP-110.
CWP Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa).
Body Design: One piece.
Body Material: Bronze.
Ends: Threaded.
Seats: PTFE or TFE.
Stem: Bronze.
Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
Port: Reduced.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove
special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and
handling.
B.
Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made
accessible by such operations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
230523 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.
D.
Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper
size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is
suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage.
E.
Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.
3.2
VALVE INSTALLATION
A.
Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service,
maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.
B.
Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C.
Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
D.
Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
3.3
ADJUSTING
A.
3.4
Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but
before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS
A.
If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:
1.
2.
3.
Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly or gate valves.
Butterfly Valve Dead-End Service: Single-flange (lug) type.
Throttling Service except Steam: Globe or ball valves.
B.
If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves
with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.
C.
Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:
1.
2.
3.5
For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solderjoint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.
For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends.
HEATING-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE
A.
Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
230523 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded
ends.
Ball Valves: One piece, reduced port, brass or bronze with bronze trim.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 230523
_____________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
230523 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.3
Metal pipe hangers and supports.
Trapeze pipe hangers.
Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
Fastener systems.
Equipment supports.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Delegated Design:
Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including
comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance
requirements and design criteria indicated.
B.
Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand
the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according
to ASCE/SEI 7.
1.
2.
3.
1.5
Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting
combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of
supported equipment and connected systems and components.
Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain
approval from authorities having jurisdiction.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230529 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and
installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for
components:
1.
2.
3.
C.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance
requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.
2.
D.
1.6
Trapeze pipe hangers.
Metal framing systems.
Equipment supports.
Detail fabrication and assembly of trapeze hangers.
Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for designing trapeze hangers.
Welding certificates.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
B.
Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.2
Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.
Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to
support bearing surface of piping.
Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel.
TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS
A.
Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from
structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and Ubolts.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230529 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
Clement Support Services.
ERICO International Corporation.
National Pipe Hanger Corporation.
PHS Industries, Inc.
Pipe Shields, Inc.; a subsidiary of Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Value Engineered Products, Inc.
B.
Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig
(688-kPa) or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig (862-kPa)
minimum compressive strength.
C.
For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe.
D.
For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.
E.
Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below
ambient air temperature.
2.4
FASTENER SYSTEMS
A.
Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete
with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building
materials where used.
B.
Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless- steel anchors, for use in
hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
2.5
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A.
2.6
Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbonsteel shapes.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Structural Steel:
galvanized.
ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230529 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and
nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
1.
2.
Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building
structure.
B.
Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange
for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated
trapeze pipe hangers.
1.
2.
Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or
install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe
hangers.
Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being
supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
C.
Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping.
D.
Fastener System Installation:
1.
2.
Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less
than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured.
Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners
according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.
Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely
cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E.
Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts,
washers, and other accessories.
F.
Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.
G.
Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping
systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of
expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
H.
Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
I.
Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230529 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
J.
Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses
from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
K.
Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
L.
Insulated Piping:
1.
Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a.
b.
c.
2.
Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is
indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
3.
Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a.
3.2
Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through
insulation.
Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield
insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services
piping.
NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch
(1.22 mm) thick.
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A.
Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support
equipment above floor.
B.
Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth.
C.
Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
3.3
METAL FABRICATIONS
A.
Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment
supports.
B.
Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be
shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding;
appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the
following:
1.
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230529 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
4.
3.4
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
Remove welding flux immediately.
Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so
contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
ADJUSTING
A.
Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve
indicated slope of pipe.
B.
Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm).
3.5
PAINTING
A.
Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply
with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1.
3.6
Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05
mm).
HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE
A.
Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and
equipment.
B.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in
piping system Sections.
C.
Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will
not have field-applied finish.
D.
Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in
direct contact with copper tubing.
E.
Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and attachments for general service applications.
F.
Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing.
G.
Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or
insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750).
Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to
NPS 24 (DN 15 to DN 600) if little or no insulation is required.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230529 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
H.
Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 15 to
DN 100), to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.
Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system
Sections, install the following types:
1.
2.
3.
Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend
pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.
Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist
construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape.
Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams,
channels, or angles.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 230529
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230529 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
Section Includes:
1.
Balancing Air Systems
2.
Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems
DEFINITIONS
A.
AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
B.
NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
C.
TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
D.
TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.
E.
TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB
strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article.
B.
Certified TAB reports.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC NEBB or TABB.
1.
2.
B.
TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC NEBB
or TABB.
TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC NEBB
or TABB as a TAB technician.
Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:
1.
Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB
reports.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230593 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures
specified and referenced in this Specification.
C.
TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Architect Owner
Commissioning Authority.
D.
Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111,
Section 5, "Instrumentation."
1.5
COORDINATION
A.
Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been
satisfactorily completed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover
conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.
B.
Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as manual volume dampers. Verify that
locations of these balancing devices are accessible.
C.
Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.
D.
Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions
for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and
assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E.
Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing,
cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.
F.
Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.
G.
Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe
and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from
indicated values.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230593 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.3
Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete.
Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air.
Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open.
Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
A.
Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained
in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" NEBB's "Procedural Standards for
Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" or SMACNA's "HVAC Systems
- Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section.
1.
B.
Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing."
Cut insulation and ducts for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB
procedures.
1.
2.
After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness
as used to construct ducts.
Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation,
coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation."
C.
Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, and similar
controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show
final settings.
D.
Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.
3.4
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS
A.
Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.
B.
Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements.
C.
Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
D.
Check for airflow blockages.
E.
Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts."
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230593 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.5
PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS
A.
Measure flow at all automatic flow control valves to verify that valves are functioning as
designed.
B.
Measure flow at all pressure-independent characterized control valves, with valves in fully open
position, to verify that valves are functioning as designed.
C.
Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presettings.
D.
Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance.
1.
E.
3.6
System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow-pressure-drop
relationship may be used as a flow-indicating device.
Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve flow that is 5
percent greater than indicated flow.
PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS
A.
Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is
to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished.
Verify the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
3.7
New filters are installed.
Coils are clean and fins combed.
Drain pans are clean.
Fans are clean.
Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated.
Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are
affected by the renovation work.
1.
Balance each air outlet.
TOLERANCES
A.
3.8
Set HVAC system's air flow rates within the following tolerances:
1.
Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent.
2.
Heating-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent.
REPORTING
A.
Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as
specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems'
balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to
facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230593 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and
balancing devices.
B.
3.9
Status Reports: Prepare biweekly progress reports to describe completed procedures,
procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems
found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each
building floor for systems serving multiple floors.
FINAL REPORT
A.
General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections
for tested systems and balanced systems.
1.
2.
B.
Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:
1.
2.
C.
Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the
certified testing and balancing engineer.
Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.
Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and
product data.
General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Title page.
Name and address of the TAB contractor.
Project name.
Project location.
Architect's name and address.
Engineer's name and address.
Contractor's name and address.
Report date.
Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report.
Number each page in the report.
Summary of contents including the following:
a.
b.
c.
12.
13.
D.
Indicated versus final performance.
Notable characteristics of systems.
Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values.
System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air distribution systems. Present each system
with single-line diagram and include the following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230593 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.10
Quantities of supply and return airflows.
Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.
Balancing stations.
Position of balancing devices.
ADDITIONAL TESTS
A.
Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions
are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions.
B.
Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and
winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 230593
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230593 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Section includes insulating the following duct services:
1.
Indoor, exposed supply.
2.
Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor
permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied if any).
B.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each
type of insulation.
Detail application of field-applied jackets.
Detail application at linkages of control devices.
C.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
D.
Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include
dates of tests and test methods employed.
E.
Field quality-control reports.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes,
and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1.
1.5
Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.6
Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B.
Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before
preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for
installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for
maintenance.
1.7
SCHEDULING
A.
Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems. Insulation application may begin
on segments that have satisfactory test results.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
INSULATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum
Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule"
articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
B.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C.
Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D.
Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type I. Factory-applied jacket
requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.2
CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap.
Johns Manville; Microlite.
Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap.
Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.
Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap.
ADHESIVES
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
2.3
MASTICS
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.
1.
B.
For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.4
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 30-80/30-90.
Vimasco Corporation; 749.
Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric
perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C).
Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
Color: White.
LAGGING ADHESIVES
A.
Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with
insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
5.
2.5
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-50 AHV2.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 30-36.
Vimasco Corporation; 713 and 714.
Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fireresistant lagging cloths over duct insulation.
Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C).
Color: White.
SEALANTS
A.
ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.6
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-76.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C).
Color: White.
For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers,"
including 2004 Addenda.
FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A.
Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1.
ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.7
TAPES
A.
ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.8
ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.
Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.
Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
Width: 3 inches (75 mm).
Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm).
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width.
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width.
ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
SECUREMENTS
A.
Bands:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
B.
ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.
RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs.
Insulation Pins and Hangers:
1.
Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for
capacitor-discharge welding, [0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-)] [0.135-inch- (3.5-mm-)] diameter
shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
a.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
GEMCO; CD.
Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD.
Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1.
2.
B.
3.2
Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings.
B.
Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for
each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
G.
Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
H.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
I.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1.
2.
Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
J.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
K.
Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Draw jacket tight and smooth.
Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both
edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c.
Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Clean and dry surface
to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2
inches (50 mm) o.c.
Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at
ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.
L.
Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
M.
Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
N.
Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal
patches similar to butt joints.
3.4
PENETRATIONS
A.
Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations:
continuously through wall penetrations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Install insulation
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at
least 2 inches (50 mm).
Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
3.5
Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at
fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper
sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm).
INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION
A.
Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation
pins.
1.
2.
3.
Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area,
for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitordischarge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as
follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
4.
For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous
unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with
insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from one edge and one end of insulation
segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch (13-mm) outwardclinching staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or fieldapplied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and
protrusions.
a.
b.
5.
On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.
Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.
Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers.
Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vaporbarrier seal.
Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C)
at 18-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic
applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to
two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm).
Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) on longitudinal seams and end
joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches (450 mm)
o.c.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.
7.
3.6
Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section
for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually
mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with
6-inch- (150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on
alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
FINISHES
A.
Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint
system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
1.
Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket
material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a.
Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B.
Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
inspection of the completed Work.
C.
Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B.
Perform tests and inspections.
C.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
D.
3.8
Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and
insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be
limited to one location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule,
General" Article.
All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A.
Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Indoor, concealed supply.
Indoor, exposed supply.
Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space.
Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Items Not Insulated:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.9
Fibrous-glass ducts.
Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and
ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
Factory-insulated flexible ducts.
Factory-insulated plenums and casings.
Flexible connectors.
Vibration-control devices.
Factory-insulated access panels and doors.
INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE
A.
Concealed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be the following:
1.
B.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket:
nominal density.
1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. (48-kg/cu. m)
Exposed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1.
D.
1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. (48-kg/cu. m)
Concealed, rectangular, return-air duct insulation shall be the following:
1.
C.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket:
nominal density.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket:
nominal density.
1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. (48-kg/cu. m)
Exposed, rectangular, return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:
1.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket:
nominal density.
1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. (48-kg/cu. m)
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 230713
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DUCT INSULATION
230713 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 230719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems:
1.
B.
1.3
Heating hot-water piping, indoors.
Related Sections:
1.
Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation."
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor
permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any).
B.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each
type of insulation.
Detail application of field-applied jackets.
Detail application at linkages of control devices.
C.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
D.
Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include
dates of tests and test methods employed.
E.
Field quality-control reports.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
B.
Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive,
mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing
agency.
1.
1.5
Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.6
Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B.
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application.
Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for
installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for
maintenance.
1.7
SCHEDULING
A.
Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems. Insulation application may begin
on segments that have satisfactory test results.
B.
Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
INSULATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation
Schedule," articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C.
Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D.
Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
E.
Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid,
hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
F.
Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I.
Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III.
Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV.
Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1.
Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory-Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552,
Type II, Class 2.
Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
2.2
Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas.
Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200.
Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree Pipe Insulation.
Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K.
Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
Type I, 850 deg F (454 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied
ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets"
Article.
INSULATING CEMENTS
A.
Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
ADHESIVES
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Cellular-Glass Adhesive: Two-component, thermosetting urethane adhesive containing no
flammable solvents, with a service temperature range of minus 100 to plus 200 deg F (minus 73
to plus 93 deg C).
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
2.
3.
C.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers,"
including 2004 Addenda.
Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
D.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 81-84.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-127.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-60/85-70.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers,"
including 2004 Addenda.
ASJ Adhesive and FSK Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding
insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-82.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c.
d.
2.
2.4
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-50.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
MASTICS
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.
1.
2.5
For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
SEALANTS
A.
Joint Sealants:
1.
Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
B.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-76.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 30-45.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444.
ASJ Flashing Sealants:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-76.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C).
Color: White.
For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.6
FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A.
Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.7
ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a
removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
TAPES
A.
ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.
Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.
Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
Width: 3 inches (75 mm).
Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm).
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width.
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width.
ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK.
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.
Compac Corporation; 110 and 111.
Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.
Width: 3 inches (75 mm).
Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm).
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.
6.
7.
2.8
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width.
FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.
SECUREMENTS
A.
Bands:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
B.
ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals.
RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs.
Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel
or Monel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1.
2.
3.
3.2
Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.
B.
Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F.
Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H.
Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
K.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
L.
Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Draw jacket tight and smooth.
Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both
edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c.
Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with
longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap.
Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c.
a.
4.
5.
M.
For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at
ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
N.
Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
O.
Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal
patches similar to butt joints.
P.
For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Vibration-control devices.
Testing agency labels and stamps.
Nameplates and data plates.
Manholes.
Handholes.
Cleanouts.
Q.
Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
R.
Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations:
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
1.
3.4
Install insulation
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for
firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.
GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B.
Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated.
Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from
same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt
each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
C.
3.5
valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with
insulating cement.
Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating
cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and
replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable
insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor
barrier.
Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for
above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the
mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric
and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and
unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation
facing using PVC tape.
Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match
size and color of pipe labels.
Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps,
test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape
insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating
cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.
INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION
A.
Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without
deforming insulation materials.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient services, secure laps with
outward-clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient services, do not staple
longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
C.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
2.
3.
3.6
When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of
cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION
A.
Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
2.
C.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections
of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation
materials with wire or bands.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.7
Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten
bands without deforming insulation materials.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with
outward-clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple
longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to
valve body.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A.
Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory-applied jackets.
1.
Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at seams and joints.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 11
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
B.
Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.8
Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick coats of lagging adhesive.
Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.
Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-)
wide joint strips at end joints.
Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation
with vapor-barrier mastic.
FINISHES
A.
Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with
paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
1.
Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket
material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a.
Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B.
Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C.
Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
inspection of the completed Work.
D.
Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.9
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B.
Perform tests and inspections.
C.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing
field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent
of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of
threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers,
two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations
of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule,
General" Article.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 12
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
3.10
A.
3.11
A.
All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals
noncompliance with requirements.
PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for
each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system,
selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
Heating, 90 to 200 Deg F:
1.
NPS 12 (DN 300) and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
b.
3.12
Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick.
INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A.
Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the
field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
B.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 230719
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
230719 - 13
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 230900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control
components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory-wired controls.
DEFINITIONS
A.
DDC: Direct digital control.
B.
I/O: Input/output.
C.
LonWorks: A control network technology platform for designing and implementing
interoperable control devices and networks.
D.
MS/TP: Master slave/token passing.
E.
PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative.
F.
RTD: Resistance temperature detector.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device. Indicate
dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for
materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of product indicated.
B.
Data Communications Protocol Certificates:
component complies with ASHRAE 135.
C.
Field quality-control test reports.
D.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01
Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
Certify that each proposed DDC system
230900 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.5
Maintenance instructions and lists of spare parts for each type of control device and
compressed-air station.
Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and
devices.
Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and calibration
tolerances.
Calibration records and list of set points.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer's authorized representative
who is trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
C.
Comply with ASHRAE 135 for DDC system components.
1.6
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.7
Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are indicated to
be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to equipment
manufacturer.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with plans and room
details before installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
2.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specified.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
230900 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2
CONTROL SYSTEM
A.
Manufacturer:
1.
Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.
B.
Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface
equipment, other apparatus, and accessories to control mechanical systems.
C.
Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent protection;
limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output
current and voltage requirements and be full-wave rectifier type with the following:
1.
2.
3.
2.3
Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak.
Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100-mic.sec. response time for 50
percent load changes.
Built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150 percent
overload for at least 3 seconds without failure.
UNITARY CONTROLLERS
A.
2.4
Unitized, capable of stand-alone operation with sufficient memory to support its operating
system, database, and programming requirements, and with sufficient I/O capacity for the
application.
ANALOG CONTROLLERS
A.
Step Controllers: 6- or 10-stage type, with heavy-duty switching rated to handle loads and
operated by electric motor.
B.
Electronic Controllers: Wheatstone-bridge-amplifier type, in steel enclosure with provision for
remote-resistance readjustment. Identify adjustments on controllers, including proportional
band and authority.
1.
C.
Single controllers can be integral with control motor if provided with accessible control
readjustment potentiometer.
Receiver Controllers: Single- or multiple-input models with control-point adjustment, direct or
reverse acting with mechanical set-point adjustment with locking device, proportional band
adjustment, authority adjustment, and proportional control mode.
1.
2.
3.
Remote-control-point adjustment shall be plus or minus 20 percent of sensor span, input
signal of 3 to 13 psig (21 to 90 kPa).
Proportional band shall extend from 2 to 20 percent for 5 psig (35 kPa).
Authority shall be 20 to 200 percent.
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
230900 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.5
ELECTRONIC SENSORS
A.
Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall mounting as required.
B.
Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters:
1.
2.
3.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5 deg F (0.3 deg C) at calibration point.
Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable.
Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.6
Set-Point Adjustment: Exposed.
Set-Point Indication: Exposed.
Thermometer: Exposed Spiral bimetal.
Orientation: Vertical.
ACTUATORS
A.
Electronic Actuators: Direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full-stroke cycles at
rated torque.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.7
Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential
pressure.
Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle.
Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry.
Fail-Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external, manual
gear release on nonspring-return actuators.
Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24-V dc.
Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V dc or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V dc position feedback
signal.
Temperature Rating: 40 to 104 deg F (5 to 40 deg C).
CONTROL VALVES
A.
Control Valves: Factory fabricated, of type, body material, and pressure class based on
maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Hydronic system globe valves shall have the following characteristics:
1.
2.
NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Class 250 bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem,
renewable composition disc, and screwed ends with backseating capacity repackable
under pressure.
Internal Construction: Replaceable plugs and stainless-steel or brass seats.
a.
b.
Single-Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on
top and bottom.
Double-Seated Valves: Balanced plug; cage trim provides seating and guiding
surfaces for plugs on top and bottom.
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
230900 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Sizing: 3-psig (21-kPa) maximum pressure drop at design flow rate or the following:
a.
Two-Way Modulating: Either the value specified above or twice the load pressure
drop, whichever is more.
4.
Flow Characteristics: Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; threeway valves shall have linear characteristics.
Close-Off (Differential) Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide
minimum close-off pressure rating of 150 percent of total system (pump) head for twoway valves and 100 percent of pressure differential across valve or 100 percent of total
system (pump) head.
5.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that power supply is available to control units and operator workstation.
B.
Verify that piping and duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices are installed before
proceeding with installation.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of
operation.
B.
Connect and configure equipment and software to achieve sequence of operation specified.
C.
Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Division 23
Section "Hydronic Piping."
3.3
ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION
A.
Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for
Electrical Systems."
B.
Install building wire and cable according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables."
3.4
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect
field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results
in writing.
B.
Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
230900 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
DDC Verification:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
D.
3.5
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest.
Test and adjust controls and safeties.
Test calibration of electronic controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating
operation with compatible signal generator.
Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control
set points are as required.
Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence
of operation. Adjust PID actions.
Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation.
Test software and hardware interlocks.
Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks.
Check instruments for proper location and accessibility.
Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth,
and other applicable considerations.
Check instrument tubing for proper fittings, slope, material, and support.
Check flow instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore size, and verify that inlet
side is identified and that meters are installed correctly.
Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements.
Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction.
Check DDC system as follows:
a.
Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and
approved tagging system.
b.
Verify that spare I/O capacity has been provided.
c.
Verify that DDC controllers are protected from power supply surges.
Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures.
ADJUSTING
A.
Calibrating and Adjusting:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Calibrate instruments.
Make three-point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog
instrument.
Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and
instruction manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at least double that of instrument
being calibrated.
Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of
instrument. Submit procedures review and approval before initiating startup procedures.
Adjust initial temperature set points.
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
230900 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion,
provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to
three visits to Project during other than normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 230900
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
230900 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 232113 - HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special-duty valves, and
specialties for the following:
1.
1.3
Hot-water heating piping.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following
minimum working pressure and temperature:
1.
1.4
Hot-Water Heating Piping: 200 psig ( 1379 kPa) at 250 deg F (121 deg C).
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of the following:
1.
2.
Valves. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for
calibrated-orifice balancing valves and automatic flow-control valves.
Hydronic specialties.
B.
Shop Drawings: Detail, at 1/4 (1:50) scale, the piping layout, fabrication of pipe anchors,
hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and
attachments of the same to the building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides,
and expansion joints and loops.
C.
Welding certificates.
D.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
E.
Field quality-control test reports.
F.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and special-duty
valves to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRONIC PIPING
232113 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
B.
Installers of Pressure-Sealed Joints: Installers shall be certified by the pressure-seal joint
manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure-seal pipe
couplings and fittings.
Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,
"Structural Welding Code - Steel."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A.
Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B).
B.
Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
C.
Grooved-End Copper Fittings:
ASTM B 584, bronze casting.
2.2
ASTM B 75 (ASTM B 75M), copper tube or
Copper or Bronze Pressure-Seal Fittings:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
D.
Anvil International, Inc.
S. P. Fittings; a division of Star Pipe Products.
Victaulic Company of America.
Stadler-Viega.
Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as
indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article.
B.
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in Part 3
"Piping Applications" Article.
C.
Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in Part 3
"Piping Applications" Article.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRONIC PIPING
232113 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3
JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to
ASTM B 813.
B.
Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for joining copper
with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel.
C.
Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
2.4
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.
Description: Combination fitting of copper-alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B.
Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C.
Dielectric Unions:
1.
2.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.
D.
Factory-fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure
at 180 deg F (82 deg C).
Dielectric Couplings:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
2.
E.
Capitol Manufacturing Company.
Central Plastics Company.
Hart Industries International, Inc.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division.
Calpico, Inc.
Lochinvar Corporation.
Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded
ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C).
Dielectric Nipples:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRONIC PIPING
232113 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
b.
c.
2.
2.5
Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.
Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain,
threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225
deg F (107 deg C).
VALVES
A.
Gate, Globe, Check, Ball, and Butterfly Valves: Comply with requirements specified in
Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping."
B.
Automatic Temperature-Control Valves, Actuators, and Sensors: Comply with requirements
specified in Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC."
C.
Bronze, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
D.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
Flow Design Inc.
Gerand Engineering Co.
Griswold Controls.
Taco.
Body: Bronze, ball or plug type with calibrated orifice or venturi.
Ball: Brass or stainless steel.
Plug: Resin.
Seat: PTFE.
End Connections: Threaded or socket.
Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter.
Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.
CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig (860 kPa).
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg C).
Cast-Iron or Steel, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries.
Flow Design Inc.
Gerand Engineering Co.
Griswold Controls.
Taco.
Tour & Andersson; available through Victaulic Company of America.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRONIC PIPING
232113 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
2.6
Body: Cast-iron or steel body, ball, plug, or globe pattern with calibrated orifice or
venturi.
Ball: Brass or stainless steel.
Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings.
Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE.
Seat: PTFE.
End Connections: Flanged or grooved.
Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter.
Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.
CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig (860 kPa).
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg C).
HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.
Y-Pattern Strainers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection.
End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged ends for
NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger.
Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50
percent free area.
CWP Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING APPLICATIONS
A.
Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be the following:
1.
2.
3.2
Type L (B), drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed joints.
Schedule 40 steel pipe; Class 150, malleable-iron 300, malleable-iron fittings; cast-iron
flanges and flange fittings; and threaded joints.
VALVE APPLICATIONS
A.
Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply connection
to each piece of equipment.
B.
Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves at each branch connection to return main.
C.
Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves in the return pipe of each heating or cooling terminal.
D.
Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRONIC PIPING
232113 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.3
PIPING INSTALLATIONS
A.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping
as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
B.
Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
C.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
D.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
E.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
F.
Install piping at indicated slopes.
G.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
H.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
I.
Install piping to allow application of insulation.
J.
Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
K.
Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing
of valves.
L.
Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 (DN 20) ball valve, and short NPS 3/4
(DN 20) threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as
required for system drainage.
M.
Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow.
N.
Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.
O.
Provide pipe identification to match existing.
P.
Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to
the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe.
Q.
Install valves according to Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping."
R.
Install unions in piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRONIC PIPING
232113 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
S.
Install strainers on inlet side of each control valve, pressure-reducing valve, solenoid valve, inline pump, and elsewhere as indicated.
T.
Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.
3.4
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and
Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Comply with the following requirements for
maximum spacing of supports.
B.
Install the following pipe attachments:
1.
2.
C.
Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:
1.
3.5
Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet (6 m)
long.
Spring hangers to support vertical runs.
NPS 3/4 (DN 20): Maximum span, 7 feet (2.1 m); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).
PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
C.
Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube"
Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.
D.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
2.
3.6
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal
threading is specified.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION
A.
Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required
for system air venting.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRONIC PIPING
232113 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
3.7
Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping in mechanical equipment rooms only.
Manual vents at heat-transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air venting.
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A.
Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment
connections.
B.
Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.
C.
Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are
installed, only one bypass is required.
3.8
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test.
Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace
strainer screens.
Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be
capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve.
Perform the following before operating the system:
1.
2.
3.
Open manual valves fully.
Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating
freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type).
Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 232113
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRONIC PIPING
232113 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
1.2
Rectangular ducts and fittings.
Round ducts and fittings.
Sheet metal materials.
Sealants and gaskets.
Hangers and supports.
Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting,
and balancing requirements for metal ducts.
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, ductmounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint
construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design
criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article.
B.
Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads
and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
C.
Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in
ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings:
1.
Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components,
and attachments to other work.
2.
Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings.
3.
Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-pressure classes.
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
1.4
Elevation of top of ducts.
Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines.
Fittings.
Reinforcement and spacing.
Seam and joint construction.
Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions.
Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and
panels.
Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, and vibration
isolation.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems
and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up."
B.
ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004,
Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise
indicated.
B.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for staticpressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and
other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
C.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular
Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, ductsupport intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible."
D.
Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types
and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable
sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2
ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on
indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
B.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints - Round Duct," for
static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals,
and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
1.
C.
2.3
Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches (1524 mm) in Diameter: Flanged.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Seams - Round Duct and Fittings,"
for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
1.
D.
Lindab Inc.
McGill AirFlow LLC.
SEMCO Incorporated.
Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc.
Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Fabricate round ducts larger Than 90 inches (2286 mm) in diameter with butt-welded
longitudinal seams.
Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and
Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials
involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A.
General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct
construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting,
seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B.
Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
C.
Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and
galvanized.
1.
D.
2.4
Galvanized Coating Designation: G60 (Z180) or G90 (Z275).
Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.
Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum
ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials.
Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch (6-mm) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900
mm) or less; 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm).
SEALANT AND GASKETS
A.
General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and
gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index
of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B.
Two-Part Tape Sealing System:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
C.
Tape:
Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified
acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight
seal.
Tape Width: 4 inches (102 mm) or 6 inches (152 mm).
Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic.
Water resistant.
Mold and mildew resistant.
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive and negative.
Service: Indoor and outdoor.
Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 93 deg C).
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless
steel, or aluminum.
For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Application Method: Brush on.
Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent.
Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20.
Water resistant.
Mold and mildew resistant.
VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water).
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive and negative.
Service: Indoor or outdoor.
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless
steel, or aluminum sheets.
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric.
Type: S.
Grade: NS.
Class: 25.
Use: O.
For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
E.
Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.
F.
Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals:
1.
2.
3.
2.5
Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg (0.14 L/s per
sq. m at 250 Pa) and shall be rated for 10-inch wg (2500-Pa) static-pressure class,
positive or negative.
EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot.
Double-lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings
and fitting spigots.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.
B.
Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Table 4-1 (Table 4-1M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and
Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
C.
Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603.
D.
Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and
bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.
E.
Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible
with duct materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
DUCT INSTALLATION
A.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct
system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and
calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations.
Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and
Coordination Drawings.
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible" unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths.
D.
Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
E.
Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for
branch connections.
F.
Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines.
G.
Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
enclosure elements of building.
H.
Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch (25 mm), plus allowance for insulation thickness.
I.
Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and
enclosures.
J.
Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to
view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal
flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2
inches (38 mm).
K.
Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers.
Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke
dampers.
L.
Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials.
3.2
INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK
A.
Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged.
B.
Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use
two-part tape sealing system.
C.
Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings,
hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets.
D.
Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these
requirements.
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.3
DUCT SEALING
A.
3.4
Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct
Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"
Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports."
B.
Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners
appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1.
Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.
2.
Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for
slabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.
3.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for
slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.
4.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.
C.
Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 4-1 (Table 4-1M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2,
"Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and
supports within 24 inches (610 mm) of each elbow and within 48 inches (1200 mm) of each
branch intersection.
D.
Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
E.
Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension,
and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
3.5
CONNECTIONS
A.
Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section
"Air Duct Accessories."
B.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
3.6
DUCT CLEANING
A.
Clean new and existing duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B.
Use service openings for entry and inspection.
1.
Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class if
required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.
3.
C.
Particulate Collection and Odor Control:
1.
2.
D.
3.
Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and
mechanical equipment rooms.
Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.7
When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97
percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles.
When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from
HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points
of entry into building.
Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
1.
2.
E.
insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors.
Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.
Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.
Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants
from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building.
Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect
vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under
negative pressure.
Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without
damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures.
Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if
fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written
instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris.
START UP
A.
3.8
Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC."
DUCT SCHEDULE
A.
Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows:
B.
Supply Ducts:
1.
Ducts Connected to low pressure systems:
a.
Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg (500 Pa).
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b.
c.
d.
C.
Return Ducts:
1.
Ducts Connected to low pressure systems:
a.
b.
c.
d.
D.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6 or 12.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg (500 Pa).
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
Elbow Configuration:
1.
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a.
b.
c.
2.
Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio.
Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes.
Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 3-3, "Round Duct Elbows."
a.
Minimum Radius-to-Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments:
Comply with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 31, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have
proportionately fewer segments.
1)
2)
3)
4)
b.
c.
E.
Velocity 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or Lower: 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and three
segments for 90-degree elbow.
Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm (5 to 7.6 m/s): 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and
four segments for 90-degree elbow.
Velocity 1500 fpm (7.6 m/s) or Higher: 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and
five segments for 90-degree elbow.
Radius-to Diameter Ratio: 1.5.
Round Elbows, 12 Inches (305 mm) and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated.
Round Elbows, 14 Inches (356 mm) and Larger in Diameter: Standing seam.
Branch Configuration:
1.
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-6, "Branch Connections."
a.
Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry.
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 9
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b.
2.
Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Spin in.
Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees."
Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct.
a.
b.
Velocity 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or Lower: 90-degree tap.
Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm (5 to 7.6 m/s): Conical tap.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 233113
____________________________________________________________________________________
METAL DUCTS
233113 - 10
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
Section Includes:
1.
Fire dampers.
2.
Duct-mounted access doors.
3.
Duct accessory hardware.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: For duct accessories.
attachments to other work.
1.
Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction.
Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field
assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following:
a.
b.
C.
1.3
Include plans, elevations, sections, details and
Special fittings.
Fire-damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors.
Operation and maintenance data.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with
NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
B.
Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise
indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
233300 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1.
2.
C.
2.2
Galvanized Coating Designation: G60 (Z180).
Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized.
Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch (6-mm) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900
mm) or less; 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm).
1.
FIRE DAMPERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Arrow United Industries; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
McGill AirFlow LLC.
METALAIRE, Inc.
Nailor Industries Inc.
Ruskin Company.
Vent Products Company, Inc.
B.
Type: Dynamic; rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL.
C.
Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg (1-kPa) static pressure class and minimum 4000-fpm
(20-m/s) velocity.
D.
Fire Rating: 1-1/2 hours.
E.
Frame: Curtain type with blades inside airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch(0.85-mm-) thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners.
F.
Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed, galvanized sheet steel.
1.
2.
Minimum Thickness: 0.052 or 0.138 inch (1.3 or 3.5 mm) thick, as indicated, and of
length to suit application.
Exception: Omit sleeve where damper-frame width permits direct attachment of
perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must
comply with sleeve requirements.
G.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated.
H.
Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.034-inch- (0.85-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel. In
place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- (0.85-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel
blade connectors.
I.
Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless-steel closure spring.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
233300 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
J.
Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F (74 deg C) rated, fusible links.Exterior
Surfaces: All exterior surfaces of fire dampers shall be primed and have a finish coat of red
color enamel.
K.
Directional Arrows: Provide air-flow directional arrows on all fire dampers.
2.3
DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Ductmate Industries, Inc.
Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc.
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
McGill AirFlow LLC.
Nailor Industries Inc.
Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 7-2 (7-2M), "Duct Access Doors and
Panels," and 7-3, "Access Doors - Round Duct."
1.
Door:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
Double wall, rectangular.
Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch (25-by-25-mm) butt or piano hinge and cam
latches.
Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.
Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.
Number of Hinges and Locks:
a.
b.
Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches (300 mm) Square: No hinges and two sash
locks.
Access Doors up to 18 Inches (460 mm) Square: Two hinges and two sash locks.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts.
B.
Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in
galvanized-steel.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
233300 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
D.
Install fire dampers according to UL listing.
E.
Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining
accessories and equipment at the following locations:
1.
Adjacent to and close enough to fire dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links. Access
doors for access to fire dampers having fusible links shall be pressure relief access doors;
and shall be outward operation for access doors installed upstream from dampers and
inward operation for access doors installed downstream from dampers.
F.
Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure.
G.
Access Door Sizes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.2
One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches (200 by 125 mm).
Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches (300 by 150 mm).
Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches (460 by 250 mm).
Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches (530 by 355 mm).
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be
performed.
2.
Operate fire dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heatresponse device is installed.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 233300
_____________________________________________________________________________________
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
233300 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 233600 - AIR TERMINAL UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
1.3
Shutoff, single-duct air terminal units.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.4
Structural Performance: Hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and
stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible".
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of the following products, including rated capacities, furnished
specialties, sound-power ratings, and accessories.
1.
B.
Shop Drawings: For air terminal units.
attachments to other work.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Air terminal units.
Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration
isolation.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For air terminal units to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and
Maintenance Data," include the following:
1.
2.
Instructions for resetting minimum and maximum air volumes.
Instructions for adjusting software set points.
______________________________________________________________________________________
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
233600 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B.
ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems
and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SHUTOFF, SINGLE-DUCT AIR TERMINAL UNITS
A.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated
on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Anemostat Products; a Mestek Company.
Carnes.
Environmental Technologies, Inc.
Krueger.
METALAIRE, Inc.
Nailor Industries Inc.
Price Industries.
Titus.
Trane; a business of American Standard Companies.
Tuttle & Bailey.
B.
Configuration: Volume-damper assembly inside unit casing with control components inside a
protective metal shroud.
C.
Casing: 0.034-inch (0.85-mm) steel single wall.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Casing Lining: Adhesive attached, 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, coated, fibrous-glass duct
liner complying with ASTM C 1071, and having a maximum flame-spread index of 25
and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50, for both insulation and adhesive, when
tested according to ASTM E 84.
a.
Cover liner with nonporous foil and non-perforated metal.
Air Inlets: Round stub connections or S-slip and drive connections for duct attachment.
Air Outlet: S-slip and drive connections.
Access: Removable panels for access to parts requiring service, adjustment, or
maintenance; with airtight gasket and quarter-turn latches.
Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with
requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
Volume Damper: Galvanized steel with flow-sensing ring and peripheral gasket and selflubricating bearings.
______________________________________________________________________________________
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
233600 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
Maximum Damper Leakage: ARI 880 rated, 2 percent of nominal airflow at 3-inch wg
(750-Pa) inlet static pressure.
Damper Position: Normally closed.
E.
Velocity Sensors: Multipoint array with velocity sensors in cold- and hot-deck air inlets and air
outlets.
F.
Hydronic Coils: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than
0.1 inch (2.5 mm), and rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig (1380 kPa) and a
maximum entering-water temperature of 220 deg F (104 deg C). Include manual air vent and
drain valve.
G.
Factory-Mounted and -Wired Controls: Electrical components mounted in control box with
removable cover. Incorporate single-point electrical connection to power source.
1.
2.
3.
Control Transformer: Factory mounted for control voltage on electric and electronic
control units with terminal strip in control box for field wiring of thermostat and power
source.
Wiring Terminations: Fan and controls to terminal strip. Terminal lugs to match
quantities, sizes, and materials of branch-circuit conductors. Enclose terminal lugs in
terminal box that is sized according to NFPA 70.
Disconnect Switch: Factory-mounted, fuse type.
H.
Control Panel Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1, with access panel sealed from airflow and
mounted on side of unit.
I.
Electric Controls: 24-V damper actuator with wall-mounted electric thermostat and appropriate
mounting hardware.
2.2
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.
B.
Steel Cables: Glavanized steel complying with ASTMA A 603.
C.
Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and
bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.
D.
Air Terminal Unit Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws;
compatible with duct materials.
E.
Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes and plates for units with steel casings; aluminum for
units with aluminum casings.
2.3
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Factory Tests: Test assembled air terminal units according to ARI 880.
______________________________________________________________________________________
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
233600 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, maximum and minimum
factory-set airflows, and ARI certification seal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install air terminal units according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air
Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
B.
Install air terminal units level and plumb. Maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and
maintenance.
3.2
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"
Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports."
B.
Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners
appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1.
Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.
2.
Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes and for
slabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.
3.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes and
for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.
4.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.
C.
Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
D.
Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension,
and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
3.3
CONNECTIONS
A.
Install piping adjacent to air terminal unit to allow service and maintenance.
B.
Hot-Water Piping: In addition to requirements in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping,"
connect heating coils to supply with shutoff valve, strainer, control valve, and union or flange;
and to return with balancing valve and union or flange.
C.
Connect ducts to air terminal units according to Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts."
D.
Make connections to air terminal units with flexible connectors complying with requirements in
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories."
______________________________________________________________________________________
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
233600 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.4
IDENTIFICATION
A.
3.5
Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, and maximum and minimum
factory-set airflows.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
C.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
After installing air terminal units and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for
compliance with requirements.
Leak Test: After installation, fill water coils and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
D.
Air terminal unit will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.6
STARTUP SERVICE
A.
Perform startup service.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.7
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Verify that inlet duct connections are as recommended by air terminal unit manufacturer
to achieve proper performance.
Verify that controls and control enclosure are accessible.
Verify that control connections are complete.
Verify that nameplate and identification tag are visible.
DEMONSTRATION
A.
Train Owner’s maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air terminal units.
______________________________________________________________________________________
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
233600 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 233600
______________________________________________________________________________________
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
233600 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 233713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
Fixed face grilles.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volumecontrol dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles.
1.2
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following:
1.
2.
Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and
performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings.
Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location,
quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
REGISTERS AND GRILLES
A.
Adjustable Bar Register:
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
A-J Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Anemostat Products; a Mestek company.
Carnes.
Dayus Register & Grille Inc.
Hart & Cooley Inc.
Krueger.
METALAIRE, Inc.
Nailor Industries Inc.
Price Industries.
Titus.
Tuttle & Bailey.
2.
Material: Steel.
3.
Finish: Baked enamel, white.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
233713 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
5.
6.
Mounting: Countersunk screw.
Damper Type: Adjustable opposed blade.
Accessories:
a.
B.
Adjustable Bar Grille:
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.
3.
4.
2.2
Rear-blade gang operator.
A-J Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Anemostat Products; a Mestek company.
Carnes.
Dayus Register & Grille Inc.
Hart & Cooley Inc.
Krueger.
METALAIRE, Inc.
Nailor Industries Inc.
Price Industries.
Titus.
Tuttle & Bailey.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Baked enamel, white.
Mounting: Countersunk screw.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70,
"Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb.
B.
Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and
maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
233713 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 233713
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
233713 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 260500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.2
Sleeves for raceways and cables.
Sleeve seals.
Grout.
Common electrical installation requirements.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For sleeve seals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES
A.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, galvanized steel, plain ends.
B.
Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,
with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel.
1.
Minimum Metal Thickness:
a.
b.
2.2
For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more
than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch.
For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and
1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch.
SLEEVE SEALS
A.
Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between
sleeve and raceway or cable.
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable
product by one of the following:
a.
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.(Basis-of-Design)
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
260500 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
2.3
Calpico, Inc.
Metraflex Co.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit.
Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.
Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length
required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing
element.
GROUT
A.
Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout:
ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic
aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for
application and a 30-minute working time.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1.
B.
Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit
for wall-mounting items.
C.
Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated,
arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom
consistent with these requirements.
D.
Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components
of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to
facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.
E.
Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope.
3.2
SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A.
Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways
penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies.
B.
Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed
openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
C.
Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
260500 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D.
Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies
unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor
or wall.
E.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.
F.
Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
G.
Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable,
unless indicated otherwise.
H.
Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry
1.
Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed
surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing.
I.
Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve
and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint.
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants.".
J.
Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable
penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section
"Penetration Firestopping."
3.3
FIRESTOPPING
A.
Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical
installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and
installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 260500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
260500 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.2
Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less.
Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.
Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Field quality-control test reports.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A.
Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70.
B.
Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN.
C.
Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Type RHW-2 and with UL 2196 for 2
hour fire rating.
2.2
CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
____________________________________________________________________________________
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
AFC Cable Systems, Inc. (Basis-of-Design)
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC.
3M; Electrical Products Division.
Tyco Electronics Corp.
B.
Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type,
and class for application and service indicated.
C.
For conductor size 6AWG and larger, all connections and terminations shall use compression
type connectors.
2.3
SLEEVES FOR CABLES
A.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, galvanized steel, plain ends.
B.
Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,
with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
2.4
SLEEVE SEALS
A.
Basis-of-Design Product:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert
manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product by one of the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Advance Products & Systems, Inc. (Basis-of-Design)
Calpico, Inc.
Metraflex Co.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between
sleeve and cable.
1.
2.
3.
Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit.
Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.
Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length
required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing
element.
____________________________________________________________________________________
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A.
Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.
B.
Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and
larger.
3.2
CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND
WIRING METHODS
A.
Feeders for Fire Pump: Type RHW-2 @ 90 degree Celsius, 2 hrs fire-rated per UL 2196.
B.
Branch circuit and feeder wiring (except for Fire Pump):
conductors in raceway.
C.
Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
D.
Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
3.3
Type THHN-THWN, Single
INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A.
Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used
must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
C.
Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will
not damage cables or raceway.
D.
Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and
follow surface contours where possible.
E.
Support cables according to Division 26 Sections "Hangers and Supports for Electrical
Systems."
F.
Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification
for Electrical Systems."
G.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
H.
Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent
or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.
____________________________________________________________________________________
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I.
Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack.
J.
Wiring at junction boxes: Install conductor for each box, with at least 12 inches of slack for
future connections.
3.4
SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A.
Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
B.
Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed
openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
C.
Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies
unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor
or wall.
D.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces.
E.
Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
F.
Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless sleeve
seal is to be installed or unless seismic criteria require different clearance.
G.
Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with
approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies.
H.
Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve
and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to
Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
I.
Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to
Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
J.
Aboveground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical
sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for
installing mechanical sleeve seals.
K.
Underground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size
sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between cable and sleeve for installing
mechanical sleeve seals.
____________________________________________________________________________________
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.5
FIRESTOPPING
A.
3.6
Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Division 07 Section "Penetration
Firestopping."
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
C.
Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:
1.
2.
3.
D.
After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized,
test for compliance with requirements.
a.
Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and insulation resistance tests for
fire pump feeders.
Test procedures used.
Test results that comply with requirements.
Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve
compliance with requirements.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 260519
____________________________________________________________________________________
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Field quality-control test reports.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B.
Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CONDUCTORS
A.
Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned-copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless
otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Bare Copper Conductors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.
Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter.
Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor.
Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 15/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.
Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with
copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.
____________________________________________________________________________________
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260526 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2
CONNECTORS
A.
Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of
conductors and other items connected.
B.
Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type,
with at least two bolts.
1.
Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
APPLICATIONS
A.
Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for
No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Conductor Terminations and Connections:
1.
3.2
Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A.
Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those
required by NFPA 70:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.3
Feeders and branch circuits.
Lighting circuits.
Receptacle circuits.
Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.
Armored and metal-clad cable runs.
INSTALLATION
A.
Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise
indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may
be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
B.
Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance,
except where routed through short lengths of conduit.
1.
Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate
any adjacent parts.
2.
Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so
vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.
____________________________________________________________________________________
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260526 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 260526
____________________________________________________________________________________
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260526 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
2.
1.2
Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems.
Construction requirements for concrete bases.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Delegated Design:
Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and
design criteria indicated.
B.
Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems and its contents.
C.
Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components.
D.
Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads
calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the
applied force.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For steel slotted support systems.
B.
Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and
installation details and include calculations for the following:
1.
2.
3.
C.
1.4
Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components.
Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components.
Equipment supports.
Welding certificates.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
Welding Code - Steel."
____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260529 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A.
Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field
assembly.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. (Basis-of-Design)
Allied Tube & Conduit.
Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
ERICO International Corporation.
GS Metals Corp.
Thomas & Betts Corporation.
Wesanco, Inc.
Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to
MFMA-4.
Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating
applied according to MFMA-4.
Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA4.
Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria.
B.
Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101.
C.
Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed
for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.
D.
Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of
threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or
cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces
as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.
E.
Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints:
shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
F.
Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or
their supports to building surfaces include the following:
1.
ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates,
Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement
concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260529 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
2.
Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in
hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate
for supported loads and building materials in which used.
a.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.2
MKT Fastening, LLC. (Basis-of-Design)
Hilti Inc.
ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit.
Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. (Basis-of-Design)
Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Hilti Inc.
ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
MKT Fastening, LLC.
Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS
Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58.
Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for
attached structural element.
Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength.
Comply with
ASTM A 325.
Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A.
Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions
of supported equipment.
B.
Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel
shapes and plates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
APPLICATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical
equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter.
____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260529 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for
EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in
diameter.
C.
Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted or
other support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without
exceeding specified design load limits.
1.
D.
3.2
Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps.
Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 11/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above
suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.
SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this
Article.
B.
Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, and RMC may
be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.
C.
Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength
will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits.
Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported
components plus 200 lb.
D.
Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten
electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods
unless otherwise indicated by code:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.
To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor
fasteners on solid masonry units.
To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock
washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches thick or
greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than
4 inches thick.
To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69.
To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.
Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets,
panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes,
transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means
that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements.
____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260529 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E.
3.3
Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing
bars.
INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A.
Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
B.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
3.4
PAINTING
A.
Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply
with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1.
Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
B.
Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for cleaning and touchup
painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous
metal.
C.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 260529
____________________________________________________________________________________
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260529 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 260533 - RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes and enclosures for electrical wiring.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For surface raceways, wire-ways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover
enclosures, and cabinets.
B.
Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections,
details, and attachments to other work.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A.
Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B.
IMC: ANSI C80.6.
C.
EMT: ANSI C80.3.
D.
FMC: Zinc-coated steel.
E.
LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.
F.
Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquid-tight), EMT, and Cable:
NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and
environment in which installed.
1.
Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886.
2.
Fittings for EMT: compression type.
____________________________________________________________________________________
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260533 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2
METAL WIREWAYS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
Cooper B-Line, Inc.
Hoffman.
Square D; Schneider Electric.
B.
Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise
indicated.
C.
Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, holddown straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for
complete system.
D.
Wireway Covers: Hinged type.
E.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
2.3
BOXES AND ENCLOSURES
A.
Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
B.
Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed
cover.
C.
Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
D.
Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed
cover.
E.
Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch,
unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
RACEWAY APPLICATION
A.
Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
2.
Exposed, Not within 8 feet of the floor, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT.
Exposed and within 8 feet of the floor: Rigid steel conduit. Includes raceways in the
following locations:
a.
Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units.
____________________________________________________________________________________
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260533 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ATCT Fire Pump Room: Conduits between the fire pump and the fire pump
controller shall be rigid steel conduits.
Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT.
Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Motor-Driven
Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations, maximum length
allowed is 18”.
Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit.
Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4, in damp or
wet locations.
B.
Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size.
C.
Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
1.
All EMT fittings shall be compression type.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2
except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter.
B.
Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes.
Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
C.
Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
D.
Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical
Systems."
E.
Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab.
F.
Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for
communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed.
G.
Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise
indicated.
H.
No conduit to be run in Slab-on-Grade (conduit can be run below Slab-on-Grade).
I.
Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings
to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG.
J.
Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not
less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire.
K.
Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with
listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a
blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway
sealing fittings at the following points:
____________________________________________________________________________________
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260533 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
IF0610
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
L.
Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 18 inches (72 inches for recessed lighting
fixture) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed, equipment subject to vibration, noise
transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors.
1.
2.
3.3
Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated
spaces.
Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.
Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.
FIRESTOPPING
A.
Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements
are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 260533
____________________________________________________________________________________
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260533 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies electrical identification materials and includes requirements for electrical
identification including but not limited to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1.
1.3
Identification labeling for raceways, cables, and conductors.
Operational instruction signs.
Warning and caution signs.
Equipment labels and signs.
Refer to other Division 26 sections for additional specific electrical identification associated
with specific items.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data for each type of product specified.
B.
Schedule of all tags, markers, nameplates, signs, etc.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National
Electrical Code."
B.
Comply with manufacturers instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553- 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.2
American Engraving Co.
Seton Name Plate Co.
Standard Signs, Inc.
W.H. Brady, Co.
Almetek Industries
Tech Products, Inc.
William Frick & Company
Thomas & Betts
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A.
Engraved, Plastic Laminated Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock melamine plastic
laminate, 1/16-inch minimum thick for signs up to 20 square inches, or 8 inches in length; 1/8-inch
thick for larger sizes. Drill holes for mechanical fasteners when mounted indoors.
B.
Baked Enamel Warning and Caution Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched
for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the location.
C.
Exterior Metal Backed Butyrate Warning and Caution Signs: Weather resistant, nonfading,
preprinted cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 20-gage galvanized steel backing, with colors,
legend, and size appropriate to the location. Provide 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting.
D.
Fasteners for Plastic Laminated and Metal Signs: Self tapping stainless steel screws or number
10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
E.
Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking nylon cable ties, 0.18-inch
minimum width, 50-lb minimum tensile strength, and suitable for a temperature range from minus
50 deg F to 350 deg F.
F.
Cable Markers: Provide "E-Z Tag" as manufactured by Almetek Industries Inc., or "Everlast" tags as
manufactured by Tech Products Inc. Tags shall consist of 1.0 inch high numerals or letters placed in
a tag holder. Tags and holder shall be manufactured from U.V. stabilized non-conductive, noncorrosive polyethylene or equal. Tag holder shall be black and numerals and letters shall be black on
yellow background. Numerals and letters shall be oriented either horizontally or vertically
depending on orientation of cable.
G.
Pressure Sensitive Markers for Outdoor Equipment: Provide markers as manufactured by Almetek
Industries or William Frick & Company or equal. Provide minimum 1.0 inch high numerals or
letters. On medium voltage equipment provide markers that are black on reflective yellow
background. On low voltage equipment provide markers which are black on reflective silver
background. Markers shall be resistent to U.V. light.
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553- 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations with
corresponding designations specified or indicated. Install numbers, lettering, and colors as approved
in submittals and as required by code.
B.
Install identification products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and
requirements of NEC.
C.
Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install
identification after completion of finish work.
D.
Low Voltage Conductor Color-Coding: Provide color coding for as follows:
E.
480/277 Volts
Black
Red
Blue
White
Green
A
B
C
Neutral
Ground
Yellow
Brown
Orange
Gray
Green
The following color-coding methods may be used in lieu of factory color-coded wire for sizes
No. 4 AWG and Larger.
a.
Apply colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape in half lapped turns for a distance of 6
inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply the
last two laps of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding.
Provide warning, caution, and instruction signs as follows:
1.
2.
G.
Phase
Use low voltage conductors with color factory-applied the entire length of the conductors except as
follows:
1.
F.
208/120 Volts
Install warning, caution, or instruction signs where required by NEC, where indicated, or
where required for safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems. Install engraved
plastic laminated instruction signs where instructions or explanations are needed for system or
equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items. Attach signs
to outdoor equipment using two-part epoxy cement.
Emergency Operating Signs: Where required provide engraved laminate signs with white
legend on red background with minimum 3/8-inch high lettering for emergency instructions.
Provide equipment/system, circuit/device identification as follows:
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553- 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Provide engraved plastic laminate identification markers on electrical equipment. For 240V
systems and below provide white lettering on black background. For 480/277V systems, use
black lettering on yellow background. Text shall match terminology and numbering of the
Contract Documents and shop drawings. Apply markers on all of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Panelboards.
Fire pump equipment.
Disconnect switches.
Control equipment.
Circuit breakers
H.
Circuit Schedules: For panelboards provide typed the latest updated circuit schedule card with
identification of items controlled by each breaker.
I.
Install labels, tags and markers at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference
with operation and maintenance of equipment.
J.
Raceway: Identify with pressure sensitive markers purpose of circuit (i.e., lighting, power, alarm,
signal, PA, etc.). Place marker on junction boxes and along raceway on 150-foot centers. Markers
shall be black on white background.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program.
END OF SECTION 260553
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553- 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
1.2
Receptacles and associated device plates.
Wall switches and associated cover plates.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking
wall plates.
C.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing
label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cooper Wiring Devices; a division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper). (Basis-of-Design)
Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell).
Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton).
Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour).
____________________________________________________________________________________
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2
STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES
A.
Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:
configuration 5-20R, and UL 498.
1.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.3
Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6
Cooper; 5351 (single), 5352 (duplex). (Basis-of-Design)
Hubbell; HBL5351 (single), CR5352 (duplex).
Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex).
Pass & Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex).
GFCI RECEPTACLES
A.
General Description: Straight blade, non-feed-through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1,
NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when
device is tripped.
B.
Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:
1.
2.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
2.4
Cooper; GF20.
Pass & Seymour; 2084.
WALL PLATES
A.
Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.5
Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, stainless steel.
Material for Unfinished Spaces: Smooth, stainless steel.
Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and
labeled for use in "wet locations."
FINISHES
A.
Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color.
1.
2.
Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Almond, unless otherwise
indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing.
Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red.
____________________________________________________________________________________
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.6
SNAP SWITCHES
A.
Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20.
B.
Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A:
1.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.7
Cooper; 2221 (single pole), 2222 (two pole), 2223 (three way), 2224 (four way).
Hubbell; CS1221 (single pole), CS1222 (two pole), CS1223 (three way), CS1224
(four way).
Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four
way).
Pass & Seymour; 20AC1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way),
20AC4 (four way).
WALL PLATES
A.
Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic.
Material for Unfinished Spaces: Smooth, stainless steel type.
Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and
labeled for use in "wet locations."
Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates:
resistant, thermoplastic with lockable cover.
NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weather-
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise
noted.
B.
Coordination with Other Trades:
1.
Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish
materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by
riding against outside of the boxes.
2.
Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust,
paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and
cables.
3.
Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint
unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall.
____________________________________________________________________________________
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
C.
Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.
Conductors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on
devices.
Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid
scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire.
The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70,
Article 300, without pigtails.
Existing Conductors:
a.
b.
c.
D.
Device Installation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
E.
Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors.
Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter.
Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough.
Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show
signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete.
Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect
conductors.
Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last
possible moment.
Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length.
When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid
conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw.
Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer.
When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice
No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections.
Tighten unused terminal screws on the device.
When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device
mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact.
Receptacle Orientation:
1.
Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted
receptacles to the right.
F.
Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount
outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.
G.
Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension
vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under
single, multigang wall plates.
____________________________________________________________________________________
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."
1.
3.3
Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot,
stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and
durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1.
2.
B.
Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436.
Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital
readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement.
Tests for Convenience Receptacles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V.
Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable.
Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable.
Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted.
The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit
breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar
problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new,
and retest as specified above.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 262726
____________________________________________________________________________________
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 265100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.2
Interior lighting fixtures, lamps, and ballasts.
Emergency lighting units.
Exit signs.
Lamps.
Lighting fixture supports.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation.
Include data on features, accessories, finishes.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom lighting fixtures. Indicate dimensions,
weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories.
C.
Field quality-control test reports.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule where titles below are column or row headings that
introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:
1.
Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each lighting fixture is based on the product
named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified in lighting fixture
schedule on drawing.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
265100 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2
LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures.
B.
Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to
NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable.
C.
Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
D.
Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent
warping and sagging.
E.
Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to
prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during
relamping and when secured in operating position.
F.
Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
2.
3.
4.
G.
White Surfaces: 85 percent.
Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent.
Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes:
1.
Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to
yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation.
a.
b.
2.
2.3
Lens Thickness:
indicated.
UV stabilized.
At least 0.125 inch minimum unless different thickness is
Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated.
BALLASTS
A.
Electronic Ballasts for Linear Fluorescent Lamps: Comply with ANSI C82.11; instant start
type, unless otherwise indicated, and designed for type and quantity of lamps served. Ballasts
shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi-level control is indicated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Sound Rating: A.
Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 10 percent.
Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better.
Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher.
Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less.
BF: 0.85 or higher.
Power Factor: 0.95 or higher.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
265100 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.4
EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A.
General Requirements for Emergency Lighting Units: Self-contained units complying with
UL 924.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.5
Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type.
Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power-supply circuit voltage drops
to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery
when voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay
disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on
charger.
Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and
demonstrates unit operability.
LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge;
bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.
Provide power connection type to match existing.
EXIT SIGNS
A.
General Requirements for Exit Signs: Comply with UL 924; for sign colors, visibility,
luminance, and lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Internally Lighted Signs:
1.
2.
Lamps for AC Operation: LEDs, 50,000 hours minimum rated lamp life.
Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Integral automatic charger in a self-contained
power pack.
a.
b.
c.
3.
2.6
Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type.
Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
Operation: Relay automatically energizes lamp from battery when circuit voltage
drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. When normal voltage is restored,
relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and
floated on charger.
d.
Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal
power and demonstrates unit operability.
LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates
LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A.
Comply with Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channeland angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
B.
Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gage .
INTERIOR LIGHTING
265100 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C.
Wires for Humid Spaces: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Composition 302 or 304, annealed stainless
steel, 12 gage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each
fixture.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70 for minimum fixture supports.
C.
Adjust aimable lighting fixtures to provide required light intensities.
D.
Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors
and Cables."
3.2
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and
interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate
compliance with standards.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
GENERAL
A.
Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” specifies requirements for the Contractor’s quality
control program. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
END OF SECTION 265100
INTERIOR LIGHTING
265100 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 283111 - DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Scope of fire alarm work generally includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Install new smoke detectors where required to provide full smoke detection throughout
the building.
Relocate existing smoke detectors where ceilings are removed.
Install audible and visual notification devices to comply with NFPA 72.
Relocate existing manual pull stations and visual notification appliances as required.
Install monitor/relay modules to monitor the new standpipe and fire pump system.
Reprogram existing fire alarm panel for the integration of newly added devices.
System smoke detectors.
Notification appliances.
Addressable interface device.
DEFINITIONS
A.
LED: Light-emitting diode.
B.
NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies.
1.4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Noncoded, UL-certified addressable system, with multiplexed signal transmission, dedicated to
fire-alarm service only.
B.
Noncoded addressable system, with automatic sensitivity control of certain smoke detectors and
multiplexed signal transmission, dedicated to fire-alarm service only.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 1
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Seismic Performance: Fire-alarm control unit and raceways shall withstand the effects of
earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7.
1.
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts
from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully
operational after the seismic event."
B.
Coordination: Coordinate and sequence the work prior to fabrication and installation of
equipment. make necessary accommodations to meet the intent of the drawings and ensure a
coordinated installation.
C.
Installation of New Work: Perform installation in a neat and professional manner in accordance
with industry standard materials, tools and methods.
D.
Mounting Heights: Coordinate mounting heights of devices on finished walls to provide a neat
and symmetrical appearance.
E.
Warning Signs: Provide signs, barricades, guards, and protection for safety during construction.
keep work area clean, clear of obstructions, well illuminated, and under organized material
storage.
F.
Repair: Perform all work in such a manner to minimize damage to adjacent equipment, piping,
ductwork, wiring, fixtures, construction, finishes and structure. repair or replace any damage
resulting from work under this project to the satisfaction of the owner at no additional cost.
1.6
SUBMITTALS
A.
General Submittal Requirements:
1.
2.
Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting them
to Architect.
Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications:
a.
b.
c.
Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire-alarm system design.
NICET-certified fire-alarm technician, Level IV minimum.
Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
C.
Shop Drawings: For fire-alarm system.
attachments to other work.
1.
2.
3.
Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
Comply with recommendations in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of
Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72.
Include voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits.
Include battery-size calculations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 2
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
5.
6.
D.
Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector, verifying that
each detector is listed for complete range of air velocity, temperature, and humidity
possible when air-handling system is operating.
Include plans, sections, and elevations of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning ducts,
drawn to scale and coordinating installation of duct smoke detectors and access to them.
Show critical dimensions that relate to placement and support of sampling tubes, detector
housing, and remote status and alarm indicators. Locate detectors according to
manufacturer's written recommendations.
Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable
device. Show size and route of cable and conduits.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For smoke detectors indicated to comply with performance
requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.
2.
Drawings showing the location of each smoke detector, ratings of each, and installation
details as needed to comply with listing conditions of the detector.
Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting the spacing and sensitivity of
detection, complying with NFPA 72.
E.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
F.
Seismic Qualification Certificates: For fire-alarm control unit, accessories, and components,
from manufacturer.
1.
2.
3.
Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of
assembled components or on calculation.
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate
and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based
and their installation requirements.
G.
Field quality-control reports.
H.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire-alarm systems and components to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance"
Chapter in NFPA 72.
Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article "Permanent
Records" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter.
Record copy of site-specific software.
Provide "Maintenance, Inspection and Testing Records" according to NFPA 72 article of
the same name and include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Frequency of testing of installed components.
Frequency of inspection of installed components.
Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance.
Manufacturer's user training manuals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 3
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.
6.
I.
Software and Firmware Operational Documentation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.7
Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements.
Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at fire-alarm control unit.
Software operating and upgrade manuals.
Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with data
files.
Device address list.
Printout of software application and graphic screens.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation
of units required for this Project.
B.
Installer Qualifications: Final fire alarm control panel connections shall be made by personnel
certified by NICET as fire-alarm Level II technician.
C.
Source Limitations for Fire-Alarm System and Components: Obtain fire-alarm system from
single source from single manufacturer. Components shall be compatible with, and operate as,
an extension of existing system.
D.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
1.8
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Interruption of Existing Fire-Alarm Service: Do not interrupt fire-alarm service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only
after arranging to provide temporary guard service according to requirements indicated:
1.
1.9
Notify Airport Engineering & Maintenance Department and the Fire Marshal 96 hours
prior to any proposed system outage
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A.
Existing Fire-Alarm Equipment: Maintain existing equipment fully operational until new
equipment has been tested and accepted. As new equipment is installed, label it "NOT IN
SERVICE" until it is accepted. Remove labels from new equipment when put into service and
label existing fire-alarm equipment "NOT IN SERVICE" until removed from the building.
B.
Equipment Removal: After acceptance of new fire-alarm system, remove existing disconnected
fire-alarm equipment and wiring.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 4
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.10
A.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Smoke Detectors: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no
fewer than 1 unit of each type.
Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no
fewer than 1 unit of each type.
Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked and tamperproofed components.
Audible and Visual Notification Appliances: One of each type installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
2.2
Manufacturers: The existing fire alarm system is manufactured by Siemens Building
Technologies, Model MXL. All components installed shall be compatible with the base
building system.
SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION
A.
New addressable devices shall be programmed to follow the existing fire alarm system
sequence of operation, except for the fire pump run, fault and phase reversal conditions.
B.
Fire pump run, fault and phase reversal shall be monitored as supervisory conditions.
2.3
SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS
A.
General Requirements for System Smoke Detectors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Smoke detectors shall be Siemens FP-11 series.
Comply with UL 268; operating at 24-V dc, nominal.
Detectors shall be two-wire type.
Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm,
or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.
5.
Base Mounting: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted in a
twist-lock module that connects to a fixed base. Provide terminals in the fixed base for
connection to building wiring.
6.
Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to
restore them to normal operation.
7.
Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type indicating detector has operated and poweron status].
8.
Remote Control: Unless otherwise indicated, detectors shall be analog-addressable type,
individually monitored at fire-alarm control unit for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm
condition and individually adjustable for sensitivity by fire-alarm control unit.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 5
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Photoelectric Smoke Detectors:
1.
2.
Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be able to
identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.
An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to
manually access the following for each detector:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
C.
Duct Smoke Detectors: Photoelectric type complying with UL 268A.
1.
2.
Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be able to
identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.
An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be able to
manually access the following for each detector:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.4
Primary status.
Device type.
Present average value.
Present sensitivity selected.
Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).
Primary status.
Device type.
Present average value.
Present sensitivity selected.
Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).
Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for use with
the supplied detector.
Each sensor shall have multiple levels of detection sensitivity.
Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for specific
duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied.
Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit.
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
A.
B.
General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Connected to notification appliance signal
circuits, zoned as indicated, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for
system connections.
1.
Combination Horn/Strobes shall be Wheelock HS-MC series.
2.
Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a singlemounting assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for
system connections.
Horns: Electric-vibrating-polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the operating
mechanism behind a grille. Comply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a sound-pressure level
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 6
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
of 90 dBA, measured 10 feet from the horn, using the coded signal prescribed in UL 464 test
protocol.
C.
Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with UL 1971, with clear or
nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is
engraved in minimum 1-inch-high letters on the lens.
1.
Rated Light Output:
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.5
15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field.
Mounting: Wall or ceiling-mounted as indicated on the drawings.
For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings shall be determined
with guards in place.
Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units.
Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals.
Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, to match existing devices.
ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE
A.
Intelligent Interface Modules shall be Siemens TRI series.
B.
Description: Microelectronic monitor module, NRTL listed for use in providing a system
address for alarm-initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts.
C.
Integral Relay: Capable of providing a direct signal to auxiliary function as required.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire-alarm equipment.
B.
Connecting to Existing Equipment: Verify that existing fire-alarm system is operational before
making changes or connections.
1.
2.
3.
Connect new equipment to existing control panel in existing part of the building.
Connect new equipment to existing monitoring equipment at the supervising station.
Expand, modify, and supplement existing control equipment as necessary to extend
existing functions to the new points. New components shall be capable of merging with
existing configuration without degrading the performance of either system.
C.
Install all fire alarm wiring in conduit. Conduit to be installed in accordance with Section
260533.
D.
Spot-Type Smoke Detectors: Install as shown on the FA series drawings.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 7
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E.
Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inches below the ceiling. Install
horns on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind a
grille. Install audible devices at the lowest possible setting to meet minimum audibility
requirements.
F.
Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least
6 inches below the ceiling. All visible notification appliances in a single field of view shall be
synchronized.
G.
Device Location-Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor.
3.2
CONNECTIONS
A.
For fire-protection systems related to doors in fire-rated walls and partitions and to doors in
smoke partitions. Connect hardware and devices to fire-alarm system.
1.
B.
Make addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following devices and
systems. Install the interface device less than 3 feet from the device controlled. Make an
addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is available at the device or system
being controlled.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.3
Verify that hardware and devices are NRTL listed for use with fire-alarm system in this
Section before making connections.
Alarm-initiating connection to smoke-control system (smoke management) at firefighter
smoke-control system panel.
Alarm-initiating connection to stairwell and elevator-shaft pressurization systems.
Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems.
Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches.
Supervisory connections at fire-pump power failure including a dead-phase or phasereversal condition.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
3.4
Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Field tests shall be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,
test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
C.
Perform tests and inspections.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 8
WASHINGTON DULLES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORTS
HISTORIC AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LIFE SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS
IF0610
21 JANUARY 2010
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
D.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing.
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Inspection shall be based on completed Record Drawings and system
documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents,
Preparation" Table in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire
Alarm Systems" Chapter.
Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" Table in the "Inspection" Section of
the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72; retain the
"Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed components.
System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" Table in the "Testing" Section of the
"Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72.
Test audible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Perform the test using a portable sound-level meter complying with Type 2
requirements in ANSI S1.4.
Test audible appliances for the private operating mode according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
Test visible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
Factory-authorized service representative shall prepare the "Fire Alarm System Record of
Completion" in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm
Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72 and the "Inspection and Testing Form" in the "Records"
Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72.
E.
Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of added or
replaced devices and appliances.
F.
Fire-alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
G.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
PART 4 - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
General
A.
Conform to all applicable provisions of Division 1 Section “Quality Requirements” for
requirements for contractor quality control program.
END OF SECTION 283111
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
283111 - 9